Radiator Main Fan A OPERATION WITHOUT A PDF

2-5 [T1A0] ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
1. Radiator Main Fan
1. Radiator Main Fan 1A2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN

FAN MOTOR.
A: OPERATION (WITHOUT A/C
MODEL) Measure voltage between main fan motor connec-
DETECTING CONDITION: tor and chassis ground.
I Engine coolant temperature is above 95°C Connector & terminal
(203°F). (F17) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator main fan does not operate under the
above condition.
1A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN

FAN MOTOR.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. B2M0804A
2) Disconnect connector from main fan motor.
3) Start the engine, and warm-up it until engine
: Is voltage more than 10 V?
coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F).
4) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON. : Go to step 1A3.
5) Measure voltage between main fan motor con- : Go to step 1A6.
nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal 1A3 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF MAIN
(F17) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): FAN MOTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Measure resistance between main fan motor
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F17) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
B2M0803A

: Go to step 1A2.
: Go to step 1A6.
B2M0367A
: Is resistance less than 5 Ω?

: Go to step 1A4.
: Repair open circuit in harness between
main fan motor connector and chassis
ground.
2
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM [T1A8] 2-5
1A4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 1A7 : CHECK A/C RELAY HOLDER.
Check poor contact in main fan motor connector. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> 2) Disconnect connectors from A/C relay holder.
: Is there poor contact in main fan 3) Measure resistance between A/C relay holder
motor connector? connectors.
: Repair poor contact in main fan motor Connector & terminal
connector. (F28) No. 4 — (F29) No. 2:
: Go to step 1A5.
1A5 : CHECK MAIN FAN MOTOR.
Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminals

No. 2 and No. 3, and negative (−) terminal to ter-
minal No. 1 of main fan motor connector.
B2M0806A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 1A8.
: Repair open circuit in A/C relay holder
short harness.
B2M1812A
1A8 : CHECK A/C RELAY HOLDER.
: Does the main fan rotate? Measure resistance between A/C relay holder con-
: Repair poor contact in main fan motor nectors.
connector. Connector & terminal
: Replace main fan motor with a new one. (F30) No. 4 — (F29) No. 2:
1A6 : CHECK FUSE.

2) Remove fuse No. 13 from fuse and relay box.
3) Check condition of fuse.
B2M1891A

: Go to step 1A9.
: Repair open circuit in A/C relay holder
short harness.
B2M0805A
: Is the fuse blown-out?

: Replace fuse.
: Go to step 1A7.
3
1A9 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY. 1A10 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminal
2) Remove main fan relay from fuse and relay No. 1 of main fan relay, and negative (−) terminal
box. to terminal No. 3.
3) Check continuity between main fan relay termi- 2) Check continuity between main fan relay termi-
nals. nals.
B2M0370A B2M0370A
: Does no continuity exist between ter- : Does continuity exist between termi-
minals No. 2 and No. 4? nals No. 2 and No. 4?
: Go to step 1A10. : Go to step 1A11.
: Replace main fan relay. : Replace main fan relay.
4
1A11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1A14 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN FUSE AND RELAY BOX BETWEEN A/C RELAY HOLDER
AND A/C RELAY HOLDER. AND MAIN FAN MOTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness connector between

2) Disconnect connector from fuse and relay box. A/C relay holder and main fan motor.
3) Measure resistance of harness connector Connector & terminal
between fuse and relay box and A/C relay holder. (F28) No. 4 — (F17) No. 2:
(F40) No. 3 — (F29) No. 2:
B2M0808A
B2M0325A : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 1A15.
: Go to step 1A12. A/C relay holder and main fan motor
: Repair open circuit in harness between connector.
fuse and relay box and A/C relay holder
connector. 1A15 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
BETWEEN A/C RELAY HOLDER
1A12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. AND MAIN FAN MOTOR.
Check poor contact in fuse and relay box connec- Measure resistance of harness connector between
tor. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> A/C relay holder and main fan motor.
: Is there poor contact in fuse and Connector & terminal
relay box connector? (F30) No. 4 — (F17) No. 3:
: Repair poor contact in fuse and relay
box connector.
: Go to step 1A13.
1A13 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in A/C relay holder connector.

<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in A/C relay B2M0809A
holder connector?
: Repair poor contact in A/C relay holder : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
connector. : Go to step 1A16.
: Go to step 1A14. : Repair open circuit in harness between
A/C relay holder and main fan motor
connector.
5
Check poor contact in A/C relay holder connector.

: Is there poor contact in A/C relay
holder connector?
: Repair poor contact in A/C relay holder
connector.
: Go to step 1A17.
Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.

: Is there poor contact in main fan
motor connector?
: Repair poor contact in main fan motor
connector.
: Refer to 2-7 “On-Board Diagnostics II
System” diagnostics procedure.
6
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM [T1B3] 2-5
B: LO MODE OPERATION (WITH 1B2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF MAIN

A/C MODEL) FAN MOTOR.
DETECTING CONDITION:
Condition (1): 2) Measure resistance between main fan motor
I Engine coolant temperature is below 89°C connector and chassis ground.
(192°F).
I A/C switch is turned ON. Connector & terminal
I Vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6 MPH). (F17) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Condition (2):
I Engine coolant temperature is above 95°C
(203°F).
I A/C switch is turned OFF.
I Vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6 MPH).
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator main fan does not rotate at LO speed
under conditions (1) and (2) above.
1B1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN B2M0367A

FAN MOTOR.
CAUTION: : Go to step 1B3.
Be careful not to overheat engine during repair. : Repair open circuit in harness between
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. main fan motor connector and chassis
2) Disconnect connector from main fan motor. ground.
coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F). 1B3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
4) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
6) Measure voltage between main fan motor con- Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.
nector and chassis ground. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal : Is there poor contact in main fan
(F17) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): motor connector?
connector.
: Go to step 1B4.
B2M0803A

: Go to step 1B2.
: Go to step 1B5.
7
2-5 [T1B4] ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
1B4 : CHECK MAIN FAN MOTOR. 1B6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN
FAN RELAY-1.
Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminals
No. 2 of main fan motor connector, and negative 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
(−) terminal to terminal No. 1. 2) Measure voltage between main fan relay-1 ter-
minal and chassis ground.
(F28) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B2M1813A
: Does the main fan rotate at LO

speed? B2M0811A
connector. : Is voltage more than 10 V?
: Replace main fan motor with a new one. : Go to step 1B17.
: Go to step 1B12.
1B5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN
FAN RELAY-1. 1B7 : CHECK 20 A FUSE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Remove main fan relay-1 from A/C relay holder. 2) Remove 20 A fuse from A/C relay holder.
3) Measure voltage between main fan relay-1 ter- 3) Check condition of fuse.
B6M0225C

B2M0810A
: Replace fuse.
: Go to step 1B8.
: Go to step 1B6.
: Go to step 1B7.
8
1B8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1B11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN MAIN FUSE BOX AND A/C BETWEEN 20 A FUSE AND MAIN
RELAY HOLDER 20 A FUSE. FAN RELAY-1 IN A/C RELAY
HOLDER.
2) Disconnect connector from main fuse box. Measure resistance of harness between 20 A fuse
3) Disconnect connectors (F25) and (F26) from and main fan relay-1 terminal.
generator. Connector & terminal
4) On LHD model, disconnect connector (F34) (F27) No. 2 — (F28) No. 2:
from SBF holder.
5) Measure resistance of harness between main
fuse box connector and A/C relay holder 20 A fuse
terminal.
(F38) No. 2 — (F27) No. 1:
B2M0813A

: Repair poor contact in main fan relay-1
connector.
B2M0812A
20 A fuse and main fan relay-1 connec-
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? tor.
: Go to step 1B9.
: Repair open circuit in harness between 1B12 : CHECK 10 A FUSE.
main fuse box connector and 20 A fuse
terminal. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove 10 A fuse from A/C relay holder.
1B9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 3) Check condition of fuse.
Check poor contact in main fuse box connector.

: Is there poor contact in main fuse
box connector?
: Repair poor contact in main fuse box
connector.
: Go to step 1B10.
B6M0225C
1B10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in A/C relay holder 20A fuse
: Replace fuse.
connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Go to step 1B13.
holder 20 A fuse connector?
: Repair poor contact in 20 A fuse connec-
tor.
: Go to step 1B11.
9
1B13 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1B15 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

BETWEEN IGNITION SWITCH AND
A/C RELAY HOLDER 10 A FUSE. Check poor contact in A/C relay holder 10A fuse
2) Disconnect connector from ignition switch.
holder 10 A fuse connector?
3) Disconnect connector (i5) from fuse and relay
box. : Repair poor contact in 10 A fuse connec-
4) Measure resistance of harness between ignitor.
tion switch connector and A/C relay holder 10 A : Go to step 1B16.
fuse terminal.
Connector & terminal 1B16 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
(B72) No. 2 — (F27) No. 3: BETWEEN 10 A FUSE AND MAIN
FAN RELAY-1 IN A/C RELAY
HOLDER.
Measure resistance of harness between 10 A fuse

and main fan relay-1 terminal.
(F27) No. 4 — (F28) No. 1:
B2M1814A

: Go to step 1B14.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between ignition switch B2M0815A
connector and 10 A fuse terminal.

I Poor contact in coupling connector (B61). : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
1B14 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. connector.
Check poor contact in ignition switch connector. 10 A fuse and main fan relay-1 connec-
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> tor.
: Is there poor contact in ignition
switch connector?
: Repair poor contact in ignition switch
connector.
: Go to step 1B15.
10
1B17 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY-1. 1B18 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY-1.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Connect battery to terminals No. 1 and No. 3 of
2) Check continuity between main fan relay-1 ter- main fan relay-1.
minals. 2) Check continuity between main fan relay-1 ter-
minals.
B2M0370A
B2M0370A
: Does continuity exist between termi-

nals No. 2 and No. 4? : Does continuity exist between termi-
: Replace main fan relay-1. nals No. 2 and No. 4?
: Go to step 1B18. : Go to step 1B19.
: Replace main fan relay-1.
11
1B19 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR C: HI MODE OPERATION (WITH A/C

BETWEEN MAIN FAN RELAY-1 AND MODEL)
MAIN FAN MOTOR.
DETECTING CONDITION:
Measure resistance of harness between main fan Condition (1):

motor connector and main fan relay-1 terminal. I Engine coolant temperature is below 89°C
(192°F).
Connector & terminal I A/C switch is turned ON.
(F17) No. 2 — (F28) No. 4: I Vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Condition (2):
(203°F).
I Vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Condition (3):
(203°F).
I A/C switch is turned ON.
B2M0371A TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator main fan does not rotate at HI speed
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? under conditions (1), (2) and (3) above.
: Go to step 1B20.
: Repair open circuit in harness between 1C1 : CHECK OPERATION OF MAIN FAN
main fan motor and main fan relay-1 MOTOR LO MODE.
connector.
CAUTION:
1B20 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
Check poor contact in main fan relay-1 connector. coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F).
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> 2) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON.
relay-1 connector? : Does the main fan operate at LO
MODE?
connector. : Go to step 1C2.
: Go to step 1B21. : Go to LO MODE OPERATION diagnos-
tics chart. <Ref. to 2-5 [T1B0].>

motor connector?
connector.
12
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM [T1C5] 2-5
1C2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN 1C4 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN
FAN MOTOR. FAN RELAY-2.
CAUTION: 1) Turn ignition switch and A/C switch to OFF.

Be careful not to overheat engine during repair. 2) Remove main fan relay-2 from A/C relay holder.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 3) Measure voltage between main fan relay-2 ter-
2) Disconnect connector from main fan motor. minal and chassis ground.
3) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem- Connector & terminal
perature increases over 95°C (203°F). (F30) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
5) Turn A/C switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between main fan motor con-
B2M0816A

: Go to step 1C5.
: Go to step 1C6.
B2M0804A
1C5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN
FAN RELAY-2.
: Go to step 1C3.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Go to step 1C4. 2) Measure voltage between main fan relay-2 ter-
1C3 : CHECK MAIN FAN MOTOR. Connector & terminal
1) Turn ignition switch and A/C switch to OFF.
2) Connect battery positive (+) terminal to termi-
nals No. 2 and No. 3 of main fan motor connector,
and negative (−) terminal to terminal No. 1.
B2M0817A

B2M1812A
: Go to step 1C8.
: Go to step 1C7.
: Does the main fan rotate at HI speed?
connector.
: Replace main fan motor with a new one.
13
2-5 [T1C6] ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
1C6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1C7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN 20 A FUSE AND MAIN BETWEEN 10 A FUSE AND MAIN
FAN RELAY-2 IN A/C RELAY FAN RELAY-2 IN A/C RELAY
HOLDER. HOLDER.

2) Remove 20 A fuse from A/C relay holder. 2) Remove 10 A fuse from A/C relay holder.
3) Measure resistance of harness between 20 A 3) Measure resistance of harness between 10 A
fuse and main fan relay-2 terminal. fuse and main fan relay-2 terminal.
Connector & terminal Connector & terminal
(F27) No. 2 — (F30) No. 2: (F27) No. 4 — (F30) No. 1:
B2M0818A B2M0819A
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Repair poor contact in main fan relay-2 : Repair poor contact in main fan relay-2
connector. connector.
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Repair open circuit in harness between
20 A fuse and main fan relay-2 connec- 10 A fuse and main fan relay-2 connec-
tor. tor.
14
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM [T1C9] 2-5
1C8 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY-2. 1C9 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY-2.
2) Check continuity between main fan relay-2 ter- main fan relay-2.
minals. 2) Check continuity between main fan relay-2 ter-
minals.
B2M0370A
B2M0370A

: Replace main fan relay-2. nals No. 2 and No. 4?
: Go to step 1C9. : Go to step 1C10.
: Replace main fan relay-2.
15
2. Radiator Sub Fan (With A/C model only)
1C10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 2. Radiator Sub Fan (With A/C

BETWEEN MAIN FAN RELAY-2 AND model only)
MAIN FAN MOTOR.
A: LO MODE OPERATION
Measure resistance of harness between main fan DETECTING CONDITION:
motor connector and main fan relay-2 terminal.
Condition (1):
Connector & terminal I Engine coolant temperature is below 89°C
(F17) No. 3 — (F30) No. 4: (192°F).
Condition (2):
(203°F).
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator sub fan does not rotate at LO speed
B2M0820A under conditions (1) and (2) above.
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? 2A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB

: Go to step 1C11. FAN MOTOR.
main fan motor and main fan relay-2 CAUTION:
connector. Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
1C11 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 2) Disconnect connector from sub fan motor.
: Is there poor contact in main fan 5) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
relay-2 connector? 6) Measure voltage between sub fan motor con-
: Go to step 1C12. (F16) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
1C12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

motor connector?
connector.
B2M0821A
: Go to step 2A2.
: Go to step 2A5.
16
1C10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 2. Radiator Sub Fan (With A/C

BETWEEN MAIN FAN RELAY-2 AND model only)
MAIN FAN MOTOR.
A: LO MODE OPERATION
Measure resistance of harness between main fan DETECTING CONDITION:
motor connector and main fan relay-2 terminal.
Condition (1):
Connector & terminal I Engine coolant temperature is below 89°C
(F17) No. 3 — (F30) No. 4: (192°F).
Condition (2):
(203°F).
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator sub fan does not rotate at LO speed
B2M0820A under conditions (1) and (2) above.
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? 2A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB

: Go to step 1C11. FAN MOTOR.
main fan motor and main fan relay-2 CAUTION:
connector. Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
1C11 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 2) Disconnect connector from sub fan motor.
: Is there poor contact in main fan 5) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
relay-2 connector? 6) Measure voltage between sub fan motor con-
: Go to step 1C12. (F16) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

motor connector?
connector.
B2M0821A
: Go to step 2A2.
: Go to step 2A5.
16
2A2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF SUB 2A4 : CHECK SUB FAN MOTOR.
FAN MOTOR.
Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminal
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. No. 2 of sub fan motor, and negative (−) terminal
2) Measure resistance between sub fan motor to terminal No. 1.
B2M1815A
: Does the sub fan rotate at LO speed?

B2M0378A : Repair poor contact in sub fan motor
connector.
: Is resistance less than 5 Ω? : Replace sub fan motor with a new one.
: Go to step 2A3.
: Repair open circuit in harness between 2A5 : CHECK FUSE.
sub fan motor connector and chassis
ground. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuse No. 13 from fuse and relay box.
2A3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 3) Check condition of fuse.
Check poor contact in sub fan motor connector.

: Is there poor contact in sub fan motor
connector?
: Repair poor contact in sub fan motor
connector.
: Go to step 2A4.
B2M0805A

: Replace fuse.
: Go to step 2A6.
17
2A6 : CHECK SUB FAN RELAY-1. 2A7 : CHECK SUB FAN RELAY-1.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminal
2) Remove sub fan relay-1 from fuse and relay No. 1 of sub fan relay-1 and negative (−) terminal
box. to terminal No. 3 .
3) Check continuity between sub fan relay-1 ter- 2) Check continuity between sub fan relay-1 ter-
minals. minals.
B2M0370A B2M0370A
: Does continuity exist between termi- : Does continuity exist between termi-
nals No. 2 and No. 4? nals No. 2 and No. 4?
: Replace sub fan relay-1. : Go to step 2A8.
: Go to step 2A7. : Replace sub fan relay-1.
18
2A8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR B: HI MODE OPERATION

BETWEEN FUSE AND RELAY BOX DETECTING CONDITION:
AND SUB FAN MOTOR.
Condition (1):
I Engine coolant temperature is below 89°C
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. (192°F).
2) Disconnect connector from fuse and relay box. I A/C switch is turned ON.
3) Measure resistance of harness connector I Vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 MPH).
between fuse and relay box and sub fan motor.
Condition (2):
Connector & terminal I Engine coolant temperature is above 95°C
(F40) No. 3 — (F16) No. 2: (203°F).
I Vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Condition (3):
(203°F).
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator sub fan does not rotate at HI speed
under conditions (1), (2) and (3) above.
B2M0377A
2B1 : CHECK OPERATION OF SUB FAN
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? MOTOR LO MODE.
: Go to step 2A9.
: Repair open circuit in harness between CAUTION:
fuse and relay box and sub fan motor Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
connector. 1) Start the engine, and warm-up it until engine
2A9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 2) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON.
Check poor contact in fuse and relay box connec- : Does the sub fan operate at LO
tor. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> MODE?
: Is there poor contact in fuse and : Go to step 2B2.
relay box connector? : Go to LO MODE OPERATION diagnos-
: Repair poor contact in fuse and relay tics chart. <Ref. to 2-5 [T2A0].>
box connector.
: Go to step 2A10.

connector?
connector.
19
2B2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB 2B4 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB
FAN MOTOR. FAN RELAY-2.
CAUTION: 1) Turn ignition switch and A/C switch to OFF.

Be careful not to overheat engine during repair. 2) Remove sub fan relay-2 from A/C relay holder.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Disconnect connector from sub fan motor. 4) Measure voltage between sub fan relay-2 ter-
3) Start the engine, and warm-up it until engine minal and chassis ground.
coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F). Connector & terminal
4) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON. (F29) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
5) Turn A/C switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between sub fan motor con-
B2M0823A

: Go to step 2B5.
: Go to step 2B6.
B2M0822A
2B5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB

: Is voltage more than 10 V? FAN RELAY-2.
: Go to step 2B3.
: Go to step 2B4. Measure voltage between sub fan relay-2 connec-
tor and chassis ground.
2B3 : CHECK SUB FAN MOTOR. Connector & terminal
1) Turn ignition switch and A/C switch to OFF.
2) Connect battery positive (+) terminal to termi-
nals No. 2 and No. 3 of sub fan motor connector,
and negative (−) terminal to terminal No. 1.
B2M0824B

B2M1816A
: Go to step 2B9.
: Go to step 2B7.
: Does the sub fan rotate at HI speed?
connector.
: Replace sub fan motor with a new one.
20

BETWEEN FUSE AND RELAY BOX BETWEEN 10 A FUSE AND SUB FAN
AND A/C RELAY HOLDER SUB FAN RELAY-2 IN A/C RELAY HOLDER.
RELAY-2.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Remove 10 A fuse from A/C relay holder.
2) Disconnect connector from fuse and relay box. 3) Remove sub fan relay-2 from A/C relay holder.
3) Measure resistance of harness between fuse 4) Measure resistance of harness between 10 A
and relay box connector and A/C relay holder sub fuse and sub fan relay-2 terminal.
fan relay-2 terminal. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (F27) No. 4 — (F29) No. 1:
(F40) No. 3 — (F29) No. 2:
B2M0826A
B2M0825A
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? : Repair poor contact in sub fan relay-2
: Repair poor contact in sub fan relay-2 connector.
connector. : Repair open circuit in harness between
: Repair open circuit in harness between 10 A fuse and sub fan relay-2 connector.
fuse and relay box connector and sub
fan relay-2 terminal.
2B7 : CHECK OPERATION OF MAIN FAN

MOTOR LO MODE.

2) Install sub fan relay-2 on A/C relay holder, and
connect sub fan motor connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine during repair.
: Does the main fan operate at LO
MODE?
: Go to step 2B8.
: Go to LO MODE OPERATION diagnos-
tics chart. <Ref. to 2-5 [T1B0].>
21
2B9 : CHECK SUB FAN RELAY-2. 2B10 : CHECK SUB FAN RELAY-2.
2) Check continuity between sub fan relay-2 ter- sub fan relay-2.
minals. 2) Check continuity between sub fan relay-2 ter-
minals.
B2M0370A
B2M0370A

nals No. 2 and No. 4?
: Replace sub fan relay-2.
: Go to step 2B11.
: Go to step 2B10.
: Replace sub fan relay-2.
22

BETWEEN SUB FAN RELAY-2 AND
SUB FAN MOTOR. Check poor contact in sub fan relay-2 connector.
Measure resistance of harness between sub fan
motor connector and sub fan relay-2 terminal. : Is there poor contact in sub fan
relay-2 connector?
Connector & terminal : Repair poor contact in sub fan relay-2
(F16) No. 3 — (F29) No. 4:
connector.
: Go to step 2B13.

connector?
B2M0397A : Repair poor contact in sub fan motor
connector.
: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? : Refer to 2-7 “On-Board Diagnostics II
: Go to step 2B12. System” diagnostics procedure.
sub fan motor and sub fan relay-2 con-
nector.
23
2-5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
MEMO:
24
2-7 [T1A0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
1. General
1. General to the engine for all the various operating condi-

tions through the use of the latest electronic tech-
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION nology.
I The on-board diagnostics (OBD) system detects With this system fuel, which is pressurized at a
and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs constant pressure, is injected into the intake air
of the complex electronic control. CHECK ENGINE passage of the cylinder head. The injection quan-
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) in the combina- tity of fuel is controlled by an intermittent injection
tion meter indicates occurrence of a fault or system where the electro-magnetic injection valve
trouble. (fuel injector) opens only for a short period of time,
I Further, against such a failure or sensors as depending on the quantity of air required for one
may disable the drive, the fail-safe function is pro- cycle of operation. In actual operation, the injection
vided to ensure the minimal driveability. quantity is determined by the duration of an elec-
I The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles tric pulse applied to the fuel injector and this per-
within this engine family complies with Section mits simple, yet highly precise metering of the fuel.
1968.1, California Code of Regulations (OBD-II I Further, all the operating conditions of the
regulation). The OBD system monitors the compo- engine are converted into electric signals, and this
nents and the system malfunction listed in Engine results in additional features of the system, such as
Section which affects on emissions. large improved adaptability, easier addition of com-
I When the system decides that a malfunction pensating element, etc.
occurs, MIL illuminates. At the same time of the The MFI system also has the following features:
MIL illumination or blinking, a diagnostic trouble I Reduced emission of harmful exhaust gases.
code (DTC) and a freeze frame engine conditions I Reduced in fuel consumption.
are stored into on-board computer. I Increased engine output.
I The OBD system stores freeze frame engine I Superior acceleration and deceleration.
condition data (engine load, engine coolant
I Superior startability and warm-up perfor-
temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed, etc.) into on-board computer when it mance in cold weather since compensation is
detects a malfunction first. made for coolant and intake air temperature.
I If the OBD system detects the various malfunc-
tions including the fault of fuel trim or misfire, the C: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
OBD system first stores freeze frame engine con- 1. ELECTRONIC-HYDRAULIC CONTROL
ditions about the fuel trim or misfire. SYSTEM
I When the malfunction does not occur again for
three consecutive driving cycles, MIL is turned off, The electronic-hydraulic control system consists of
but DTC remains at on-board computer. various sensors and switches, a transmission con-
I The OBD-II system is capable of communication trol module (TCM) and the hydraulic controller
with a general scan tool (OBD-II general scan tool) including solenoid valves. The system controls the
formed by ISO 9141 CARB. transmission proper including shift control, lock-up
I The OBD-II diagnostics procedure is different control, overrunning clutch control, line pressure
from the usual diagnostics procedure. When control and shift timing control. It also controls the
troubleshooting OBD-II vehicles, connect Subaru AWD transfer clutch. In other words, the system
select monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool to detects various operating conditions from various
the vehicle. input signals and sends output signals to shift sole-
noids 1, 2 and 3 and duty solenoids A, B and C (a
B: ENGINE total of six solenoids).
1. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM
I The Multipoint Fuel Injection (MFI) system is a
system that supplies the optimum air-fuel mixture
2
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T2A1] 2-7
2. Electrical Components Location

A: ENGINE (2200 cc FWD MODEL AND TAIWAN SPEC. VEHICLES)
1. MODULE
OBD0003M
(1) Engine control module (ECM) (3) Data link connector (for Subaru (4) Test mode connector
(2) Data link connector (for Subaru select monitor and OBD-II gen- (5) CHECK ENGINE malfunction
select monitor only) eral scan tool) indicator lamp (MIL)
OBD0004E OBD0005J
B2M0470D
OBD0006I
3
2. SENSOR
B2M1885A
(1) Pressure sensor (4) Throttle position sensor

(2) Mass air flow sensor (5) Knock sensor
(3) Engine coolant temperature sen- (6) Camshaft position sensor
sor (7) Crankshaft position sensor
4
B2M0776B
B2M1034C
B2M1690B B2M1035C
B2M1691B OBD0015D
B2M0213J
5
H2M1324B
(1) Front oxygen sensor (3) Front catalytic converter

(2) Rear oxygen sensor (4) Rear catalytic converter
S2M0264A OBD0019I
OBD0524G OBD0525G
6
MEMO:
7
3. SOLENOID VALVE, EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM

PARTS
B2M1885B
(1) Pressure sources switching sole- (4) EGR control solenoid valve
noid valve (Except 2200 cc MT vehicles)
(2) Idle air control solenoid valve (5) Purge control solenoid valve
(3) EGR valve (Except 2200 cc MT (6) Ignitor
vehicles) (7) Ignition coil
8
B2M0777B
B2M1036C
B2M1037E B2M1038E
B2M1039I B2M1040E
B2M1041E
9
OBD0003N
(1) Inhibitor switch (AT vehicles (6) Radiator main fan relay 2 (With (8) Radiator sub fan relay 2 (With
only) A/C models only) A/C models only)
(2) Fuel pump (7) Radiator sub fan relay 1 (With (9) Starter
(3) Main relay A/C models)
(4) Fuel pump relay Main fan relay (Without A/C
(5) Radiator main fan relay 1 (With models)
A/C models only)
B2M1043K B2M0216B
B2M0218G OBD0034D
10
OBD0036B OBD0038D
11
2-7 [T2B1] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
B: ENGINE (2200 cc AWD EXCEPT TAIWAN SPEC. VEHICLES)

1. MODULE
B2M1730A
B2M1733A
12
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T2B1] 2-7
B2M0431C
OBD0004D
B2M0432E
OBD0005I
B2M0433E
OBD0006G
B2M0470D
13
2. SENSOR
B2M1885A

14
B2M0776B
B2M1034C
B2M1690B B2M1035C
B2M1691B OBD0015D
B2M0213J
15
B2M0471E
(1) Front oxygen sensor (3) Rear oxygen sensor (2200 cc

(2) Rear oxygen sensor (Except California spec. vehicles)
2200 cc California spec. (4) Front catalytic converter
vehicles) (5) Rear catalytic converter
S2M0264A OBD0019J
B2M0473F OBD0524H
16
OBD0525H
17
B2M1730B
B2M1733B
(1) Fuel level sensor (3) Fuel tank pressure sensor

(2) Fuel temperature sensor (4) Fuel sub level sensor
18
B2M0921B B2M1807A
B2M0946B
19

PARTS
B2M1885B
(1) Pressure sources switching sole- (4) EGR control solenoid valve
noid valve (Except 2200 cc MT vehicles)
(3) EGR valve (Except 2200 cc MT (6) Ignitor
vehicles) (7) Ignition coil
20
B2M0777B
B2M1036C
B2M1037E B2M1038E
B2M1039I B2M1040E
B2M1041E
21
B2M1730C
B2M1733C
(1) Pressure control solenoid valve (3) Drain valve

(2) Canister (4) Air filter
22
B2M1808A B2M1809A
B2M1810A B2M1811A
23
B2M1730D
B2M1733D
A/C models only)
24
B2M1043K B2M0216B
B2M0218F B2M0434D
OBD0034D OBD0036B
OBD0038D
25
2-7 [T2C1] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
C: ENGINE (2500 cc MODEL)

1. MODULE
OBD0003M
OBD0004E OBD0005J
B2M0470D
OBD0006I
26
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T2C1] 2-7
MEMO:
27
2. SENSOR
B2M1885A

28
B2M0776B
B2M1034C
B2M1690B B2M1035C
B2M1691B S2M0263A
B2M0213J
29
S2M0216A
(1) Front oxygen sensor (3) Rear oxygen sensor (California (5) Front catalytic converter
(2) Rear oxygen sensor (California spec. vehicles only)
spec. vehicles) (4) Rear catalytic converter
S2M0264A S2M0265A
OBD0019H S2M0266A
30
S2M0267A
31
OBD0003O
(1) Fuel level sensor (3) Fuel tank pressure sensor (2200
(2) Fuel temperature sensor (2200 cc AWD models only)
cc AWD models only) (4) Fuel sub level sensor
B2M0921B B2M0922B
B2M0946B
32
MEMO:
33

PARTS
B2M1885C
(1) Pressure sources switching sole- (3) EGR valve (6) Ignitor
noid valve (4) EGR control solenoid valve (7) Ignition coil
34
B2M0777B
B2M1036C
B2M0670E OBD0024F
B2M1039I B2M1040E
B2M1041E
35
OBD0003P
(1) Pressure control solenoid valve (2) Vent control solenoid valve (3) Canister
B2M0923D B2M0924C
36
MEMO:
37
OBD0003Q
A/C models only)
B2M1043K B2M0216B
B2M0218G OBD0034D
38
OBD0036B OBD0038D
39
2-7 [T2D1] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
D: TRANSMISSION
1. MODULE
OBD0039C
B2M1033B
(1) Transmission Control Module (2) AT diagnostic indicator light (for

(TCM) (for AT vehicles) AT vehicles)
40
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T2D1] 2-7
B3M0443M
B3M0445G
B2M0470E
41
2. SENSOR
OBD0041B OBD0042D
OBD0043B OBD0044D
H2M1145H
OBD0653B
(1) Vehicle speed sensor 1 (for AT FWD vehicles only)

(2) Vehicle speed sensor 1 (for AT AWD vehicles only)
(3) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (for MT vehicles only)
(4) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (for AT vehicles only)
(5) ATF temperature sensor (for AT vehicles only)
(6) Brake light switch
42
3. SOLENOID VALVE AND RELAY

I For AT vehicles
S2M0284A B2M1043L
H2M1147C
OBD0048G
(1) Dropping resistor

(2) Inhibitor switch
(3) Shift solenoid valve 1
(6) Duty solenoid valve A
(7) Duty solenoid valve B
I For MT vehicles
OBD0051B OBD0526E
(1) Neutral position switch (FWD models only)

(2) Neutral position switch (AWD models only)
43
3. Diagnosis System
3. Diagnosis System 4) When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine

off) or to “START” with the test mode connector
A: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION connected, the MIL blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz.
INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
1. ACTIVATION OF CHECK ENGINE
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
1) When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine
off), the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) in the combination meter illuminates.
NOTE:
If the MIL does not illuminate, perform diagnostics
of the CHECK ENGINE light circuit or the combi- OBD0055A
nation meter circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T700].>
B: OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL

1. HOW TO USE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN
TOOL
1) Prepare a general scan tool (OBD-II general
scan tool) required by SAE J1978.
2) Open the cover and connect the OBD-II general
scan tool to the data link connector located in the
lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driv-
B2M0470C er’s side), to the lower cover.
2) After starting the engine, the MIL goes out. If it
does not, either the engine or the emission control
system is malfunctioning.
OBD0006F
OBD0053A
3) If the diagnosis system senses a misfire which

could damage the catalyzer, the MIL will blink at a
cycle of 1 Hz.
B2M0433D
OBD0054A
44
3. Diagnosis System
3) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, call up

diagnostic trouble code(s) and freeze frame data.
OBD-II general scan tool functions consist of:
(1) MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic
data
(2) MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data
(3) MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain
diagnostic trouble codes
(4) MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related
diagnostic information
(5) MODE $05: Oxygen sensor monitoring test
results
Read out data according to repair procedures. (For
detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBD-II
General Scan Tool Operation Manual.)
NOTE:
For details concerning diagnostic trouble codes,
refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
LIST. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].> (LHD), <Ref. to 2-7
[T11A0].> (RHD)
2. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (FOR OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR)
1) This connector is used both for OBD-II general scan tools and the Subaru Select Monitor.
2) Terminal No. 4 to No. 6 of the data link connector is used for the Subaru Select Monitor signal.
CAUTION:
Do not connect any scan tools other than the OBD-II general scan tools and the Subaru Select
Monitor, because the circuit for the Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged.
H2M1280
Terminal No. Contents Terminal No. Contents

1 Power supply 9 Blank
2 Blank 10 K line of ISO 9141 CARB
3 Blank 11 Blank
Subaru Select Monitor signal (ECM to Subaru
4 12 Ground
Select Monitor)*
Subaru Select Monitor signal (Subaru Select
5 13 Ground
Monitor to ECM)*
6 Subaru Select Monitor clock* 14 Blank
7 Blank 15 Blank
8 Blank 16 Blank
*: Circuit only for Subaru Select Monitor
45
3. Diagnosis System
3. CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA (MODE $01)

Refers to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output and/or
the powertrain system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
PID Data Unit of measure
01 Number of emission-related powertrain trouble codes and MIL status ON/OFF
03 Fuel system control status —
04 Calculated engine load value %
05 Engine coolant temperature °C
06 Short term fuel trim %
07 Long term fuel trim %
0B Intake manifold absolute pressure kPa
0C Engine revolution rpm
0D Vehicle speed km/h
0E Ignition timing advance °
10 Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor g/sec
11 Throttle valve opening angle %
13 Check whether oxygen sensor is installed. —
Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen
14 V and %
sensor—bank 1
Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen
15 V and %
sensor—bank 2
1C On-board diagnosis system —
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE
$01).
4. POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE $02)
Refers to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is sensed by the on-board diagnosis system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
PID Data Unit of measure
02 Trouble code that caused CARB required freeze frame data storage —
03 Fuel system control status —
04 Calculated engine load value %
05 Engine coolant temperature °C
06 Short term fuel trim %
07 Long term fuel trim %
0B Intake manifold absolute pressure kPa
0C Engine revolution rpm
0D Vehicle speed km/h
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access freeze frame data (MODE
$02).
5. EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (MODE $03)
Refers to data denoting emission-related powertrain diagnostic trouble codes.
For details concerning diagnostic trouble codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].> (LHD), <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].> (RHD)
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access emission-related powertrain
diagnostic trouble codes (MODE $03).
46
3. Diagnosis System
6. CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION (MODE $04)

Refers to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnos-
tic information).
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to clear or reset emission-related
diagnostic information (MODE $04).
7. OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS (MODE $05)
Refers to the mode using oxygen sensor output data while the on-board diagnosis system is performing
diagnosis on the oxygen sensor.
A list of the support oxygen sensor output data and test ID (identification) are shown in the following table.
Test ID Data Unit of measure
01 Rich to lean sensor threshold voltage (constant) V
02 Lean to rich sensor threshold voltage (constant) V
03 Low sensor voltage for switch time calculation (constant) V
04 High sensor voltage for switch time calculation (constant) V
05 Rich to lean sensor switch time (calculated) sec.
06 Lean to rich sensor switch time (calculated) sec.
07 Minimum sensor voltage for test cycle (calculated) V
08 Maximum sensor voltage for test cycle (calculated) V
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access oxygen sensor monitoring
test results (MODE $05).
C: SUBARU SELECT MONITOR 2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru select

monitor.
1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT 3) Insert cartridge into Subaru select monitor.
MONITOR ST 24082AA010 CARTRIDGE
1) Prepare Subaru select monitor kit.
S2M0286A
S2M0285
47
3. Diagnosis System
4) Connect Subaru select monitor to data link con- 2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
nector. (DTC) SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE.
(1) Open the cover data link connector located (NORMAL MODE)
in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
the driver’s side), to the lower cover.
{1. All System Diagnosis} and press the [YES] key.
2) Make sure that a diagnostic trouble code (DTC)
is shown on the {EGI/EMPi} display screen.
NOTE:
I For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
MANUAL.
I For details concerning diagnostic trouble codes,
[T11A0].> (RHD)
OBD0006H
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
(DTC) SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE.
(OBD MODE)
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {EGI/EMPi} and press the [YES]
key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
mation of engine type.
4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen,
B2M0433F
select the {7. OBD System} and press the [YES]
(2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con- key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
nector.
{3. Diagnosis Code(s) Display} and press the
CAUTION: [YES] key.
Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru 6) Make sure that a diagnostic trouble code (DTC)
select monitor and OBD-II general scan tool. is shown on the display screen.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and NOTE:
Subaru select monitor switch to ON. I For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
MANUAL.
[T11A0].> (RHD)
S2M0288A
6) Using Subaru select monitor, call up diagnostic

trouble code(s) and various data, then record
them.
48
3. Diagnosis System
MEMO:
49
3. Diagnosis System
4. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (NORMAL MODE)

1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {EGI/EMPi} and press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & Save} and press
the [YES] key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {1. 12 Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
I A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Contents Display Unit of measure
Battery voltage Battery Voltage V
Vehicle speed signal Vehicle Speed km/h or MPH
Engine speed signal Engine Speed rpm
Engine coolant temperature signal Coolant Temp. °C or °F
Ignition timing signal Ignition Timing deg
Mass air flow signal Mass Air Flow g/s or lb/m
Mass air flow signal Air Flow Sensor Voltage V
Throttle position signal Throttle Opening Angle %
Throttle position signal Throttle Sensor Voltage V
Injection pulse width Fuel Injection #1 Pulse ms
Idle air control signal ISC Valve Duty Ratio %
Engine load data Engine Load %
Front oxygen sensor output signal Front O2 Sensor V
Rear oxygen sensor output signal Rear O2 Sensor V
Short term fuel trim A/F Correction #1 %
Knock sensor signal Knocking Correction deg
Atmospheric absolute pressure signal Atmosphere Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal Mani. Relative Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg
A/F correction (short term fuel trim) by rear oxygen sensor Rear O2 A/F Learning %
Long term fuel trim Whole A/F Learning %
Long term whole fuel trim Front O2 A/F Learning %
Front oxygen sensor heater current Front O2 Heater A
Rear oxygen sensor heater current Rear O2 Heater A
Canister purge control solenoid valve duty ratio CPC Valve Duty Ratio %
Fuel tank pressure signal Fuel Tank Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg
Fuel temperature signal Fuel Temp. °C or °F
Fuel level signal Fuel Level V
Ignition switch signal Ignition Switch ON or OFF
Automatic transmission vehicle identification signal AT Vehicle ID Signal ON or OFF
Test mode connector signal Test Mode Signal ON or OFF
Neutral position switch signal Neutral Position Switch ON or OFF
Air conditioning switch signal A/C Switch ON or OFF
Air conditioning relay signal A/C Relay ON or OFF
Radiator main fan relay signal Radiator Fan Relay #1 ON or OFF
Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay ON or OFF
Knocking signal Knocking Signal ON or OFF
Radiator sub fan relay signal Radiator Fan Relay #2 ON or OFF
Engine torque control signal Torque Control Signal ON or OFF
Pressure sources switching solenoid valve Pressure Sources Change ON or OFF
Front oxygen sensor rich signal Front O2 Rich Signal ON or OFF
Rear oxygen sensor rich signal Rear O2 Rich Signal ON or OFF
Federal specification vehicle identification signal FED Spec. Vehicle Signal ON or OFF
50
3. Diagnosis System

Exhaust gas recirculation system diagnosis signal EGR System Diagnosis ON or OFF
Catalyst diagnosis signal Catalyst Diagnosis ON or OFF
Pressure control solenoid valve PCV Solenoid Valve ON or OFF
Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve EGR Solenoid Valve ON or OFF
Vent control solenoid valve or drain valve Vent. Solenoid Valve ON or OFF
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
51
3. Diagnosis System
5. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)

4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen, select the {7. OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES]
key.
Number of diagnosis code Number of Diagnosis Code —
Malfunction indicator lamp status MIL Status ON or OFF
Monitoring test of misfire Misfire monitoring ON or OFF
Monitoring test of fuel system Fuel system monitoring ON or OFF
Monitoring test of comprehensive component Component monitoring ON or OFF
Test of catalyst Catalyst Diagnosis ON or OFF
Test of heated catalyst Heated catalyst ON or OFF
Test of evaporative emission purge control system Evaporative purge system ON or OFF
Test of secondary air system Secondary air system ON or OFF
Test of air conditioning system refrigerant A/C system refrigerant ON or OFF
Test of oxygen sensor Oxygen sensor ON or OFF
Test of oxygen sensor heater Oxygen sensor heater ON or OFF
Test of Exhaust gas recirculation system EGR System Diagnosis ON or OFF
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 Fuel system for Bank 1 ON or OFF
Engine load data Engine load %
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen sensor Short term fuel trim B1 %
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen sensor Long term fuel trim B1 %
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal Mani. Absolute Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg
Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder Ignition timing adv. #1 °
Mass air flow signal Mass Air Flow g/s or lb/m
Throttle position signal Throttle Opening Angle %
Front oxygen sensor output signal Oxygen sensor #11 V
Air fuel ratio correction by front oxygen sensor Short term fuel trim #11 %
Rear oxygen sensor output signal Oxygen sensor #12 V
Air fuel ratio correction by rear oxygen sensor Short term fuel trim #12 %
On-board diagnostic system OBD System —
NOTE:
52
3. Diagnosis System
6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {2. Freeze Frame Data} and press the [YES] key.
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for freeze frame data Freeze frame data DTC
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 Fuel system for Bank1 ON or OFF
Engine load data Engine Load %
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen sensor Short term fuel trim B1 %
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen sensor Long term fuel trim B1 %
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal Mani. Absolute Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg
NOTE:
7. READ OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {5. O2 Sensor Monitor} and press the [YES] key.
6) On the O2 Sensor Select display screen, select the {Bank 1-Sensor1} or {Bank 1-Sensor2} and press
the [YES] key.
I Bank 1-Sensor1 indicates the front oxygen sensor, and Bank 1-Sensor2 indicates the rear oxygen sen-
sor.
Oxygen sensor for monitoring test <O2 Sensor Monitor (-------)> —
Rich to lean oxygen sensor threshold voltage Rich to lean sensor volt V
Lean to rich oxygen sensor threshold voltage Lean to rich sensor volt V
Low oxygen sensor voltage for switch time calculation Low sensor voltage V
High oxygen sensor voltage for switch time calculation High sensor voltage V
Rich to lean oxygen sensor switch time Rich to lean switch time sec
Lean to rich oxygen sensor switch time Lean to rich switch time sec
Maximum oxygen sensor voltage for test cycle Maximum sensor Voltage V
Minimum oxygen sensor voltage for test cycle Minimum sensor Voltage V
NOTE:
53
3. Diagnosis System
8. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE

4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & Save} and press
the [YES] key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {2. 6 Data & LED Display} and press the [YES]
key.
Contents Display Message LED “ON” requirements
Ignition switch signal Ignition Switch ON or OFF When ignition switch is turned ON.
Automatic transmission vehicle
AT Vehicle ID Signal ON or OFF When AT identification signal is entered.
identification signal
Test mode connector signal Test Mode Signal ON or OFF When test mode connector is connected.
Neutral position switch signal Neutral Position Switch ON or OFF When neutral position signal is entered.
Air conditioning switch signal A/C Switch ON or OFF When air conditioning switch is turned ON.
Air conditioning relay signal A/C Relay ON or OFF When air conditioning relay is in function.
Radiator main fan relay signal Radiator Fan Relay #1 ON or OFF When radiator main fan relay is in function.
Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay ON or OFF When fuel pump relay is in function.
Knocking signal Knocking Signal ON or OFF When knocking signal is entered.
Radiator sub fan relay signal Radiator Fan Relay #2 ON or OFF When radiator sub fan relay is in function.
When engine torque control signal is
Engine torque control signal Torque Control Signal #1 ON or OFF
entered.
Pressure sources switching sole- When pressure sources switching solenoid
Pressure Sources Change ON or OFF
noid valve valve is in function.
When front oxygen sensor mixture ratio is
Front oxygen sensor rich signal Front O2 Rich Signal ON or OFF
rich.
When rear oxygen sensor mixture ratio is
Rear oxygen sensor rich signal Rear O2 Rich Signal ON or OFF
rich.
Federal specification vehicle identi- Federal specification vehicle identification
FED Spec. Vehicle Signal ON or OFF
fication signal signal is entered.
Exhaust gas recirculation system When diagnosis of EGR system is fin-
EGR System Diagnosis ON or OFF
diagnosis signal ished.
Catalyst diagnosis signal Catalyst Diagnosis ON or OFF When diagnosis of catalyzer is finished.
When pressure control solenoid valve is in
Pressure control solenoid valve PCV Solenoid Valve ON or OFF
function.
Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
EGR Solenoid Valve ON or OFF When EGR Solenoid Valve is in function.
valve
Vent control solenoid valve or drain When vent control solenoid valve is in
Vent. Solenoid Valve ON or OFF
valve function.
NOTE:
54
3. Diagnosis System
9. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR AT.

2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {AT/ECVT} and press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of transmission type.
4) On the E-4AT/ECVT Diagnosis display screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & Save} and press
the [YES] key.
Battery voltage Battery Voltage V
Vehicle speed sensor 1 signal Vehicle Speed #1 km/h or MPH
Vehicle speed sensor 2 signal Vehicle Speed #2 km/h or MPH
Automatic transmission fluid temperature ATF Temp. °C or °F
Throttle position signal Throttle Sensor Voltage V
Gear position Gear Position —
Line pressure control duty ratio Line Pressure Duty Ratio %
Lock up clutch control duty ratio Lock Up Duty Ratio %
Transfer clutch control duty ratio Transfer Duty Ratio %
Power supply for throttle position sensor Throttle Sensor Power V
Mass air sensor signal Mass Air Flow Sensor V
2 wheel drive switch signal 2WD Switch ON or OFF
Kick down switch signal Kick Down Switch ON or OFF
Stop lamp switch signal Stop Lamp Switch ON or OFF
Anti lock brake system signal ABS Signal ON or OFF
Cruise control system signal Cruise Control Signal ON or OFF
Power mode switch signal Power Mode Switch ON or OFF
Neutral/Parking range signal N/P Range Signal ON or OFF
Reverse range signal R Range Signal ON or OFF
Drive range signal D Range Signal ON or OFF
3rd range signal 3rd Range Signal ON or OFF
2nd range signal 2nd Range Signal ON or OFF
1st range signal 1st Range Signal ON or OFF
Hold mode switch signal Hold Mode Switch ON or OFF
Shift control solenoid A Shift Solenoid #1 ON or OFF
Shift control solenoid B Shift Solenoid #2 ON or OFF
Over running clutch control solenoid valve Over Running Solenoid ON or OFF
Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning lamp ATF Temp. Warning Lamp ON or OFF
Hold mode indicator lamp Hold Lamp ON or OFF
2 wheel drive mode indicator lamp 2WD Mode Lamp ON or OFF
Torque control output signal Torque Control Signal ON or OFF
NOTE:
55
3. Diagnosis System
D: CLEAR MEMORY MODE E: INSPECTION MODE

1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL 1. PREPARATIONS FOR THE
MODE) INSPECTION MODE
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the Raise the vehicle using a garage jack and place on
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. safety stands or drive the vehicle onto free rollers.
2) On the System Selection Menu display I FULL-TIME AWD MODELS
screen, select the {EGI/EMPi} and press the [YES] WARNING:
key. I Before raising the vehicle, ensure parking
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor- brakes are applied.
mation of engine type. I Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a
4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen, safety stand.
select the {3. Clear Memory} and press the [YES] I Secure a rope or wire to the front and rear
key. towing or tie-down hooks to prevent the lateral
5) When the ‘Done’ and ‘Turn Ignition Switch OFF’ runout of front wheels.
are shown on the display screen, turn the Subaru I Do not abruptly depress/release clutch pedal
select monitor and ignition switch to OFF. or accelerator pedal during works even when
NOTE: engine is operating at low speeds since this
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the may cause vehicle to jump off free rollers.
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION I In order to prevent the vehicle from slipping
MANUAL. due to vibration, do not place any wooden
blocks or similar items between the safety
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD
stands and the vehicle.
MODE) I Since the rear wheels will also rotate, do not
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the place anything near them. Also, make sure that
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. nobody goes in front of the vehicle.
key.
4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen,
select the {7. OBD System} and press the [YES]
key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
{4. Diagnosis Code(s) Cleared} and press the
[YES] key.
6) When the ‘Clear Diagnostic Code?’ is shown on
the display screen, press the [YES] key.
7) Turn Subaru select monitor and ignition switch
to OFF.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
MANUAL.
3. OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL
For clear memory procedures using the OBD-II OBD0072A
general scan tool, refer to the OBD-II General

Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
56
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T3E2] 2-7
3. Diagnosis System
I FWD MODELS 2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

WARNING: After performing diagnostics and clearing the
I Before raising the vehicle, ensure parking memory, check for any remaining unresolved
brakes are applied. trouble data.
I Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a 1) Prepare Subaru select monitor kit.
safety stand.
I If only the front wheels are raised or placed
on a free roller, apply parking brakes and lock
the rear wheels.
I Secure a rope or wire to the front and rear
towing or tie-down hooks to prevent the lateral
runout of front wheels.
I Do not abruptly depress/release clutch pedal
or accelerator pedal during works even when
engine is operating at low speeds since this
may cause vehicle to jump off free rollers. S2M0285
I In order to prevent the vehicle from slipping
due to vibration, do not place any wooden 2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru select
blocks or similar items between the safety monitor.
stands and the vehicle. 3) Insert cartridge into Subaru select monitor.
I Since the rear wheels will also rotate, do not ST 24082AA010 CARTRIDGE
place anything near them. Also, make sure that
nobody goes in front of the vehicle.
S2M0286A
OBD0073A
57
2-7 [T3E2] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
3. Diagnosis System
4) Connect test mode connector at the lower por- 5) Connect Subaru select monitor to data link con-
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to nector.
the side of the center console box. (1) Open the cover and connect Subaru select
monitor to data link connector located in the
lower portion of the instrument panel (on the
driver’s side), to the lower cover.
OBD0005H
OBD0006H
B2M0432D
B2M0433F
(2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con-

nector.
CAUTION:
Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru
select monitor and OBD-II general scan tool.
6) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
Subaru select monitor switch to ON.
S2M0288A

key.
58
3. Diagnosis System
10) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display screen, 2) Open the cover and connect the OBD-II general
select the {6. Dealer Check Mode Procedure} and scan tool to its data link connector in the lower
press the [YES] key. portion of the instrument panel (on the driver’s
11) When the “Perform Inspection (Dealer Check) side), to the lower cover.
Mode?” is shown on the display screen, press the CAUTION:
[YES] key. Do not connect the scan tools except for
12) Perform subsequent procedures as instructed Subaru select monitor and OBD-II general scan
on the display screen. tool.
I If trouble still remains in the memory, the corre-
sponding diagnostic trouble code (DTC) appears
on the display screen.
NOTE:
I For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
MANUAL.
I For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble
codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) LIST. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].> (LHD),
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].> (RHD) OBD0006H
I On AWD vehicles, release the parking brake.
I The speed difference between front and rear
wheels may light either the ABS warning light, but
this indicates no malfunctions. When engine con-
trol diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory
clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system.
3. OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL
After performing diagnostics and clearing the
memory, check for any remaining unresolved
trouble data:
1) Connect test mode connector at the lower side B2M0433F
of the instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to the
side of the center console box. 3) Start the engine.
NOTE:
I Ensure the selector lever is placed in the “P”
position before starting. (AT vehicles)
I Depress clutch pedal when starting the engine.
(MT vehicles)
4) Using the selector lever or shift lever, turn the
“P” position switch and the “N” position switch to
ON.
5) Depress the brake pedal to turn the brake
switch ON. (AT vehicles)
OBD0005H
6) Keep engine speed in the 2,500 — 3,000 rpm
range for 40 seconds.
NOTE:
On models without tachometer, use the tachom-
eter (Secondary pickup type).
7) Place the selector lever or shift lever in the “D”
position (AT vehicles) or “1st” gear (MT vehicles)
and drive the vehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH).
NOTE:
I On AWD vehicles, release the parking brake.
B2M0432D
wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this
59
2-7 [T3F1] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
3. Diagnosis System
indicates no malfunctions. When engine control 4) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system. the side of the center console box.
8) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, check for
diagnostic trouble code(s) and record the result(s).
NOTE:
I For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
[T11A0].> (RHD)
F: COMPULSORY VALVE OBD0005H
OPERATION CHECK MODE

1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
1) Prepare Subaru select monitor kit.
B2M0432D
S2M0285
2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru select

monitor.
3) Insert cartridge into Subaru select monitor.
ST 24082AA010 CARTRIDGE
S2M0286A
60
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T3F1] 2-7
3. Diagnosis System
5) Connect Subaru select monitor to data link con- 6) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
nector. Subaru select monitor switch to ON.
(1) Open the cover and connect Subaru select
monitor to data link connector located in the
lower portion of the instrument panel (on the
driver’s side), to the lower cover.
S2M0288A

OBD0006H 8) On the System Selection Menu display
key.
10) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display
screen, select the {4. System Operation Check
Mode} and press the [YES] key.
11) On the System Operation Check Mode
display screen, select the {Actuator ON/OFF
Operation} and press the [YES] key.
12) Select the desired compulsory actuator on the
B2M0433F
Actuator ON/OFF Operation display screen and
(2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con- press the [YES] key.
nector. 13) Pressing the [NO] key completes the compul-
sory operation check mode. The display will then
CAUTION:
Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru return to the Actuator ON/OFF Operation
select monitor and OBD-II general scan tool. screen.

Contents Display
Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check Fuel Pump Relay
Compulsory purge control solenoid valve operation check CPC Solenoid Valve
Compulsory radiator fan relay operation check Radiator Fan Relay
Compulsory air conditioning relay operation check A/C Relay
Compulsory exhaust gas recirculation control solenoid valve operation check EGR Solenoid Valve
Compulsory pressure control solenoid valve operation check PCV Solenoid Valve
Compulsory vent control solenoid valve (drain valve) operation check Vent Control Solenoid Valve
Compulsory pressure sources switching solenoid valve operation check Pressure Switching Sol.1
NOTE:
I Because ASV solenoid valve, FICD solenoid valve and air injection system diagnosis solenoid valve are
not installed, ASV Solenoid Valve, FICD Solenoid Valve and Pressure Switching Sol.2 will be displayed but
non-functional.
I For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
61
2-7 [T3G1] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
4. Cautions
G: FINISHING DIAGNOSIS 4. Cautions

OPERATION
A: SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the
2) Turn Subaru select monitor switch to OFF.
engine control module (ECM), main relay and fuel
pump relay.
CAUTION:
I All Airbag system wiring harness and con-
nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri-
cal test equipment on these circuit.
I Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir-
ing harness when servicing the engine control
module (ECM), transmission control module
(TCM), main relay and fuel pump relay.
S2M0288A
B: PRECAUTIONS
3) Disconnect test mode connector at the lower 1) Never connect the battery in reverse polarity.
portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
I The ECM will be destroyed instantly.
the side of the center console box.
I The fuel injector and other part will be damaged
4) Disconnect Subaru select monitor from its data
link connector. in just a few minutes more.
2) Do not disconnect the battery terminals while
the engine is running.
I A large counter electromotive force will be gen-
erated in the alternator, and this voltage may dam-
age electronic parts such as ECM, etc.
3) Before disconnecting the connectors of each
sensor and the ECM, be sure to turn OFF the igni-
tion switch.
4) Before removing ECM from the located
position, disconnect two cables on battery.
I Otherwise, the ECM may be damaged.
5) The connectors to each sensor in the engine
compartment and the harness connectors on the
engine side and body side are all designed to be
waterproof. However, it is still necessary to take
care not to allow water to get into the connectors
when washing the vehicle, or when servicing the
vehicle on a rainy day.
6) Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body head
grounding point when measuring voltage and
resistance inside the passenger compartment.
H2M1154A
62
4. Cautions
G: FINISHING DIAGNOSIS 4. Cautions

OPERATION
A: SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the
2) Turn Subaru select monitor switch to OFF.
engine control module (ECM), main relay and fuel
pump relay.
CAUTION:
ing harness when servicing the engine control
module (ECM), transmission control module
(TCM), main relay and fuel pump relay.
S2M0288A
B: PRECAUTIONS
3) Disconnect test mode connector at the lower 1) Never connect the battery in reverse polarity.
portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
I The ECM will be destroyed instantly.
I The fuel injector and other part will be damaged
4) Disconnect Subaru select monitor from its data
link connector. in just a few minutes more.
2) Do not disconnect the battery terminals while
the engine is running.
I A large counter electromotive force will be gen-
erated in the alternator, and this voltage may dam-
age electronic parts such as ECM, etc.
3) Before disconnecting the connectors of each
sensor and the ECM, be sure to turn OFF the igni-
tion switch.
4) Before removing ECM from the located
position, disconnect two cables on battery.
I Otherwise, the ECM may be damaged.
5) The connectors to each sensor in the engine
compartment and the harness connectors on the
engine side and body side are all designed to be
waterproof. However, it is still necessary to take
care not to allow water to get into the connectors
when washing the vehicle, or when servicing the
vehicle on a rainy day.
6) Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body head
grounding point when measuring voltage and
resistance inside the passenger compartment.
H2M1154A
62
4. Cautions
7) Use engine grounding terminal or engine 12) Problems in the electronic-controlled auto-
proper as the grounding point to the body when matic transmission may be caused by failure of the
measuring voltage and resistance in the engine engine, the electronic control system, the transmis-
compartment. sion proper, or by a combination of these. These
three causes must be distinguished clearly when
performing diagnostics.
13) Diagnostics should be conducted by rotating
with simple, easy operations and proceeding to
complicated, difficult operations. The most impor-
tant thing in diagnostics is to understand the cus-
tomer’s complaint, and distinguish between the
three causes.
14) In AT vehicles, do not continue the stall for
more than five seconds at a time (from closed
throttle, fully open throttle to stall engine speed).
B2M1817A
15) On ABS vehicle, when performing driving test
8) Use TCM mounting stud bolts at the body head in jacked-up or lifted-up position, sometimes the
grounding point when measuring voltage and warning light may be lit, but this is not a malfunc-
resistance inside the passenger compartment. tion of the system. The reason for this is the speed
difference between the front and rear wheels. After
diagnosis of engine control system, perform the
ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagno-
sis system.
C: PRE-INSPECTION
Before performing diagnostics, check the following
items which might affect engine problems:
1. POWER SUPPLY
OBD0040B 1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of
electrolyte.
9) Every MFI-related part is a precision part. Do Standard voltage: 12 V
not drop them.
10) Observe the following cautions when installing Specific gravity: Above 1.260
a radio in MFI equipped models. 2) Check the condition of the main and other
CAUTION: fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check
I The antenna must be kept as far apart as for proper grounding.
possible from the control unit. 2. ENGINE GROUNDING
(The ECM is located under the steering column,
inside of the instrument panel lower trim Make sure the engine grounding terminal is prop-
panel.) erly connected to the engine.
I The antenna feeder must be placed as far
apart as possible from the ECM and MFI har-
ness.
I Carefully adjust the antenna for correct
matching.
I When mounting a large power type radio,
pay special attention to the three items above
mentioned.
I Incorrect installation of the radio may affect
the operation of the ECM.
B2M1817A
11) Before disconnecting the fuel hose, discon-
nect the fuel pump connector and crank the engine
for more than five seconds to release pressure in
the fuel system. If engine starts during this
operation, run it until it stops.
63
5. Specified Data
5. Specified Data
A: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ECM) I/O SIGNAL
OBD0092A
Con- Signal (V)

Termi-
Content nector Ignition SW ON Note
nal No. Engine ON (Idling)
No. (Engine OFF)
Crankshaft Signal (+) B84 8 0 −7 — +7 Sensor output waveform
position Signal (−) B84 29 0 0 —
sensor Shield B84 54 0 0 —
Camshaft Signal (+) B84 7 0 −7 — +7 Sensor output waveform
position Signal (−) B84 28 0 0 —
sensor Shield B84 54 0 0 —
Signal B84 5 0 — 0.3 0.8 — 1.2 —
Mass air
Shield B84 57 0 0 —
flow sensor
GND B84 53 0 0 —
Fully closed: 0.2 — 1.0
Signal B84 6 —
Throttle Fully opened: 4.2 — 4.7
position Power sup-
B84 21 5 5 —
sensor ply
GND B84 20 0 0 —
Front oxy- Signal B84 23 0 0 — 0.9 —
gen sensor Shield B84 56 0 0 —
Rear oxy- Signal B84 24 0 0 — 0.9 —
gen sensor Shield B84 56 0 0 —
Engine coolant tempera-
B84 22 1.0 — 1.4 1.0 — 1.4 After warm-up
ture sensor
“5” and “0” are repeatedly dis-
Vehicle speed sensor 2 B84 83 0 or 5 0 or 5
played when vehicle is driven.
Starter switch B84 86 0 0 Cranking: 8 to 14
ON: 10 — 13 ON: 13 — 14
A/C switch B84 60 —
OFF: 0 OFF: 0
Ignition switch B84 85 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
64
5. Specified Data
Con- Signal (V)

Termi-
No. (Engine OFF)
I On MT vehicle; switch is ON
Neutral position switch ON: 5.0±0.5
when gear is in neutral posi-
(MT) OFF: 0
tion.
B84 82
I On AT vehicle; switch is ON
Neutral position switch ON: 0
when shift is in “N” or “P” posi-
(AT) OFF: 5.0±0.5
tion.
Test mode connector B84 84 5 5 When connected: 0
Knock sen- Signal B84 3 2.8 2.8 —
sor Shield B84 56 0 0 —
When measuring voltage
(AT) 5 (AT) 5
AT/MT identification B84 81 between ECM and chassis
(MT) 0 (MT) 0
ground.
Back-up power supply B84 39 10 — 13 13 — 14 Ignition switch “OFF”: 10 — 13
Control unit power sup- 1
B84 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
ply 2
Ignition # 1, # 2 B84 41 0 1 — 3.4 —
control # 3, # 4 B84 40 0 1 — 3.4 —
#1 B84 96 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
Fuel injec- # 2 B84 70 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
tor #3 B84 44 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
#4 B84 16 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
Idle air con- OPEN end B84 14 — 1 — 13 Waveform
trol sole- CLOSE
B84 13 — 13 — 1 Waveform
noid valve end
ON: 0.5, or less
Fuel pump relay control B84 32 0.5, or less —
OFF: 10 — 13
ON: 0.5, or less ON: 0.5, or less
A/C relay control B84 31 —
OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 1 con- ON: 0.5, or less ON: 0.5, or less
B84 74 —
trol OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 2 con- ON: 0.5, or less ON: 0.5, or less
B84 73 With A/C vehicles only
trol OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
Self-shutoff control B84 63 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Malfunction indicator Light “ON”: 1, or less
B84 58 — —
lamp Light “OFF”: 10 — 14
Engine speed output B84 64 — 0 — 13, or more Waveform
Torque control signal B84 79 5 5 —
Mass air flow signal for
B84 47 0 — 0.3 0.8 — 1.2 —
AT
Purge control solenoid ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less
B84 72 —
valve OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
Atmospheric pressure
B84 26 3.9 — 4.1 2.0 — 2.3 —
sensor
Pressure sources switch- ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less
B84 15 —
ing solenoid valve OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less
EGR solenoid valve B84 71 —
OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
Front oxygen sensor
B84 38 0 — 1.0 0 — 1.0 —
heater signal
Rear oxygen sensor
B84 37 0 — 1.0 0 — 1.0 —
heater signal
65
5. Specified Data
Con- Signal (V)

Termi-
No. (Engine OFF)
I Except 2200 cc FWD and
Taiwan spec. vehicles
Fuel temperature sensor B84 25 2.5 — 3.8 2.5 — 3.8
I Ambient temperature: 25°C
(77°F)
Except 2200 cc FWD and Tai-
Fuel level sensor B84 27 0.12 — 4.75 0.12 — 4.75
wan spec. vehicles
I Except 2200 cc FWD and
Taiwan spec. vehicles
Signal B84 4 2.3 — 2.7 2.3 — 2.7 I The value obtained after the
Fuel tank fuel filler cap was removed
pressure once and recapped.
sensor
Power sup-
B84 21 5 5 —
ply
GND B84 20 0 0 —
Fuel tank pressure con- ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less Except 2200 cc FWD and Tai-
B84 10
trol solenoid valve OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14 wan spec. vehicles
Vent control solenoid ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less
B84 35 2500 cc models
valve OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14
ON: 1, or less ON: 1, or less 2200 cc AWD except Taiwan
Drain valve B84 35
OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 13 — 14 spec. vehicles
TCS signal B84 61 0—7 0—7 Waveform
Less than 1 ←→ More Less than 1 ←→ More
AT diagnosis input signal B84 80 Waveform
than 4 than 4
GND (sensors) B84 20 0 0 —
69
GND (injectors) B84 0 0 —
95
GND (ignition system) B84 94 0 0 —
19
GND (power supply) B84 0 0 —
46
17
GND (control systems) B84 0 0 —
18
GND (oxygen sensor
B84 42 0 0 —
heater)
B: ENGINE CONDITION DATA

Content Model Specified data
1.7 — 3.3 (g/sec): Idling
2200 cc
7.1 — 14.2 (g/sec): 2,500 rpm racing
Mass air flow
2.2 — 4.2 (g/sec): Idling
2500 cc
8.6 — 14.5 (g/sec): 2,500 rpm racing
1.6 — 2.9 (%): Idling
2200 cc
6.4 — 12.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing
Engine load
1.9 — 3.5 (%): Idling
2500 cc
7.2 — 12.1 (%): 2,500 rpm racing
Measuring condition:
I After warm-up the engine.
I Gear position is in “N” or “P” position.
I A/C is turned OFF.
I All accessory switches are turned OFF.
66
5. Specified Data
C: TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) I/O SIGNAL
H3M1234A
NOTE:
Check with ignition switch ON.
Connector Terminal
Content Measuring conditions Voltage (V)
No. No.
Back-up power supply B56 14 Ignition switch OFF 10 — 16
B54 6
Ignition power supply Ignition switch ON (with engine OFF) 10 — 16
B55 1
“P” range Selector lever in “P” range Less than 1
B56 9
switch Selector lever in any other than “P” range More than 8
“N” range Selector lever in “N” range Less than 1
B56 8
switch Selector lever in any other than “N” range More than 8
“R” range Selector lever in “R” range Less than 1
B56 10
switch Selector lever in any other than “R” range More than 6
Inhibitor “D” range Selector lever in “D” range Less than 1
B54 1
switch switch Selector lever in any other than “D” range More than 6
“3” range Selector lever in “3” range Less than 1
B54 2
switch Selector lever in any other than “3” range More than 6
B54 3
B54 4
Brake pedal depressed More than 10.5
Brake switch B56 7
Brake pedal released Less than 1
ABS switch ON Less than 1
ABS signal B56 5
ABS switch OFF More than 6.5
Ignition switch ON (with engine OFF) Less than 1
AT diagnostics signal B55 12
Ignition switch ON (with engine ON) More than 10
Diagnosis connector connected. Less than 1
Diagnosis switch B56 6
Diagnosis connector disconnected. More than 6
67
5. Specified Data
Resistance to
Connector Terminal
Content Measuring conditions Voltage (V) body
No. No.
(ohms)
Throttle position Throttle fully closed. 0.3 — 0.7
B54 8 —
sensor Throttle fully open. 4.3 — 4.9
Throttle position
Ignition switch ON (with
sensor power B56 19 4.8 — 5.3 —
engine OFF)
supply
ATF tempera- ATF temperature 20°C (68°F) 2.9 — 4.0 2.1 k — 2.9 k
B54 10
ture sensor ATF temperature 80°C (176°F) 1.0 — 1.4 275 — 375
Vehicle stopped. 0
Vehicle speed
B54 12 Vehicle speed at least 20 km/h 450 — 720
sensor 1 More than 1 (AC range)
(12 MPH)
Vehicle speed When vehicle is slowly moved
B56 11 Less than 1←→More than 9 —
sensor 2 at least 2 meters (7ft).
More than 10.5
Engine speed engine OFF).
B54 5 —
signal Ignition switch ON (with
8 — 11
engine ON).
When cruise control is set
Less than 1
Cruise set sig- (SET lamp ON).
B56 3 —
nal When cruise control is not set
More than 6.5
(SET lamp OFF).
Torque control
B55 16 Ignition switch ON 4—6 —
signal
Mass air flow
B54 9 Engine idling after warm-up 0.5 — 1.2 —
signal
1st or 4th gear More than 9
Shift solenoid 1 B55 14 20 — 32
2nd or 3rd gear Less than 1
1st or 2nd gear More than 9
3rd or 4th gear Less than 1
Selector lever in “N” range
Less than 1
(with throttle fully closed).
Selector lever in “D” range
More than 9
Throttle fully closed (with
2.0 — 4.0
engine OFF) after warm-up.
Duty solenoid A B55 8 2.0 — 4.5
Throttle fully open (with engine
Less than 1
OFF) after warm-up.
More than 8.5
Dropping resis- engine OFF) after warm-up.
B55 7 12 — 18
tor Throttle fully open (with engine
Less than 1
OFF) after warm-up.
When lock up occurs. More than 8.5
Duty solenoid B B55 5 9 — 17
When lock up is released. Less than 0.5
Fuse on FWD switch More than 8.5
Duty solenoid C Fuse removed from FWD
(AWD models B55 3 switch (with throttle fully open 9 — 17
Less than 0.5
only) and with select lever in 1st
gear).
Sensor ground
B54 7 — 0 Less than 1
line 1
Sensor ground
line 2
System ground
line
68
5. Specified Data
Resistance to
Connector Terminal
Content Measuring conditions Voltage (V) body
No. No.
(ohms)
Power system
ground line
FWD switch Fuse removed. 6 — 9.1
(AWD models B56 2 —
only) Fuse installed. Less than 1
Data link signal 12 — —
(Subaru select B56 —
monitor) 13 — —
AT diagnosis
B56 11 Ignition switch ON Less than 1 ←→ More than 4 —
signal
69
6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure
6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure 6A4 : PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS.

A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC
1) Inspect using “10. Diagnostics Chart with
PROCEDURE FOR ENGINE Trouble Code for LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T1000].> “11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble
6A1 : CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE. Code for RHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1100].>
NOTE:
1) Ask the customer when and how the trouble Carry out the basic check, only when DTC about
occurred using the interview check list. <Ref. to 2-7 automatic transmission is shown on display. <Ref.
[T6C0].> to 2-7 [T6B0].>
2) Start the engine.
2) Repair the trouble cause.
: Does the engine start? 3) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to 2-7
: Go to step 6A2. [T3D0].>
: Inspection using “8. Diagnostics for 4) Perform the inspection mode. <Ref. to 2-7
Engine Start Failure”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>
[T800].> : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
OBD-II general scan tool indicate
DTC?
6A2 : CHECK ILLUMINATION OF CHECK
ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR : Inspect using “10. Diagnostics Chart
LAMP (MIL). with Trouble Code for LHD Vehicles”.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].>, “11. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code for RHD
: Does CHECK ENGINE malfunction Vehicles ”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1100].>
indicator lamp illuminate? : Complete the diagnosis.
: Go to step 6A3.
: Inspection using “9. General Diagnos- B: BASIC CHECK ITEMS FOR AT
tics Table”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T900].> When trouble code about automatic transmission
is shown on display, carry out the following basic
6A3 : CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON DIS- check. After that, carry out the replacement or
PLAY. repair work.
1) ATF level check <Ref. to 3-2 [W1B1].>
2) Differential gear oil level check <Ref. to 3-2
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. [W1B2].>
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the 3) ATF leak check <Ref. to 3-2 [W1B3].>
OBD-II general scan tool to data link connector. 4) Differential gear oil leak check <Ref. to 3-2
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and the Subaru [W1B3].>
Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch 5) Brake band adjustment <Ref. to 3-2 [W2B0].>
to ON. 6) Stall test <Ref. to 3-2 [W8A0].>
4) Read DTC on the Subaru Select Monitor or 7) Line pressure test <Ref. to 3-2 [W10A0].>
OBD-II general scan tool. 8) Transfer clutch pressure test <Ref. to 3-2
: Does the Subaru Select Monitor or [W11A0].>
OBD-II general scan tool indicate 9) Time lag test <Ref. to 3-2 [W9A0].>
DTC? 10) Road test <Ref. to 3-2 [W7A0].>
11) Shift characteristics <Ref. to 3-2 [W7A0].>
: Go to step 6A4.
: Repair the related parts.
NOTE:
If DTC is not shown on display although the MIL
illuminates, perform diagnostics of MIL (CHECK
ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp) circuit or com-
bination meter. <Ref. to 2-7 [T700].>
70
MEMO:
71
C: CHECK LIST FOR INTERVIEW

1. CHECK LIST NO. 1
Check the following items when problem has occurred.
NOTE:
Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Customer’s name Engine no.
Date of sale Fuel brand
Date of repair Odometer reading km
Vin no. miles
Weather l Fine
l Cloudy
l Rainy
l Snowy
l Various/Others:
Outdoor temperature °F (°C)
l Hot
l Warm
l Cool
l Cold
Place l Highway
l Suburbs
l Inner city
l Uphill
l Downhill
l Rough road
l Others:
Engine temperature l Cold
l Warming-up
l After warming-up
l Any temperature
l Others:
Engine speed rpm
Vehicle speed MPH
Driving conditions l Not affected
l At starting
l While idling
l At racing
l While accelerating
l While cruising
l While decelerating
l While turning (RH/LH)
Headlight l ON/l OFF Rear defogger l ON/l OFF
Blower l ON/l OFF Radio l ON/l OFF
A/C compressor l ON/l OFF CD/Cassette l ON/l OFF
Cooling fan l ON/l OFF Car phone l ON/l OFF
Front wiper l ON/l OFF CB l ON/l OFF
Rear wiper l ON/l OFF
72
2. CHECK LIST NO. 2 NOTE:

Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Check the following items about the vehicle’s state
when MIL turns on.
a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. l Yes/l No

l Low fuel warning light
l Charge indicator light
l AT diagnostics indicator light
l ABS warning light
l TCS warning light
l Engine oil pressure warning light
b) Fuel level
I Lack of gasoline: l Yes/l No
I Indicator position of fuel gauge:
c) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords: l Yes/l No
I What:
d) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses: l Yes/l No
I What:
e) Installing of parts other than genuine parts: l Yes/l No
I What:
I Where:
f) Occurrence of noise: l Yes/l No
I From where:
I What kind:
g) Occurrence of smell: l Yes/l No
I From where:
I What kind:
h) Intrusion of water into engine compartment or passenger compartment: l Yes/l No
i) Troubles occurred
l Engine does not start.
l Engine stalls during idling.
l Engine stalls while driving.
l Engine speed decreases.
l Engine speed does not decrease.
l Rough idling
l Poor acceleration
l Back fire
l After fire
l No shift
l Excessive shift shock
73
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL)
A: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT
COME ON.
I DIAGNOSIS:
I The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) circuit is open or shorted.
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I When ignition switch is turned ON (engine OFF), MIL does not come on.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0507
74
7A1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 7A4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-
ECM. BINATION METER AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
chassis ground. 2) Remove combination meter. <Ref. to 6-2
Connector & terminal [W14A1].>
(B84) No. 58 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Disconnect connector from ECM and combina-
tion meter.
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and combination meter connector.
(B84) No. 58 — (i14) No. 2:
B2M0508A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?

: Go to step 7A2.
: Go to step 7A4. B2M0763A
7A2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 7A5.
: Does the MIL come on when shaking : Repair harness and connector.
or pulling ECM connector and har-
ness? NOTE:
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. I Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
: Go to step 7A3. bination meter connector
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B37)
7A3 : CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
: Is ECM connector correctly con-
nected? Check poor contact in combination meter connec-
tor.
: Replace ECM.
: Repair connection of ECM connector.
: Is there poor contact in combination
meter connector?
: Repair poor contact in combination
meter connector.
: Go to step 7A6.
75
7A6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM- 7A7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

BINATION METER AND IGNITION
SWITCH CONNECTOR. Check poor contact in combination meter connec-
tor.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
2) Measure voltage between combination meter : Is there poor contact in combination
connector and chassis ground. meter connector?
Connector & terminal : Repair poor contact in combination
(i14) No. 11 (+) — Chassis ground (−): meter connector.
: Replace bulb or combination meter.
B2M0510A

: Go to step 7A7.
: Check the following and repair if neces-
sary.
NOTE:
I Blown out fuse (No. 15).
I If replaced fuse (No. 15) is blown easily, check
the harness for short circuit of harness between
fuse (No. 15) and combination meter connector.
I Open or short circuit in harness between fuse
(No. 15) and combination meter connector
I Open or short circuit in harness between fuse
(No. 15) and ignition switch connector
I Poor contact in ignition switch connector
76
MEMO:
77
B: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION

INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT
GO OFF.
I DIAGNOSIS:
I The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) circuit is shorted.
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Although MIL comes on when engine runs,
trouble code is not shown on Subaru select
monitor or OBD-II general scan tool display.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0507
78
7B1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-

BINATION METER AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
B2M0470C
: Does the MIL come on?

: Repair ground short circuit in harness
between combination meter and ECM
connector.
: Replace ECM.
79
C: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT

BLINK AT A CYCLE OF 3 Hz.
I DIAGNOSIS:
I The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) circuit is open or shorted.
I Test mode connector circuit is in open.
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I When inspection mode, MIL does not blink at a cycle of 3 Hz.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0511
80
7C1 : CHECK OPERATION OF CHECK 7C3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR AND TEST MODE CONNECTOR.
LAMP (MIL).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
2) Disconnect test mode connector. 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. and test mode connector.
(B84) No.84 — (B75) No.1:
B2M0470C
: Does the MIL come on? B2M0513A

: Go to step 7C2.
: Repair the MIL circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
[T7A0].> : Go to step 7C4.
7C2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM and test mode connector.
ECM.
Measure voltage between test mode connector
and chassis ground.
Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Connector & terminal <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
(B75) No.1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
tor?
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Replace ECM.
B2M0512A
: Is voltage less than 1 V?

: Go to step 7C3.
: Go to step 7C5.
81
7C5 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.

2) Measure resistance of harness between test
mode connector and chassis ground.
(B76) No.1 — Chassis ground:
B2M0514A

: Repair poor contact in test mode con-
nector.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between test mode and
coupling connector (B22)
I Open circuit in harness between coupling con-
nector (B22) and engine grounding terminal
82
MEMO:
83
D: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) REMAINS

BLINKING AT A CYCLE OF 3 Hz.
I DIAGNOSIS:
I Test mode connector circuit is shorted.
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Even though test mode connector is disconnected, MIL blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz when ignition switch
is turned to ON.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0511
84
7D1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

CONNECTOR AND ENGINE
GROUNDING TERMINAL.

(B84) No. 84 — Chassis ground:
B2M0515A

: Repair short circuit in harness between
ECM and test mode connector.
: Replace ECM.
85
MEMO:
86
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure

A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS CHART
1. Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8B0].>
↓
2. Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8C0].>
↓
3. Inspection of ignition control system. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
↓
4. Inspection of fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8E0].> <Ref. to 2-7 [T8F0].>
↓
5. Inspection of fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8G0].>
↓
6. Inspection of crankshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8H0].>
↓
7. Inspection of camshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8I0].>
↓
8. Inspection using Subaru select monitor or OBD-II general scan tool <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> and <Ref. to 2-7 [T1100].> or
inspection using “9. General Diagnostics Table”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T900].>
87
B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].> and <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1897
8B1 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR

STARTER MOTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from starter motor.
OBD0724
3) Turn ignition switch to ST.
88
4) Measure power supply voltage between starter 8B3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BAT-
motor connector terminal and engine ground. TERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CON-
Connector & terminal NECTOR.
(B14) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
2) Remove SBF No. 4 from main fuse box.
3) Measure resistance of fuse.
: Replace SBF No. 4.
: Go to step 8B4.
8B4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BAT-

TERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CON-
OBD0100A
NECTOR.
NOTE:
I On AT vehicles, place the selector lever in the 1) Install SBF No. 4 to main fuse box.
“P” or “N” position. 2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
I On MT vehicles, depress the clutch pedal. 3) Measure power supply voltage between ignition
switch connector and chassis ground.
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
: Go to step 8B2.
(B72) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
: Go to step 8B3.
8B2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

STARTER MOTOR.

2) Disconnect terminal from starter motor.
OBD0103A

: Go to step 8B5.
ignition switch and SBF No. 4 connector.
OBD0725
8B5 : CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
3) Measure resistance of ground cable between
ground cable terminal and engine ground. : Is transmission type AT?
: Is resistance less than 5 Ω? : Go to step 8B6.
: Check starter motor. <Ref. to 6-1 : Go to step 8B9.
[K100].>
: Repair open circuit of ground cable.
89
8B6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT. 8B8 : CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between transmis-

2) Place the selector lever in the “P” or “N” posi- sion harness and inhibitor switch connector.
tion. Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance between transmission har- (T3) No. 12 — (T7) No. 1:
ness connector receptacle’s terminals.
(T3) No. 11 — No. 12:
B2M1281A

B2M1279A
: Go to step 8B9.
transmission harness and inhibitor
: Repair open circuit in harness between switch connector.
starter motor and ignition switch con-
nector.
: Go to step 8B7.
Check poor contact in inhibitor switch connector.
8B7 : CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in inhibitor
1) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch. switch connector?
2) Measure resistance of harness between trans-
mission harness and inhibitor switch connector. : Repair poor contact in inhibitor switch
connector.
: Replace inhibitor switch.
(T3) No. 11 — (T7) No. 2:
B2M1280A

: Go to step 8B8.
transmission harness and inhibitor
switch connector.
90
8B10 : CHECK STARTER INTERLOCK CIR- 8B11 : CHECK STARTER INTERLOCK CIR-
CUIT. CUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to “ST”. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Measure voltage between clutch switch con- 2) Measure resistance between clutch switch con-
nector and chassis ground. nector terminals while depressing the clutch pedal.
I With cruise control I With cruise control
(B107) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (B107) No. 1 — No. 2:
I Without cruise control I Without cruise control
(B106) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (B106) No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M0517A B2M0518A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

: Replace starter interlock relay. : Repair open circuit in harness between
starter motor and ignition switch con-
: Go to step 8B11. nector.
: Replace clutch switch.
91
C: CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1049
8C1 : CHECK MAIN RELAY. 4) Measure resistance between main relay termi-
nals.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Terminals
2) Remove main relay. No. 3 — No. 5:
3) Connect battery to main relay terminals No. 1
and No. 2.
H2M2268

: Go to step 8C2.
: Replace main relay.
92
8C2 : CHECK MAIN RELAY. 8C4 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF

ECM.
Measure resistance between main relay terminals.
Measure power supply voltage between ECM con-
Terminals
nector terminals.
No. 4 — No. 6:
(B84) No. 2 (+) — No. 19 (−):
H2M2269
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? H2M2271
: Go to step 8C3.
: Replace main relay.
: Go to step 8C5.
8C3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF : Repair open or ground short circuit in
ECM. harness of power supply circuit.
1) Install main relay.

2) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
4) Measure power supply voltage between ECM
connector terminals.
(B84) No. 1 (+) — No. 19 (−):
H2M2270A

: Go to step 8C4.
: Repair open or ground short circuit in
harness of power supply circuit.
93
8C5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF 8C6 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
ECM.
Measure power supply voltage between ECM con- 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
nector terminals. between ECM and chassis ground.
(B84) No. 39 (+) — No. 19 (−): (B84) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
H2M2273A

: Go to step 8C7.
ECM connector and engine grounding
terminal.
8C7 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
H2M2272A Measure resistance of harness between ECM and

chassis ground.
: Go to step 8C6. (B84) No. 18 — Chassis ground:
harness of power supply circuit.
H2M2274A

: Go to step 8C8.
terminal.
94
8C8 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM. 8C10 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground. chassis ground.
(B84) No. 19 — Chassis ground: (B84) No. 42 — Chassis ground:
H2M2275A H2M2277A
: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

ECM connector and engine grounding ECM connector and engine grounding
terminal. terminal.
H2M2276A H2M2278A

ECM connector and engine grounding ECM connector and engine grounding
terminal. terminal.
95
H2M2279A H2M2281A

: Go to step 8C13. : Check ignition control system. <Ref. to
2-7 [T8D0].>
terminal. terminal.
8C13 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and

chassis ground.
H2M2280A

: Go to step 8C14.
terminal.
96
MEMO:
97
D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0522
8D1 : CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR 4) While opening throttle valve fully, crank engine
SPARKS. to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.
1) Remove plug cord cap from each spark plug.

2) Install new spark plug on plug cord cap.
CAUTION:
Do not remove spark plug from engine.
3) Contact spark plug’s thread portion on engine.
OBD0727B
B2M0644B
: Does spark occur at each cylinder?

: Check fuel pump system. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8E0].> or <Ref. to 2-7 [T8F0].>
: Go to step 8D2.
98
8D2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 8D4 : CHECK IGNITION COIL.

FOR IGNITION COIL.
Measure resistance between ignition coil terminals
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. to check primary coil.
2) Disconnect connector from ignition coil. Terminals
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. No. 2 — No. 3:
4) Measure power supply voltage between ignition
coil connector and engine ground.
(E12) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
H2M2283
: Is the resistance between 0.4 and 1.0

Ω?
OBD0123A
: Go to step 8D5.
: Replace ignition coil.
: Go to step 8D3.
8D5 : CHECK IGNITION COIL.
harness between ignition coil and igni-
tion switch connector. Measure resistance between spark plug cord con-
tact portions to check secondary coil.
8D3 : CHECK IGNITION COIL. Terminals
#1 — #2:
Measure resistance between ignition coil terminals
to check primary coil.
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 1:
B2M1050B
: Is the resistance between 10 and 15

kΩ?
: Go to step 8D6.
H2M2282
Ω?
: Go to step 8D4.
99
8D6 : CHECK IGNITION COIL. 8D8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNI-

TOR AND IGNITION COIL CONNEC-
TOR.
Measure resistance between spark plug cord con-
tact portions to check secondary coil.
Measure resistance of harness between ignition
Terminals
coil and ignitor connector.
#3 — #4:
(B13) No. 6 — (E12) No. 3:
B2M1050B
: Is the resistance between 10 and 15 H2M2285A
kΩ?
: Go to step 8D7. : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
: Replace ignition coil. : Go to step 8D10.
: Go to step 8D9.
8D7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNI-
TOR AND IGNITION COIL CONNEC- 8D9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
TOR.
Check poor contact in coupling connector (B22).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
2) Disconnect connector from ignitor. : Is there poor contact in coupling con-
3) Measure resistance of harness connector nector (B22)?
between ignition coil and ignitor.
: Repair poor contact in coupling connec-
Connector & terminal tor (B22).
(B13) No. 5 — (E12) No. 1:
ignition coil and ignitor connector.
H2M2284A

: Go to step 8D8.
: Go to step 8D9.
100
8D10 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNI- 8D12 : CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITOR
TOR. GROUND CIRCUIT.
Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage 2) Measure resistance between ignitor and engine
between ignitor connector and engine ground. ground.
Connector & terminal: Connector & terminal
(B13) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−): (B13) No. 3 — Engine ground:
H2M2286A OBD0128A

: Go to step 8D11. : Go to step 8D13.
: Replace ignitor. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
8D11 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNI- In this case, repair the following:
TOR. I Open circuit in harness between ignitor connec-
tor and engine grounding terminal
Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine I Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage
between ignitor connector and engine ground. 8D13 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND IGNITOR CONNECTOR.
Connector & terminal:
2) Measure resistance of harness connector
between ECM and ignitor.
(B84) No. 41 — (B13) No. 1:
H2M2287A

: Go to step 8D12.
: Replace ignitor. H2M2288A

: Go to step 8D14.
ECM and ignitor connector.
101
8D14 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 8D16 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
AND IGNITOR CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness connector between
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and ECM and chassis ground.
ignitor connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B84) No. 41 — Chassis ground:
(B84) No. 40 — (B13) No. 2:
H2M2291A
H2M2289A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8D17.
: Go to step 8D15. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
: Repair open circuit in harness between between ECM and ignitor connector.
8D17 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
8D15 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND IGNITOR CONNECTOR. Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
ignitor connector.
(B84) No. 94 — (B13) No. 3:
H2M2292A
H2M2290A : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

: Go to step 8D18.
: Repair open circuit in harness between between ECM and ignitor connector.
: Go to step 8D16.
102
8D18 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Check fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8E0].> <Ref. to 2-7 [T8F0].>
103
E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT (2200 cc FWD AND TAIWAN SPEC. VEHICLES)

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1818
8E1 : CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF 8E2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL

FUEL PUMP. PUMP.
Make sure that fuel pump is in operation for two 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
seconds when turning ignition switch to ON. 2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on
NOTE: the right rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or
Fuel pump operation check can also be executed luggage compartment floor (Wagon).
using Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode:
FD01).
For the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY
VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].>
: Does fuel pump produce operating
sound?
: Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8G0].>
: Go to step 8E2. G2M0340
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
104
4) Measure resistance of harness connector 8E4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

between fuel pump and chassis ground. PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON-
(R58) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
between fuel pump and fuel pump relay.
(R58) No. 1 — (B46) No. 4:
OBD0132A

: Go to step 8E3.
NOTE: H2M2303A

I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con- : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
nector and chassis grounding terminal : Go to step 8E5.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (R15) : Repair harness and connector.
8E3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL NOTE:
PUMP. In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-
nector and chassis grounding terminal
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. I Poor contact in coupling connectors (R15 and
2) Measure voltage of power supply circuit B97)
between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
(R58) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
OBD0133A

: Replace fuel pump.
: Go to step 8E4.
105
8E5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL 8E7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON- AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNEC-
NECTOR. TOR.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump 1) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
and fuel pump relay connector. 2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and fuel pump relay connector.
(R58) No. 1 — Chassis ground: Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 32 — (B46) No. 3:
H2M2304A
B2M0527A

: Go to step 8E6.
: Go to step 8E8.
fuel pump and fuel pump relay connec-
ECM and fuel pump relay connector.
tor.
8E8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

8E6 : CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY.
1) Disconnect connectors from fuel pump relay FOREWORD [T3C1].>
and main relay.
2) Remove fuel pump relay and main relay with : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
bracket. tor?
3) Connect battery to fuel pump relay connector : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
terminals No. 1 and No. 3. : Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
4) Measure resistance between connector termi- [T8G0].>
nals of fuel pump relay.
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 4:
G2M0461

: Go to step 8E7.
: Replace fuel pump relay.
106
MEMO:
107
F: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT (EXCEPT 2200 cc FWD AND TAIWAN SPEC.

VEHICLES)
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1819
8F1 : CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF 8F2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL

FUEL PUMP. PUMP.
Make sure that fuel pump is in operation for two 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
seconds when turning ignition switch to ON. 2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on
NOTE: the right rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or
Fuel pump operation check can also be executed luggage compartment floor (Wagon).
using Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode:
FD01).
For the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY
VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].>
: Does fuel pump produce operating
sound?
: Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8G0].>
: Go to step 8F2. G2M0340
108
4) Measure resistance of harness connector 8F4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

between fuel pump and chassis ground. PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON-
between fuel pump and fuel pump relay.
(R58) No. 1 — (B46) No. 4:
OBD0132A

: Go to step 8F3.
NOTE: H2M2303A

I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con- : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
nector and chassis grounding terminal : Go to step 8F5.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (R67) : Repair harness and connector.
8F3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL NOTE:
PUMP. In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. I Poor contact in coupling connectors (R67 and
2) Measure voltage of power supply circuit B97)
between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
OBD0133A

: Replace fuel pump.
: Go to step 8F4.
109
8F5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL 8F7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON- AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNEC-
NECTOR. TOR.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump 1) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
and fuel pump relay connector. 2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
Connector & terminal and fuel pump relay connector.
(B84) No. 32 — (B46) No. 3:
H2M2304A
B2M0527A
: Go to step 8F6. : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
: Repair short circuit in harness between : Go to step 8F8.
fuel pump and fuel pump relay connec-
tor.
ECM and fuel pump relay connector.
8F6 : CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY.

8F8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Disconnect connectors from fuel pump relay
and main relay. Check poor contact in ECM connector.
2) Remove fuel pump relay and main relay with <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
bracket. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
3) Connect battery to fuel pump relay connector tor?
terminals No. 1 and No. 3. : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
4) Measure resistance between connector termi-
nals of fuel pump relay. : Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8G0].>
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 4:
G2M0461

: Go to step 8F7.
: Replace fuel pump relay.
110
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T8G0] 2-7
G: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CAUTION:
I Check or repair only faulty parts.
I After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
NOTE:
Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AA0].> or <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AE0].> (LHD), <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AA0].> or <Ref. to 2-7 [T11AE0].> (RHD)
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1820
111
2-7 [T8H0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
H: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

CAUTION:
NOTE:
Check crankshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AK0].> (LHD), <Ref. to 2-7 [T11AK0].> (RHD)
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1294
112
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T8I0] 2-7
I: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

CAUTION:
NOTE:
Check camshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AM0].> (LHD), <Ref. to 2-7 [T11AM0].> (RHD)
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1055
113
9. General Diagnostic Table

A: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH NON-CONFORMITY SYMPTOM
FOR ENGINE
NOTE:
Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to 2-3a [K100].> or <Ref. to 2-3b [K100].>
Symptom Problem parts
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Mass air flow sensor
3) Ignition parts (*1)
4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
1. Engine stalls during idling.
5) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
7) EGR valve
8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Air intake system (*5)
2. Rough idling
7) Throttle position sensor
10) EGR valve
11) Oxygen sensor
12) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
3. Engine does not return to idle. 3) Accelerator cable (*6)
4. Poor acceleration
8) A/C switch and A/C cut relay
9) Engine torque control signal circuit
5. Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at
5) Purge control solenoid valve
acceleration.
6) EGR valve
6. Surge
5) EGR valve
114

2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Spark knock 3) Knock sensor
8. After burning in exhaust system
*1: Check ignitor, ignition coil and spark plug.
*2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
*3: Ensure the secure installation.
*4: Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter.
*5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.
*6: Adjust accelerator cable.
B: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH NON-CONFORMITY SYMPTOM

FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
NOTE:
Check general diagnostics table with non-conformity symptom for automatic transmission. <Ref. to 3-2
[T1000].>
115
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code for LHD Vehicles

A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
DTC
Item Index
No.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10B0].>
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10C0].>
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10D0].>
P0106 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10E0].>
P0107 Pressure sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10F0].>
P0108 Pressure sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10G0].>
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10H0].>
P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10I0].>
P0121 Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10J0].>
P0122 Throttle position sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10K0].>
P0123 Throttle position sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10L0].>
P0125 Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control <Ref. to 2-7
[T10M0].>
P0130 Front oxygen sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10N0].>
P0133 Front oxygen sensor circuit slow response <Ref. to 2-7
[T10O0].>
P0135 Front oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10P0].>
P0136 Rear oxygen sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10Q0].>
P0139 Rear oxygen sensor circuit slow response <Ref. to 2-7
[T10R0].>
P0141 Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10S0].>
P0170 Fuel trim malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10T0].>
P0181 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10U0].>
P0182 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10V0].>
P0183 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10W0].>
P0261 Fuel injector circuit low input - #1 <Ref. to 2-7
[T10X0].>
P0262 Fuel injector circuit high input - #1 <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AB0].>
[T10Y0].>
116
DTC
Item Index
No.
[T10AC0].>
[T10Z0].>
[T10AD0].>
[T10AA0].>
[T10AE0].>
P0301 Cylinder 1 misfire detected <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AF0].>
[T10AG0].>
[T10AH0].>
[T10AI0].>
P0325 Knock sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AJ0].>
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AK0].>
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AL0].>
P0340 Camshaft position sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AM0].>
P0341 Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AN0].>
P0400 Exhaust gas recirculation flow malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO0].>
P0403 Exhaust gas recirculation circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AP0].>
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency below threshold <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AQ0].>
P0440 Evaporative emission control system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AR0].>
P0441 Evaporative emission control system incorrect purge flow <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AS0].>
P0443 Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AT0].>
P0446 Evaporative emission control system vent control low input [2200 cc AWD except Taiwan <Ref. to 2-7
spec. vehicles] [T10AU0].>
P0446 Evaporative emission control system vent control low input [2500 cc models] <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AV0].>
P0451 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AW0].>
P0452 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AX0].>
P0453 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AY0].>
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10AZ0].>
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BA0].>
117
DTC
Item Index
No.
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BB0].>
P0480 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BC0].>
P0483 Cooling fan function problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BD0].>
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BE0].>
P0505 Idle control system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BF0].>
P0506 Idle control system RPM lower than expected <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BG0].>
P0507 Idle control system RPM higher than expected <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BH0].>
P0600 Serial communication link malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BI0].>
P0601 Internal control module memory check sum error <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BJ0].>
P0703 Brake switch input malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BK0].>
P0705 Transmission range sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BL0].>
P0710 Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BM0].>
P0720 Output speed sensor (vehicle speed sensor 1) circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BN0].>
P0725 Engine speed input circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BO0].>
P0731 Gear 1 incorrect ratio <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BP0].>
[T10BQ0].>
[T10BR0].>
[T10BS0].>
P0740 Torque converter clutch system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BT0].>
P0743 Torque converter clutch system electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BU0].>
P0748 Pressure control solenoid electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BV0].>
P0753 Shift solenoid A electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BW0].>
P0758 Shift solenoid B electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BX0].>
P0760 Shift solenoid C malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BY0].>
P0763 Shift solenoid C electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T10BZ0].>
P1100 Starter switch circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CA0].>
P1101 Neutral position switch circuit malfunction [MT vehicles] <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CB0].>
118
DTC
Item Index
No.
P1101 Neutral position switch circuit high input [AT vehicles] <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CC0].>
P1102 Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CD0].>
P1103 Engine torque control signal circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CE0].>
P1104 TCS signal circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CF0].>
P1120 Starter switch circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CG0].>
P1121 Neutral position switch circuit low input [AT vehicles] <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CH0].>
P1122 Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CI0].>
P1124 TCS signal circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CJ0].>
P1141 Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CK0].>
P1142 Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CL0].>
P1143 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CM0].>
P1144 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CN0].>
P1400 Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CO0].>
P1420 Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CP0].>
P1421 Exhaust gas recirculation circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CQ0].>
P1422 Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CR0].>
P1423 Evaporative emission control system vent control high input [2200 cc AWD except Taiwan <Ref. to 2-7
spec. vehicles] [T10CS0].>
P1423 Evaporative emission control system vent control high input [2500 cc models] <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CT0].>
P1440 Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CU0].>
P1441 Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CV0].>
P1442 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem 2 <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CW0].>
P1443 Evaporative emission control system vent control function problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CX0].>
P1507 Idle control system malfunction (fail-safe) <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CY0].>
P1520 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10CZ0].>
P1540 Vehicle speed sensor malfunction 2 <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DA0].>
P1700 Throttle position sensor circuit malfunction for automatic transmission <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DB0].>
P1701 Cruise control set signal circuit malfunction for automatic transmission <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DC0].>
119
DTC
Item Index
No.
P1702 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DD0].>
P1722 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DE0].>
P1742 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T10DF0].>
120
B: DTC P0101 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT

RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (LOW INPUT) —
I DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
I Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
I Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1821
10B1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or

DTC P0102 or P0103?
: Inspect DTC P0102 or P0103 using “10.
Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0101.
: Replace mass air flow sensor.
121
C: DTC P0102 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I Immediately at fault recognition
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1821
122
10C1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10C2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA. Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground while engine is idling.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
general scan tool to data link connector.
B2M0532A
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Is the voltage less than 0.3 V?
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to : Go to step 10C4.
ON. : Go to step 10C3.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data of mass air flow sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool. 10C3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-
NOTE: TOR.)
I Subaru Select Monitor
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY Measure voltage between ECM connector and
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> chassis ground while engine is idling.
I OBD-II general scan tool : Does the voltage change more than
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the 0.3 V by shaking harness and con-
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual. nector of ECM while monitoring the
: Is the value equal to or more than 1.3 value with Subaru select monitor?
g/sec (0.172 lb/min) or 0.3 V and : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
equal to or less than 250 g/sec (33 : Contact with SOA service.
lb/min) or 5.0 V?
NOTE:
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
returned to a normal condition at this cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
time. A temporary poor contact of the
connector or harness may be the cause.
Repair harness or connector in the
mass air flow sensor.
NOTE:
I Open or ground short circuit in harness between
mass air flow sensor and ECM connector
I Poor contact in mass air flow sensor or ECM
connector
: Go to step 10C2.
123
10C4 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MASS 10C5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AIR FLOW SENSOR. AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connector from mass air flow sen- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
sor. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
4) Measure voltage between mass air flow sensor and mass air flow sensor connector.
connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B84) No. 5 — (B3) No. 4:
H2M2305A
B2M0645A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? : Go to step 10C6.
: Go to step 10C5. : Repair harness and connector.
: Repair open circuit in harness between NOTE:
main relay and mass air flow sensor In this case, repair the following:
connector. I Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass
air flow sensor connector
I Poor contact in mass air flow sensor connector
I Poor contact in ECM connector
124
10C6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10C7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
CONNECTOR. CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-
mass air flow sensor connector. nector and chassis ground.
(B84) No. 53 — (B3) No. 3: (B84) No. 5 — Chassis ground:
H2M2306A B2M1060A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

: Go to step 10C7. : Replace mass air flow sensor.
: Repair harness and connector. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
NOTE: between ECM and mass air flow sensor
In this case, repair the following: connector.
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass
air flow sensor connector
I Poor contact in mass air flow sensor connector
125
D: DTC P0103 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1821
126
10D1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10D2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA. CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
general scan tool to data link connector. OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from mass air flow sen-
sor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
ON.
Subaru select monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:
OBD0006J
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to I OBD-II general scan tool
ON. For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
4) Start engine. OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool. : Is the value more than 250 g/sec (33
lb/min) or 5 V in function mode F06?
NOTE:
: Repair battery short circuit in harness
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the between mass air flow sensor and ECM
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY connector. After repair, replace ECM.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> : Replace mass air flow sensor.
I OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
: Is the value equal to or more than 1.3
g/sec (0.172 lb/min) or 0.3 V and
equal to or less than 250 g/sec (33
lb/min) or 5.0 V?
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this
time.
: Go to step 10D2.
127
E: DTC P0106 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
10E1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.
NOTE:
P0106.
DTC P0107, P0108, P1102 OR P1122?
: Inspect DTC P0107, P0108, P1102 OR
P1122 using “10. Diagnostics Chart with
Trouble Code for LHD Vehicles”. <Ref.
to 2-7 [T1000].>
: Go to step 10E2.
128
10E2 : CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL. 10E4 : CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
general scan tool to data link connector. scan tool.
: Is the value more than 133 kPa (998
mmHg, 39.29 inHg)?
: Replace pressure sensor.
: Repair poor contact in pressure sensor
connector, pressure sources switching
solenoid valve connector, and ECM con-
nector.
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select

Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch ON.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
mmHg, 25.12 inHg)?
: Go to step 10E5.
: Go to step 10E3.
10E3 : CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL.
Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal

using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
: Is the value less than 32 kPa (240
mmHg, 9.45 inHg)?
: Go to step 10E6.
: Go to step 10E4.
129
10E5 : CHECK VACUUM HOSES.
Check the following items.

I Disconnection of the vacuum hose from pres-
sure sources switching solenoid valve to intake
manifold
I Holes in the vacuum hose between pressure
sources switching solenoid valve to intake mani-
fold
I Clogging of the vacuum hose between pressure S2M0223B
sources switching solenoid valve to intake mani-

fold : Is there a fault in vacuum hose?
I Disconnection of the vacuum hose from pres- : Repair or replace hoses or filter.
sure sensor to pressure sources switching sole- : Go to step 10E6.
noid valve
I Holes in the vacuum hose between pressure
10E6 : CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES
sensor and pressure sources switching solenoid
SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE.
valve
I Clogging of the vacuum hose between pressure
sensor and pressure sources switching solenoid 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
valve 2) Connect test mode connector.
I Clogging of the filter
OBD0005B
B2M1269D 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.

NOTE:
Pressure sources switching solenoid valve opera-
tion check can also be executed using Subaru
Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to the
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Does pressure sources switching
solenoid valve produce operating
sound? (ON ⇔ OFF each 1.5 sec.)
B2M1063D
: Replace pressure sources switching
solenoid valve.
130
MEMO:
131
F: DTC P0107 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
132
10F1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10F2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
chassis ground.
B2M0535A
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to : Go to step 10F4.
ON. : Go to step 10F3.
4) Start engine.
5) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II 10F3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
general scan tool.
NOTE: Measure voltage between ECM connector and
I Subaru Select Monitor chassis ground.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY (B84) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
: Is the value less than 0 kPa (0 mmHg,
0 inHg)?
: Go to step 10F2.
time B2M0535A
: Does the voltage change more than

4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
nector of ECM while monitoring the
value with voltage meter?
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
133
10F4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10F6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND PRESSURE SENSOR CONNEC-
TOR.
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sensor.
4) Measure voltage between pressure sensor con-
nector and engine ground.
B2M0536A
: Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?

: Go to step 10F6.
: Go to step 10F5. OBD0693A
10F5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- : Go to step 10F7.
TOR.)
ECM and pressure sensor connector.
using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:
: Does the value change more than 0
kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) by shaking har-
ness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with Subaru
select monitor?
: Go to step 10F6.
134
10F7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10F9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

TOR. Check poor contact in pressure sensor connector.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is there poor contact in pressure sen-
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. sor connector?
: Repair poor contact in pressure sensor
and pressure sensor connector.
connector.
Connector & terminal : Replace pressure sensor.
(B84) No. 20 — (B2) No. 1:
B2M1065A

: Go to step 10F8.
10F8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

TOR.
Measure resistance of harness between pressure

sensor connector and engine ground.
(B2) No. 2 — Engine ground:
OBD0695A
: Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?

: Go to step 10F9.
between ECM and pressure sensor con-
nector.
135
G: DTC P0108 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
136
10G1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10G2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
chassis ground.
B2M0535A
OBD0006J
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to : Go to step 10G4.
ON. : Go to step 10G3.
4) Start engine.
5) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II 10G3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
general scan tool.
: Is the value more than 140 kPa (1,050
mmHg, 41.34 inHg)?
: Go to step 10G10.
: Go to step 10G2.
B2M0535A

NOTE:
137
10G4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10G6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
NECTOR.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
4) Measure voltage between pressure sensor con-
nector and engine ground.
B2M0536A

: Go to step 10G6.
: Go to step 10G5. OBD0693A
10G5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- : Go to step 10G7.
TOR.)
NOTE:
: Does the value change more than 0
kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg) by shaking har-
ness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with Subaru
select monitor?
: Go to step 10G6.
138
10G7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10G9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

NECTOR. Check poor contact in pressure sensor connector.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. : Is there poor contact in pressure sen-
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM sor connector?
and pressure sensor connector. : Repair poor contact in pressure sensor
connector.
(B84) No. 26 — (B2) No. 2: : Replace pressure sensor.
10G10 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

NECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select

OFF.
H2M2307A
ON.
4) Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure
: Go to step 10G8. signal using Subaru select monitor or OBD-II gen-
: Repair open circuit in harness between eral scan tool.
NOTE:
10G8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON- “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
NECTOR. FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
pressure sensor connector. OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Connector & terminal : Is the value more than 140 kPa (1,050
(B84) No. 20 — (B2) No. 1: mmHg, 41.34 inHg)?
between ECM and pressure sensor con-
nector.
H2M2308A

: Go to step 10G9.
139
H: DTC P0117 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Hard to start
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0328
140
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10H2] 2-7
10H1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10H2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA. SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II 2) Remove air intake duct.
S2M0393A
OBD0006J
3) Remove vacuum hose from intake manifold.
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
NOTE:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> S2M0394A
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the 4) Remove idle air control solenoid valve by-pass
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual. air hose.
: Is the value greater than 150°C
(300°F)?
: Go to step 10H2.
: Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
I Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor
I Poor contact in ECM
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21) S2M0395A
141
5) Remove blow-by hoses. 7) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-

perature sensor.
8) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON.
general scan tool.
NOTE:
S2M0396A FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
6) Remove engine harness connector bracket For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
from cylinder block. OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
: Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
: Replace engine coolant temperature
sensor.
between engine coolant temperature
sensor and ECM connector.
S2M0397A
142
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10H2] 2-7
MEMO:
143
2-7 [T10I0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
I: DTC P0118 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Hard to start
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0328
144
10I1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10I2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA. SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II 2) Remove air intake duct.
S2M0393A
OBD0006J
3) Remove vacuum hose from intake manifold.
4) Start engine.
general scan tool.
NOTE:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> S2M0394A
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the 4) Remove idle air control solenoid valve by-pass
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual. air hose.
: Go to step 10I2.
NOTE:
I Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor
I Poor contact in ECM
S2M0395A
145
2-7 [T10I3] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
5) Remove blow-by hoses. 10I3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

2) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-
perature sensor connector and engine ground.
S2M0396A
6) Remove engine harness connector bracket

from cylinder block.
OBD0696A

S2M0397A
between ECM and engine coolant tem-
perature sensor connector.
7) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem- : Go to step 10I4.
perature sensor.
8) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-
perature sensor connector and engine ground.
OBD0696A

between ECM and engine coolant tem-
perature sensor connector.
: Go to step 10I3.
146
10I4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10I5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR. SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
Measure voltage between engine coolant tempera- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ture sensor connector and engine ground. 2) Measure resistance of harness between engine
Connector & terminal coolant temperature sensor connector and engine
(E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−): ground.
(E8) No. 2 — Engine ground:
OBD0696A
: Is the voltage more than 4 V? OBD0697A
: Go to step 10I5.
NOTE: sensor.
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and
engine coolant temperature sensor connector NOTE:
I Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen- In this case, repair the following:
sor connector I Open circuit in harness between ECM and
I Poor contact in ECM connector engine coolant temperature sensor connector
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21) I Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor connector
147
2-7 [T10J0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
J: DTC P0121 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
10J1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0122 or P0123?
NOTE:
P0121.
: Replace throttle position sensor.
148
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10J1] 2-7
MEMO:
149
2-7 [T10K0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
K: DTC P0122 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0329
150
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10K3] 2-7
10K1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10K2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
chassis ground while throttle valve is fully closed.
B2M0541A
OBD0006J
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. : Go to step 10K4.
4) Start engine. : Go to step 10K3.
5) Read data of throttle position sensor signal
scan tool. 10K3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
NOTE:
I Subaru Select Monitor Measure voltage between ECM connector and
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the chassis ground.
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY Connector & terminal
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> (B84) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
: Is the value less than 0.1 V?
: Go to step 10K2.
connector may be the cause.
NOTE: B2M0541A

I Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec- : Does the voltage change more than
tor 4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
I Poor contact in ECM connector nector of ECM while monitoring the
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21) value with voltage meter?
NOTE:
151
2-7 [T10K4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10K4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10K6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR CONNECTOR.
chassis ground.
2) Disconnect connectors from throttle position
sensor.
4) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-
sor connector and engine ground.
B2M0542A

: Go to step 10K6.
: Go to step 10K5.
OBD0700A
10K5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
TOR.) : Go to step 10K7.
chassis ground. NOTE:
: Does the voltage change more than I Open circuit in harness between throttle position
0.1 V by shaking harness and con- sensor and ECM connector
nector of ECM while monitoring the I Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
value with Subaru select monitor? tor
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. I Poor contact in ECM connector
: Go to step 10K6. I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
152
10K7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10K8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN- AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR CONNECTOR. SOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between throttle

2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM position sensor connector and engine ground.
connector and throttle position sensor connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (E13) No. 2 — Engine ground:
(B84) No. 6 — (E13) No. 2:
OBD0702A
B2M0543A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Repair ground short circuit in harness
: Go to step 10K8. between throttle position sensor and
: Repair harness and connector. ECM connector.
NOTE: : Go to step 10K9.
I Open circuit in harness between throttle position 10K9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
sensor and ECM connector
I Poor contact in ECM connector Check poor contact in throttle position sensor con-
I Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec- nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21) : Is there poor contact in throttle posi-
tion sensor connector?
: Repair poor contact in throttle position
sensor connector.
153
2-7 [T10L0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
L: DTC P0123 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0329
154
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10L2] 2-7
10L1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10L2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA. ECM CONNECTOR.

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II 2) Disconnect connector from throttle position
general scan tool to data link connector. sensor.
3) Measure resistance of harness between throttle
position sensor connector and engine ground.
OBD0006J

4) Start engine.
5) Read data of throttle position sensor signal OBD0703A

scan tool. : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
NOTE: : Go to step 10L3.
I Subaru Select Monitor : Repair harness and connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the NOTE:
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY In this case, repair the following:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> I Open circuit in harness between throttle position
I OBD-II general scan tool sensor and ECM connector
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
: Is the value more than 4.9 V?
: Go to step 10L2.
NOTE:
I Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
tor
155
10L3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.

2) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-
sor connector and engine ground.
OBD0704A
: Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?

between throttle position sensor and
ECM connector. After repair, replace
ECM.
156
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10M1] 2-7
M: DTC P0125 — INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED

LOOP FUEL CONTROL —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine would not return to idling.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0539
10M1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0116 or P0117?
NOTE:
P0125.
sensor.
157
2-7 [T10N0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
N: DTC P0130 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1823
10N1 : CHECK FOR OTHER CAUSES

AFFECTING EXHAUST GAS.
NOTE:
I Check for use of improper fuel.
I Check if engine oil or coolant level is extremely
low.
: Is CO % more than 2 % after engine
warm-up?
: Check fuel system.
: Go to step 10N2.
158
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10N4] 2-7
10N2 : CHECK FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR 10N3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

DATA. FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
OBD-II general scan tool to data link connector. 2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sen-
sor.
4) Measure voltage between front oxygen sensor
harness connector and engine ground.
OBD0006J
3) Start engine and Turn the Subaru Select Moni-

tor and the OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Warm-up the engine until coolant temperature
is above 70°C (160°F) and keep the engine speed
at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for one minute. B2M1073A
5) Read data of front oxygen sensor signal using

Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool. : Is the voltage more than 0.2 V?
: Go to step 10N4.
NOTE:
I Subaru Select Monitor : Repair harness and connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the NOTE:
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY In this case, repair the following:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> I Open circuit in harness between ECM and front
I OBD-II general scan tool oxygen sensor connector
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the I Poor contact in the ECM connector
10N4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
: Is the difference of voltage less than
0.1 V between the value of max. out- Check poor contact in front oxygen sensor connec-
put and min. output with function tor. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
mode F12?
: Is there poor contact in front oxygen
: Go to step 10N3. sensor connector?
: Replace front oxygen sensor. : Repair poor contact in front oxygen sen-
sor connector.
: Replace front oxygen sensor.
159
2-7 [T10O0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
O: DTC P0133 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1823
10O1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10O2 : CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
PLAY.
NOTE:
: Does the Subaru select monitor or Check the following items.
OBD-II general scan tool indicate I Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe
DTC P0130? onto cylinder heads
: Inspect DTC P0130 using “10. Diagnos- I Loose connection between front exhaust pipe
tics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD and front catalytic converter
I Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].>
: Is there a fault in exhaust system?
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC : Repair exhaust system.
P0133. : Replace front oxygen sensor.
: Go to step 10O2.
160
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10O2] 2-7
MEMO:
161
2-7 [T10P0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
P: DTC P0135 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1824
10P1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0135 and P0141 at the same
time?
: Go to step 10P2.
: Go to step 10P3.
162
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10P3] 2-7
10P2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM. 10P3 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI-
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
connector and chassis ground. 2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
OBD0006J
B2M0547A 3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select

: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? 4) Start engine
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. 5) Read data of front oxygen sensor heater cur-
: Repair harness and connector. rent using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and cou- I Subaru Select Monitor
pling connector (B22) For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
I Open circuit in harness between coupling con- “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
nector (B22) and engine grounding terminal FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
I Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector I OBD-II scan tool
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B22) For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
: Is the value more than 0.2 A?
: Repair connector.
NOTE:
I Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector
: Go to step 10P4.
163
10P4 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10P6 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
ECM. ECM.
1) Start and idle the engine. 1) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sen-
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and sor.
chassis ground. 2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
Connector & terminal chassis ground.
(B84) No. 38 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
B2M0548A
B2M0548A
: Go to step 10P7. : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
: Go to step 10P5. : Replace ECM.
10P5 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM between ECM and front oxygen sensor
ECM. connector. After repair, replace ECM.

chassis ground.
B2M0548A
: Does the voltage change less than

: Go to step 10P6.
164
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10P8] 2-7
10P7 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT 10P8 : CHECK FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR.
OXYGEN SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Measure resistance between front oxygen sen-
2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sensor connector terminals.
sor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. Terminals
4) Measure voltage between front oxygen sensor No. 1 — No. 2:
connector and engine ground.
B2M0768

B2M1075A : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? In this case, repair the following:
: Go to step 10P8. I Open circuit in harness between front oxygen
: Repair power supply line. sensor and ECM connector
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between main relay and : Replace front oxygen sensor.
front oxygen sensor connector
I Poor contact in main relay connector
165
2-7 [T10Q0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
Q: DTC P0136 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1825
10Q1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10Q2 : CHECK FAILURE CAUSE OF P0130.
PLAY.
Perform the step 10N1 of DTC P0130 <Ref. to 2-7
: Does the Subaru select monitor or [T10N1].>.
OBD-II general scan tool indicate : Is the failure cause of P0130 in the
DTC P0130? fuel system?
: Go to step 10Q2.
: Check fuel system.
: Go to step 10Q3.
NOTE:
P0136.
: Go to step 10Q3.
166
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10Q6] 2-7
10Q3 : CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 10Q5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPECIFICATION.

DATA.
: Is the vehicle California specifica-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. tion?
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen- : Go to step 10Q6.
eral scan tool to data link connector.
: Go to step 10Q7.
10Q6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR

OXYGEN SENSOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor
OBD0006J harness connector and engine ground or chassis
ground.
3) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Moni-
tor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. Connector & terminal
4) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem- (B19) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
perature is above 70°C (160°F), and keep the
engine speed at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for two
minutes.
5) Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:
OBD0707E
: Replace rear oxygen sensor.
: Does the value fluctuate?
: Go to step 10Q8.
NOTE:
: Go to step 10Q4.
I Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen
10Q4 : CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR sensor and ECM connector
DATA. I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II General Scan
Tool.
: Is the value fixed between 0.2 and 0.4
V?
: Go to step 10Q5.
167
2-7 [T10Q7] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10Q7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR 10Q8 : CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

OXYGEN SENSOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR. Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:
2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor. Check the following items.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. I Loose installation of portions
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor I Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
harness connector and engine ground or chassis I Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
ground. oxygen sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Connector & terminal : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
(T6) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Repair or replace faulty parts.
OBD0707E

NOTE:
I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting
harness connector
168
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10R1] 2-7
R: DTC P0139 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1825
10R1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0136?
: Inspect DTC P0136 using “10. Diagnos-
tics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD
NOTE:
P0139.
169
2-7 [T10S0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
S: DTC P0141 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

—
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1826
10S1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0141 and P0135 at the same
time?
: Go to step 10S2.
: Go to step 10S3.
170
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10S3] 2-7
10S2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM. 10S3 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI-
SCAN TOOL, AND READ DATA.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
connector and chassis ground. 2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
OBD0006J
B2M0553A 3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select

: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? 4) Start engine.
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. 5) Read data of rear oxygen sensor heater current
: Repair harness and connector. using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and cou- I Subaru Select Monitor
pling connector (B22) For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
I Open circuit in harness between coupling con- “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
nector (B22) and engine grounding terminal FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector I OBD-II scan tool
I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
harness connector (B19) OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B22) : Is the value more than 0.2 A?
: Repair connector.
NOTE:
harness connector
: Go to step 10S4.
171
10S4 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10S6 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
ECM. ECM.
1) Start and idle the engine. 1) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and 2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
(B84) No. 37 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (B84) No. 37 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B2M0554A B2M0554A
: Is the voltage less than 1.0 V? : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
: Go to step 10S7. : Replace ECM.
: Go to step 10S5. : Repair battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and rear oxygen sensor
10S5 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM connector. After repair, replace ECM.
ECM.
10S7 : CHECK VEHICLE SPECIFICATION.
chassis ground. : Is the vehicle California specifica-
Connector & terminal tion?
(B84) No. 37 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Go to step 10S8.
: Go to step 10S9.
B2M0554A
: Does the voltage change less than

: Go to step 10S6.
172
10S8 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR 10S9 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR
OXYGEN SENSOR. OXYGEN SENSOR.

2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor. 2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor 4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor
connector and engine ground or chassis ground. connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
(B19) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−): (T6) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
OBD0710E OBD0710F
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

: Go to step 10S10. : Go to step 10S10.
: Repair power supply line. : Repair power supply line.
NOTE: NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between main relay and I Open circuit in harness between main relay and
rear oxygen sensor connector rear oxygen sensor connector
I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector I Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
harness connector
173
10S10 : CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.

2) Measure resistance between rear oxygen sen-
sor connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
OBD0706

NOTE:
harness connector
174
MEMO:
175
2-7 [T10T0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
T: DTC P0170 — FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
10T1 : CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. (2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank.
: Are there holes or loose bolts on

exhaust system?
: Repair exhaust system.
: Go to step 10T2.
10T2 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
: Are there holes, loose bolts or dis- B2M0047

connection of hose on air intake sys-
(3) Start the engine, and run it until it stalls.
tem?
(4) After stopping the engine, crank the engine
: Repair air intake system. for 5 to 7 seconds to reduce fuel pressure.
: Go to step 10T3. (5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
(6) Remove fuel filler cap.
2) Connect connector to fuel tank.
10T3 : CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
1) Release fuel pressure.

(1) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located
on the right rear of trunk compartment floor
(Sedan) or luggage compartment floor (Wagon).
B2M0047
3) Disconnect fuel delivery hose from fuel filter,

and connect fuel pressure gauge.
G2M0340
S2M0399
4) Install fuel filler cap.
176
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10T4] 2-7
5) Start the engine and idle while gear position is 10T4 : CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
neutral.
6) Measure fuel pressure while disconnecting
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake mani- After connecting pressure regulator vacuum hose,
fold. measure fuel pressure.
WARNING: WARNING:
Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release
fuel pressure. fuel pressure.
NOTE: NOTE:
If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel I If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel
return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres- return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres-
sure again. sure again.
I If out of specification as measured at this step,
check or replace pressure regulator and pressure
regulator vacuum hose.
S2M0400
: Is fuel pressure between 226 and 275

kPa (2.3 — 2.8 kg/cm2, 33 — 40 psi)? S2M0400
: Go to step 10T4.
: Is fuel pressure between 157 and 206
: Repair the following items.
kPa (1.6 — 2.1 kg/cm2, 23 — 30 psi)?
I Clogged fuel return line or bent : Go to step 10T5.
Fuel pressure too high
hose
: Repair the following items.
I Improper fuel pump discharge
Fuel pressure too low
I Clogged fuel supply line I Faulty pressure regulator
Fuel pressure too high I Clogged fuel return line or bent
hose
I Faulty pressure regulator
Fuel pressure too low I Improper fuel pump discharge
I Clogged fuel supply line
177
10T5 : CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEM- 10T6 : CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR.
PERATURE SENSOR. < REF. TO 2-7
[T10H0].> OR <REF. TO 2-7 [T10I0].> 1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until cool-
ant temperature is greater than 60°C (140°F).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Place the selector lever in “N” or “P” position.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the 3) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
OBD-II general scan tool to data link connector. 4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Read data of mass flow sensor signal using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:
OBD0006J Specification:
3) Start the engine and warm-up completely. Engine speed Specified value
4) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen- Idling 2.2 — 4.2 (g/sec)
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II 2,500 rpm 8.6 — 14.5 (g/sec)
general scan tool.
: Is the voltage within the specifica-
NOTE: tions?
I Subaru Select Monitor : Contact with SOA service.
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY NOTE:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
I OBD-II general scan tool cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the : Replace mass air flow sensor.
: Is temperature greater than 60°C
(140°F)?
: Go to step 10T6.
sensor.
178
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10U1] 2-7
U: DTC P0181 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT

RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0916
10U1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0182 or P0183?
NOTE:
P0181.
: Replace fuel temperature sensor.
179
2-7 [T10V0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
V: DTC P0182 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0916
180
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10V2] 2-7
10V1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10V2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
TOR OR THE OBD-II GENERAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II 2) Remove access hole lid.
G2M0340
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select 4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. general scan tool to data link connector.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
scan tool.
NOTE:
OBD0006J
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual. 5) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor
: Is the value greater than 150°C or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON.
(300°F)? 6) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
: Go to step 10V2. using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
returned to a normal condition at this NOTE:
time. I Subaru Select Monitor
between fuel pump and ECM connector.
181
2-7 [T10W0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
W: DTC P0183 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0916
182
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10W2] 2-7
10W1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 10W2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

G2M0340
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select 4) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. and chassis ground.
4) Start engine. Connector & terminal
5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
scan tool.
NOTE:
S2M0403A
: Go to step 10W2.
NOTE: between ECM and fuel pump connector.
In this case, repair the following: : Go to step 10W3.
I Poor contact in fuel pump connector
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22, B98
and R57)
183
10W3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL 10W4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
2) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
S2M0403A
S2M0403A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? : Go to step 10W5.
: Repair battery short circuit in harness : Repair harness and connector.
between ECM and fuel pump connector.
NOTE:
: Go to step 10W4. In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
pump connector
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and
R57)
184
10W5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.

2) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
pump connector and chassis ground.
S2M0404A

NOTE:
pump connector
and R57)
185
2-7 [T10X0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
X: DTC P0261 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #1 —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T10AA0]. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AA0].>
Y: DTC P0264 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #2 —
NOTE:
Z: DTC P0267 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #3 —
NOTE:
AA: DTC P0270 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #4 —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Failure of engine to start
I Engine stalls.
I Erroneous idling
I Rough driving
CAUTION:
I Check or repair only faulty cylinders.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1827
186
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AA3] 2-7
10AA1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AA3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
chassis ground on faulty cylinders. 2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
Connector & terminal faulty cylinders.
#1 (B84) No. 96 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
#2 (B84) No. 70 (+) — Chassis ground (−): engine ground on faulty cylinders.
#3 (B84) No. 44 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
#4 (B84) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (−): #1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:
#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:
B2M0556A

OBD0713A
: Go to step 10AA2.
: Go to step 10AA3.
10AA2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between fuel injector and ECM connec-
tor.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to : Go to step 10AA4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
NOTE:
187
2-7 [T10AA4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AA4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AA5 : CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR. Measure resistance between fuel injector terminals
on faulty cylinder.
Terminals
ECM connector and fuel injector on faulty cylin-
No. 1 — No. 2:
ders.
#1 (B84) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:
#2 (B84) No. 70 — (E16) No. 1:
#3 (B84) No. 44 — (E6) No. 1:
#4 (B84) No. 16 — (E17) No. 1:
G2M0464

Ω?
: Go to step 10AA6.
: Replace faulty fuel injector.
B2M0557A

: Go to step 10AA5.
NOTE:
injector connector
188
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AA6] 2-7
10AA6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.

2) Measure voltage between fuel injector and
engine ground on faulty cylinders.
#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
OBD0715A

: Repair poor contact in all connectors in
fuel injector circuit.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between main relay and
fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders
I Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
189
2-7 [T10AB0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AB: DTC P0262 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #1 —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T10AE0]. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AE0].>
AC: DTC P0265 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #2 —
NOTE:
AD: DTC P0268 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #3 —
NOTE:
AE: DTC P0271 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #4 —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
I Erroneous idling
I Rough driving
CAUTION:
I Check or repair only faulty cylinders.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1827
190
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AE3] 2-7
10AE1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AE3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
chassis ground on faulty cylinders. 2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
Connector & terminal faulty cylinder.
#1 (B84) No. 96 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
#2 (B84) No. 70 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 4) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
#3 (B84) No. 44 (+) — Chassis ground (−): chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
#4 (B84) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
#1 (B84) No. 96 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B2M0556A

: Go to step 10AE3.
B2M0556A
: Go to step 10AE2.
10AE2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Repair battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and fuel injector. After
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to repair, replace ECM.
FOREWORD [T3C1].> : Go to step 10AE4.
tor?
: Replace ECM.
191
2-7 [T10AE4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AE4 : CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. 10AE5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
2) Measure resistance between fuel injector termi- FOREWORD [T3C1].>
nals on faulty cylinder. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
Terminals tor?
No. 1 — No. 2 : : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Replace ECM.
G2M0464

: Replace faulty fuel injector and ECM.
: Go to step 10AE5.
192
MEMO:
193
2-7 [T10AF0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AF: DTC P0301 — CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T10AI0]. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AI0].>
AG: DTC P0302 — CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
AH: DTC P0303 — CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
AI: DTC P0304 — CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED —
I Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
I Erroneous idling
I Rough driving
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1828
194
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AI4] 2-7
10AI1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 4) Start engine, and drive the vehicle more than
PLAY. 10 minutes.

DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116,
P0117, P0125, P0261, P0262, P0264,
P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270 or
P0271?
: Inspect DTC P0101, P0102, P0103,
P0116, P0117, P0125, P0261, P0262,
P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270 or OBD0008C
Trouble Code for LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. : Is the MIL coming on or blinking?
to 2-7 [T1000].> : Go to step 10AI5.
NOTE: : Go to step 10AI3.
P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304.
10AI3 : CHECK AMOUNT OF FUEL.
: Go to step 10AI2.
10AI2 : CHECK STATUS OF CHECK : Has the vehicle been run empty of
ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICA- fuel?
TOR LAMP (MIL). : Finish diagnostics operation, if the
engine has no abnormality.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Go to step 10AI4.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to the data link
connector. 10AI4 : CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE DIAG-
NOSED.
: Was the cause of misfire diagnosed

when the engine is running?
: Finish diagnostics operation, if the
engine has no abnormality.
NOTE:
Ex. Remove spark plug cord, etc.
OBD0006J
NOTE:
3) Clear memory using Subaru Select Monitor. In this case, repair the following:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].> I Poor contact in ignitor connector
I Poor contact in ignition coil connector
I Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
195
2-7 [T10AI5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AI5 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. 10AI7 : CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE

CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
: Is there a fault in air intake system?
: Repair air intake system. : Does the Subaru select monitor or
NOTE: DTC P0301 and P0302?
Check the following items:
: Go to step 10AI12.
I Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose
or dislocated nuts and bolts? : Go to step 10AI8.
I Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses?
: Go to step 10AI6. 10AI8 : CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
10AI6 : CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. OBD-II general scan tool indicate
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the DTC P0303 and P0304?
OBD-II general scan tool to data link connector. : Go to step 10AI13.
: Go to step 10AI9.
10AI9 : CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE


DTC P0301 and P0303?
OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch to ON, and turn Subaru
Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch 10AI10 : CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
to ON. CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
4) Read diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3C2].>
DTC P0302 and P0304?
OBD-II General Scan Tool Operation Manual. : Go to step 10AI15.
NOTE: : Go to step 10AI16.
Perform diagnosis according to the items listed
below. 10AI11 : ONLY ONE CYLINDER
OBD-II general scan tool indicate : Is there a fault in that cylinder?
only one DTC? : Repair or replace faulty parts.
: Go to step 10AI11. NOTE:
: Go to step 10AI7. Check the following items.
I Spark plug
I Spark plug cord
I Fuel injector
I Compression ratio
196
10AI12 : GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLIN- 10AI15 : GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLIN-

DERS DERS
: Are there faults in #1 and #2 cylin- : Are there faults in #2 and #4 cylin-
ders? ders?
: Repair or replace faulty parts. : Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE: NOTE:
I Check the following items. Check the following items.
I Spark plugs I Spark plugs
I Fuel injectors I Fuel injectors
I Ignition coil I Skipping timing belt teeth
I If no abnormal is discovered, check for “D: IGNI- : Go to step 10AI17.
TION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #1 and #2 cylinders
side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].> 10AI16 : CYLINDER AT RANDOM
: Is the engine idle rough?
10AI13 : GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLIN-
DERS : Go to step 10AI17.
: Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
[T10T3].>, <Ref. to 2-7 [T10T4].> and
: Are there faults in #3 and #4 cylin-
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10T5].>
ders?
: Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:
I Check the following items.
I Spark plugs
I Fuel injectors
I Ignition coil
I If no abnormal is discovered, check for “D: IGNI-
TION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #3 and #4 cylinders
side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
10AI14 : GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLIN-

DERS
: Are there faults in #1 and #3 cylin-

ders?
: Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:
I Spark plugs
I Fuel injectors
I Skipping timing belt teeth
197
2-7 [T10AI17] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AI17 : PERFORM CONFIRMATION OF 10AI18 : CHECK EGR SYSTEM.

ACTUAL DRIVING PATTERN.
1) Put up the vehicle.
1) Conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION 2) Read data of maximum and minimum EGR sys-
MODE. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].> and <Ref. to 2-7 tem pressure using Subaru Select Monitor.
[T3E0].> (1) On the Main Menu display screen, select
2) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator the {2. Each System Check} and press the
fan makes one complete rotation. (All accessory [YES] key.
switches are OFF.) (2) On the System Selection Menu display
3) Turn Subaru select monitor switch to ON. screen, select the {EGI/EMPi} and press the
4) Operate the LED operation mode for engine. [YES] key.
(1) On the Main Menu display screen, select (3) On the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
the {2. Each System Check} and press the mation of engine type.
(4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display
[YES] key.
screen, select the {5. Display of Diagnosis} and
(2) On the System Selection Menu display
press the [YES] key.
screen, select the {EGI/EMPi} and press the
(5) On the Display of Diagnosis display
[YES] key. screen, select the {EGR System Diagnosis} and
(3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the press the [YES] key.
information of engine type.
(4) On the EGI/EMPI Diagnosis display NOTE:
screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
Save} and press the [YES] key. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
(5) On the Data Display Menu display MANUAL.
screen, select the {2. 6 Data & LED Display} : Is the minimum EGR system pres-
and press the [YES] key. sure value less than 1 kPa?
NOTE: : Clean EGR valve.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the CAUTION:
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION Do not use solvent when cleaning EGR valve
MANUAL. assembly, as it can damage diaphragm.
5) Run at the speed of 88±5 km/h (55±3 MPH) NOTE:
until the LED of {EGR System Diagnosis} comes I Remove and blow away the exhaust deposits.
on. Make sure the valve operates smoothly and the
valve seat area is completely cleaned.
NOTE: I Replace EGR valve as required.
I Keep the throttle valve opening at the same
degree, since diagnosis will be interrupted when : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
[T10T3].>, <Ref. to 2-7 [T10T4].> and
the opening varies. Diagnosis starts in 190 sec-
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10T5].>
onds after starting engine and takes 4 seconds.
I Put the gear to “5th” gear position (MT) or “D”
range (AT) for the diagnosis.
: Has the LED come on?
198
MEMO:
199
2-7 [T10AJ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AJ: DTC P0325 — KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1089
200
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AJ4] 2-7
10AJ1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AJ3 : CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.

KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON-
NECTOR. 1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.
2) Measure resistance between knock sensor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. connector terminal and engine ground.
Terminal
3) Measure resistance between ECM harness
No. 2 — Engine ground:
B2M1090

B2M0560A
: Go to step 10AJ4.
: Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ? : Repair harness and connector.
: Go to step 10AJ3. NOTE:
: Go to step 10AJ2.
I Open circuit in harness between knock sensor
and ECM connector
10AJ2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN I Poor contact in knock sensor connector
KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON- I Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
NECTOR.
10AJ4 : CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK
Measure resistance of harness between ECM con- SENSOR INSTALLATION.
Connector & terminal : Is the knock sensor installation bolt
(B84) No. 3 — Chassis ground: tightened securely?
: Replace knock sensor.
: Tighten knock sensor installation bolt
securely.
B2M0560A
: Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?

: Go to step 10AJ5.
: Go to step 10AJ6.
201
2-7 [T10AJ5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AJ5 : CHECK KNOCK SENSOR. 10AJ6 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor. 1) Connect connectors to ECM and knock sensor.
2) Measure resistance between knock sensor 2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
connector terminal and engine ground. 3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Terminal
No. 2 — Engine ground: Connector & terminal
B2M1090
B2M0561A
: Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?

: Replace knock sensor.
: Repair ground short circuit in harness returned to a normal condition at this
between knock sensor connector and time. (However, the possibility of poor
ECM connector. contact still remains.)
NOTE: NOTE:
The harness between both connectors is shielded. In this case, repair the following:
Repair short circuit of harness together with shield. I Poor contact in knock sensor connector
202
MEMO:
203
2-7 [T10AK0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AK: DTC P0335 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1294
204
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AK2] 2-7
10AK1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AK2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR. AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between crank-

2) Disconnect connector from crankshaft position shaft position sensor connector and engine
sensor. ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between crank- Connector & terminal
shaft position sensor connector and engine (E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:
ground.
OBD0718A

OBD0718A
between crankshaft position sensor and
: Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ? ECM connector.
: Repair harness and connector. NOTE:
NOTE: The harness between both connectors are
In this case, repair the following: shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
I Open circuit in harness between crankshaft together with shield.
position sensor and ECM connector : Go to step 10AK3.
: Go to step 10AK2.
205
10AK3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AK5 : CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SENSOR.
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Remove crankshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between crank- 2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
shaft position sensor connector and engine nals of crankshaft position sensor.
ground. Terminals
Connector & terminal No. 1 — No. 2:
H2M1632A
OBD0719A
: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? kΩ?
: Go to step 10AK4. : Repair poor contact in crankshaft posi-
tion sensor connector.
: Replace crankshaft position sensor.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between crankshaft
position sensor and ECM connector
10AK4 : CHECK CONDITION OF CRANK-

SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
: Is the crankshaft position sensor

installation bolt tightened securely?
: Go to step 10AK5.
: Tighten crankshaft position sensor
installation bolt securely.
206
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AL1] 2-7
AL: DTC P0336 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1294
10AL1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0335?
: Replace crankshaft position sensor.
207
2-7 [T10AM0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AM: DTC P0340 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1055
208
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AM2] 2-7
10AM1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AM2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR. AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between camshaft

2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position position sensor connector and engine ground.
sensor. Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between cam- (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
shaft position sensor connector and engine
ground.
OBD0720A

OBD0720A
between camshaft position sensor and
ECM connector.
NOTE:
: Repair harness and connector. The harness between both connectors are
NOTE: shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
In this case, repair the following: together with shield.
I Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi- : Go to step 10AM3.
tion sensor and ECM connector
: Go to step 10AM2.
209
10AM3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AM5 : CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SENSOR.
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between camshaft 2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
position sensor connector and engine ground. nals of camshaft position sensor.
Connector & terminal Terminals
(E15) No. 2 — Engine ground: No. 1 — No. 2:
OBD0721A H2M1632A
: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? : Is the resistance between 1 and 4

kΩ?
: Go to step 10AM4.
: Repair poor contact in camshaft position
: Repair harness and connector. sensor connector.
NOTE: : Replace camshaft position sensor.
I Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-
tion sensor and ECM connector
10AM4 : CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-

SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
: Is the camshaft position sensor

installation bolt tightened securely?
: Go to step 10AM5.
: Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
lation bolt securely.
210
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AN1] 2-7
AN: DTC P0341 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1055
10AN1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0340?
: Replace camshaft position sensor.
211
2-7 [T10AO0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AO: DTC P0400 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW MALFUNCTION

—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Poor driving performance on low engine speed
CAUTION:
Before confirmation of actual driving pattern, conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1093
10AO1 : CHECK ENGINE/TRANSMISSION

TYPE.
: Is engine/transmission type 2200

cc/MT?
: Check AT/MT identification circuit. <Ref.
to 2-7 [T10DG0].>
: Go to step 10AO2.
212
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AO3] 2-7
10AO2 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0403,
P1102, P1122 or P1421?
: Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108,
P0403, P1102, P1122 or P1421 using
B2M1284D
“10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble
Code for LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T1000].>
NOTE:
Manually check that EGR valve diaphragm is not
stuck.
WARNING:
Be careful when checking EGR valve, since it
may be extremely hot.
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC S2M0224B
P0400. After checking the above item, go to CON-
FIRMATION OF ACTUAL DRIVING PATTERN. : Is there a fault in vacuum line?
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO7].>
: Repair or replace hoses and pipes. And
: Go to step 10AO3. after the checking and repairing, go to
CONFIRMATION OF ACTUAL DRIV-
10AO3 : CHECK VACUUM LINE. ING PATTERN. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO7].>
: Go to step 10AO4.
I Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the two
vacuum hoses and pipes between throttle body
and BPT
I Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the
vacuum hose and pipe between EGR solenoid
valve and BPT
vacuum hose between EGR solenoid valve and
EGR valve
I Disconnection, leakage and clogging of BPT
pressure transmitting hose
B2M1094C
213
10AO4 : CHECK OPERATION OF EGR SYS- 10AO5 : CHECK EGR VALVE.

TEM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Disconnect connector from EGR solenoid
2) Connect the test mode connector. valve.
3) Connect 12 V battery’s ground (−) terminal to
one terminal of the EGR solenoid valve. Then con-
nect 12 V battery’s (+) terminal to the other termi-
nal of it.
CAUTION:
Do not use the 12 V battery installed in the
vehicle, because the electrical system may be
damaged.
OBD0005B

NOTE:
EGR control solenoid valve operation check can
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].> B2M1095
: Does EGR solenoid valve produce
operating sound? 4) Start the engine.
: Go to step 10AO5. : Does EGR valve operate at a throttle
: Replace EGR solenoid valve. valve opening of 5 to 10 degrees with
visually check?
: Possibly EGR valve malfunction may be
due to freezing or clogging by foreign
matter. At this point in time do not
replace EGR valve, since it is not faulty.
And after the checking, go to CONFIR-
MATION OF ACTUAL DRIVING PAT-
TERN. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO7].>
NOTE:
If malfunction is detected again in the confirmation
of actual driving pattern, EGR valve is faulty. Go to
step 10AO6.
: Go to step 10AO6.
214
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AO7] 2-7
10AO6 : CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE. (3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the
Turn ignition switch to OFF. screen, select the {1. Current Data Display &
: Is there clogging in the gas outlets of Save} and press the [YES] key.
intake manifold or cylinder head, (5) On the Data Display Menu display
checking by breathing into the out- screen, select the {2. 6 Data & LED Display}
and press the [YES] key.
lets?
: Repair or replace intake manifold or cyl- NOTE:
inder head. And go to CONFIRMATION For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OF ACTUAL DRIVING PATTERN. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
MANUAL.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO7].>
: Clean EGR valve. And go to CONFIR- 6) Run at the speed of 88±5 km/h (55±3 MPH)
MATION OF ACTUAL DRIVING PAT- until the LED of {EGR System Diagnosis} comes
TERN. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO7].> on.
CAUTION: NOTE:
I Keep the throttle valve opening at the same
Do not use solvent when cleaning EGR valve
degree, since diagnosis will be interrupted when
assembly, as it can damage diaphragm.
the opening varies. Diagnosis starts in 190 sec-
NOTE: onds after starting engine and takes 4 seconds.
I Remove and blow away the exhaust deposits. I Put the gear to “5th” gear position (MT) or “D”
Make sure the valve operates smoothly and the range (AT) for the diagnosis.
valve seat area is completely cleaned. 7) Read DTC using Subaru select monitor.
I Replace EGR valve as required. (1) On the Main Menu display screen, select
the {2. Check of Each System} and press the
10AO7 : CONFIRMATION OF ACTUAL [YES] key.
DRIVING PATTERN. (2) On the System Selection Menu display
1) Connect Subaru select monitor to its data link [YES] key.
connector. (3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the
screen, select the {7. OBD System} and press
the [YES] key.
(5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select
the {6. Temporary code inspect} and press the
[YES] key.
NOTE:
OBD0006J
MANUAL.
8) Confirm the “No Temporary Diagnostic Code”
2) Conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION indication on Subaru select monitor.
MODES. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].> and <Ref. to 2-7
[T3E0].> : Does the Subaru select monitor indi-
3) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator cate any other DTC on display?
fan makes one complete rotation. (All accessory : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.
switches are OFF.) Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
4) Turn Subaru select monitor switch to ON. LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].>
5) Operate the LED operation mode for engine. : End of diagnosis.
(1) On the Main Menu display screen, select
the {2. Each System Check} and press the
[YES] key.
[YES] key.
215
2-7 [T10AP0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AP: DTC P0403 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1829
10AP1 : CHECK ENGINE/TRANSMISSION

TYPE.

cc/MT?
to 2-7 [T10DG0].>
: Go to step 10AP2.
216
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AP4] 2-7
10AP2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AP4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR
ECM. SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground. 2) Disconnect connectors from EGR solenoid
Connector & terminal valve and ECM.
(B84) No. 71 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance of harness between EGR
solenoid valve connector and engine ground.
B2M0566A

OBD0678A
: Go to step 10AP3.
: Go to step 10AP4.
10AP3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between ECM and EGR solenoid valve
connector.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to : Go to step 10AP5.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
time. (However, the possibility of poor
contact still remains.)
NOTE:
I Poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector
217
2-7 [T10AP5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AP5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR 10AP7 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR
SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON- SOLENOID VALVE.
NECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure voltage between EGR solenoid valve
EGR solenoid valve connector. and engine ground.
(B84) No. 71 — (E18) No. 2: (E18) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
B2M0567A OBD0328A
: Is the voltage less than 1 Ω? : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

: Go to step 10AP6. : Go to step 10AP8.
: Repair harness and connector. : Repair open circuit in harness between
main relay and EGR solenoid valve con-
NOTE: nector.
I Open circuit in harness between EGR solenoid 10AP8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
valve and ECM connector
I Poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector Check poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connec-
I Poor contact in ECM connector tor. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in EGR solenoid
10AP6 : CHECK EGR SOLENOID VALVE. valve connector?
: Repair poor contact in EGR solenoid
Measure resistance between EGR solenoid valve valve connector.
terminals. : Contact with SOA service.
Terminals NOTE:
No. 1 — No. 2: Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
OBD0327

Ω?
: Go to step 10AP7.
: Replace EGR solenoid valve.
218
MEMO:
219
2-7 [T10AQ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AQ: DTC P0420 — CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD

—
I Immediately at fault recognition (2200 cc Federal spec. vehicles only)
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine stalls.
I Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1830
10AQ1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0130, P0133, P0135, P0136,
P0139 and P0141?
: Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.
NOTE:
P0420.
: Go to step 10AQ2.
220
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AQ4] 2-7
10AQ2 : CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. 10AQ4 : CHECK FRONT CATALYTIC CON-

VERTER.
Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose
or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at Remove front catalytic converter.
exhaust pipes.
NOTE:
Check the following positions.
I Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe
I Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic
converter
I Between front catalytic converter and rear cata-
lytic converter
: Is there a fault in exhaust system?
: Repair or replace exhaust system. OBD0524B
: Go to step 10AQ3.
: Is there damage at rear face or front
face of front catalyst?
10AQ3 : CHECK REAR CATALYTIC CON- : Replace front catalytic converter.
VERTER.
Separate rear catalytic converter from rear exhaust NOTE:

pipe.
OBD0525B
: Is there damage at rear face of rear

catalyst?
: Replace front and rear catalytic convert-
ers.
: Go to step 10AQ4.
221
2-7 [T10AR0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AR: DTC P0440 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Gasoline smell
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1831
10AR1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10AR2 : CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
PLAY.
: Is there any other DTC on display? 2) Open the fuel flap.
: Inspect the relevant DTC using “10. : Is the fuel filler cap tightened
Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for securely?
LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
: Go to step 10AR2. : Go to step 10AR3.
222
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AR4] 2-7
10AR3 : CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACK- 10AR4 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE OR VENT
ING. CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
: Is there any damage to the seal 1) Connect test mode connector.

between fuel filler cap and fuel filler
pipe?
: Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel
filler pipe.
: Go to step 10AR4.
OBD0005B

NOTE:
Drain valve or vent control solenoid valve opera-
Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to “COM-
PULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE”.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
B2M1873A
B2M0925B
: Does drain valve or vent control sole-

noid valve produce operating sound?
: Go to step 10AR5.
: Replace drain valve or vent control sole-
noid valve.
223
2-7 [T10AR5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AR5 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE- 10AR6 : CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL

NOID VALVE. SOLENOID VALVE.
NOTE: NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation check can Pressure control solenoid valve operation check
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor.
the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE For the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].> [T3F0].>
B2M1039B B2M1874A
: Does purge control solenoid valve

produce operating sound?
: Go to step 10AR6.
: Replace purge control solenoid valve.
B2M0923E
: Does pressure control solenoid valve

: Go to step 10AR7.
: Replace pressure control solenoid
valve.
10AR7 : CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION

CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.

: Does fuel leak in fuel line?
: Repair or replace fuel line.
: Go to step 10AR8.
10AR8 : CHECK CANISTER.
: Is there any damage at canister?

: Repair or replace canister.
: Go to step 10AR9.
224
10AR9 : CHECK FUEL TANK.
: Is there any damage at fuel tank?

: Repair or replace fuel tank.
: Go to step 10AR10.
10AR10 : CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANI-

CAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.
: Are there holes, cracks, clogging or

disconnections of hoses or pipes in
evaporative emission control sys-
tem?
: Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
NOTE:
225
2-7 [T10AS0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AS: DTC P0441 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

INCORRECT PURGE FLOW —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1832
10AS1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0443,
P1102, P1122 or P1422?
: Inspect the relevant DTC P0106,
P0107, P0108, P0443, P1102, P1122 or
to 2-7 [T1000].>
NOTE:
P0441.
: Go to step 10AS2.
226
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AS3] 2-7
10AS2 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE- 10AS3 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE OPERATION. NOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect canister purge hose from canister.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
: Does pulsation occur by blowing
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
through the canister purge hose?
: Repair or replace evaporation line.
NOTE:
I Loose connections in evaporation line
I Cracks in evaporation line
I Clogging in evaporation line
OBD0005B

NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation check can
[T3F0].>
produce operating sound at about 0.3
Hz?
: Go to step 10AS3.
227
2-7 [T10AT0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AT: DTC P0443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE

CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1832
228
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AT2] 2-7
10AT1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AT2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connectors from purge control sole-
Connector & terminal noid valve and ECM.
(B84) No. 72 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance of harness between purge
control solenoid valve connector and engine
ground.
B2M0570A

OBD0680A
time. Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
between ECM and purge control sole-
noid valve connector.
: Go to step 10AT2.
: Go to step 10AT3.
229
2-7 [T10AT3] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AT3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AT4 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-

PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID NOID VALVE.
1) Remove purge control solenoid valve.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure resistance between purge control
purge control solenoid valve of harness connector. solenoid valve terminals.
Connector & terminal Terminals
(B84) No. 72 — (E4) No. 2: No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M0571A S2M0568
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is the resistance between 10 and 100

: Go to step 10AT4. Ω?
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Go to step 10AT5.
ECM and purge control solenoid valve : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
connector.
NOTE: 10AT5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO
In this case, repair the following: PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and VALVE.
purge control solenoid valve connector
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B22) 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between purge control sole-
noid valve and engine ground.
OBD0339A

: Go to step 10AT6.
main relay and purge control solenoid
valve connector.
230
10AT6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in purge control solenoid valve

: Is there poor contact in purge control
solenoid valve connector?
: Repair poor contact in purge control
solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
231
2-7 [T10AU0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AU: DTC P0446 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL LOW INPUT [2200 cc AWD EXCEPT TAIWAN SPEC. VEHICLES] —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1833
232
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AU3] 2-7
10AU1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AU3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-
TOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connectors from drain valve and
Connector & terminal ECM.
(B84) No. 35 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance of harness between drain
valve connector and chassis ground.
H2M1370B

S2M0463A
: Go to step 10AU2.
: Go to step 10AU3.
10AU2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between ECM and drain valve connec-
tor.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to : Go to step 10AU4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
NOTE:
I Poor contact in drain valve connector
and R57)
233
10AU4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AU6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO

DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC- DRAIN VALVE.
TOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure voltage between drain valve and
drain valve connector. chassis ground.
(B84) No. 35 — (R69) No. 2: (R69) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
S2M0464A S2M0466A

: Go to step 10AU5. : Go to step 10AU7.
: Repair harness and connector. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: I Open circuit in harness between main relay and
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and drain drain valve
valve connector I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and R57)
R57) I Poor contact in main relay connector
10AU5 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE. 10AU7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Measure resistance between drain valve terminals. Check poor contact in drain valve connector. <Ref.
Terminals to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
No. 1 — No. 2: : Is there poor contact in drain valve
connector?
: Repair poor contact in drain valve con-
nector.
NOTE:
S2M0465

Ω?
: Go to step 10AU6.
: Replace drain valve.
234
MEMO:
235
2-7 [T10AV0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AV: DTC P0446 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL LOW INPUT [2500 cc MODELS] —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1834
236
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AV3] 2-7
10AV1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10AV3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. VENT CONTROL SOLENOID
ground. 2) Disconnect connectors from vent control sole-
Connector & terminal noid valve and ECM.
(B84) No. 35 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance of harness between vent
control solenoid valve connector and chassis
ground.
H2M1370B

: Go to step 10AV2.
S2M0463A
: Go to step 10AV3.
10AV2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
between ECM and vent control solenoid
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to valve connector.
FOREWORD [T3C1].> : Go to step 10AV4.
tor?
NOTE:
I Poor contact in vent control solenoid valve con-
nector
and R57)
237
2-7 [T10AV4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10AV4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AV6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO VENT

VENT CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure voltage between vent control solenoid
vent control solenoid valve connector. valve and chassis ground.
S2M0464A S2M0466A

: Go to step 10AV5. : Go to step 10AV7.
NOTE:
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and vent In this case, repair the following:
control solenoid valve connector I Open circuit in harness between main relay and
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and vent control solenoid valve
R57) I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
R57)
10AV5 : CHECK VENT CONTROL SOLE- I Poor contact in main relay connector
NOID VALVE.
10AV7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Measure resistance between vent control solenoid
valve terminals. Check poor contact in vent control solenoid valve
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2: : Is there poor contact in vent control
solenoid valve connector?
: Repair poor contact in vent control sole-
NOTE:
S2M0465

Ω?
: Go to step 10AV6.
: Replace vent control solenoid valve.
238
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AW1] 2-7
AW: DTC P0451 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

PRESSURE SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1835
10AW1 : CHECK PRESSURE/VACUUM

LINE.
NOTE:
vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pres-
sure sensor and fuel tank
I Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ven-
tilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and
fuel tank
: Is there a fault in pressure/vacuum
line?
: Repair or replace hoses and pipes.
: Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
239
2-7 [T10AX0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AX: DTC P0452 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1835
240
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AX3] 2-7
10AX1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT 10AX2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL

MONITOR OR THE OBD-II GEN- TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
ERAL SCAN TOOL, AND READ
DATA. Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.
B2M0535A

OBD0006J
: Go to step 10AX4.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Go to step 10AX3.
ON.
6) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor sig- 10AX3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen- TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
eral scan tool.
: Is the value less than −2.8 kPa (−21.0
mmHg, −0.827 inHg)?
: Go to step 10AX2.
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has B2M0535A

time. : Does the voltage change more than
NOTE:
241
10AX4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10AX7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN-
SOR CONNECTOR.
ground.
2) Detach right side trunk side trim panel (Sedan)
or right side rear quarter trim panel (Wagon).
H2M1374B
B2M0927B
: Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? 3) Remove right side rear quarter trim pocket
: Go to step 10AX6. (Wagon model only).
: Go to step 10AX5. 4) Detach right side rear quarter insulator (Wagon
model only).
5) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
10AX5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. sensor.
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- 6) Turn ignition switch to ON.
TOR.) 7) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal
NOTE:
: Does the value change more than
−2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
by shaking harness and connector of H2M1255B
ECM while monitoring the value with
Subaru select monitor? Connector & terminal
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. (R47) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
: Go to step 10AX6. : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
: Go to step 10AX8.
10AX6 : CHECK VEHICLE MODEL. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
: Is the vehicle 2500 cc model? In this case, repair the following:
: Go to step 10AX7. I Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
: Go to step 10AX10. tank pressure sensor connector
242
10AX8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10AX9 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN- AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. pressure sensor connector and chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM Connector & terminal
and pressure sensor connector. (R47) No. 2 — Chassis ground:
(B84) No. 20 — (R47) No. 1:
B2M1876A
H2M1376B : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?

: Go to step 10AX16.
: Go to step 10AX9. between ECM and fuel tank pressure
: Repair harness and connector. sensor connector.
NOTE:
tank pressure sensor connector
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98)
243
10AX10 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AX11 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC- ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC-
TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS. TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS.

2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
rear seat cushion (Wagon). 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank and rear wiring harness connector.
cord. Connector & terminal
4) Turn ignition switch to ON. (B84) No. 20 — (R83) No. 2:
5) Measure voltage between rear wiring harness
B2M1878A

B2M1877A
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? NOTE:
: Go to step 10AX11. In this case, repair the following:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
: Repair harness and connector. wiring harness connector (R83)
NOTE: I Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
wiring harness connector (R83)
244
10AX12 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AX14 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.

ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC-
TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS. Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
(R84) No. 2 — (R47) No. 1:
ing harness connector and chassis ground.
B2M1881A

B2M1879A
: Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ? : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
10AX15 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
between ECM and rear wiring harness
connector (R83). Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank
pressure sensor connector and chassis ground.
10AX13 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD. Connector & terminal
1) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>
sensor.
3) Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
(R84) No. 1 — (R47) No. 3:
B2M1882A

: Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
cord.
B2M1880A

: Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
245
10AX16 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor

: Is there poor contact in fuel tank
pressure sensor connector?
: Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
sure sensor connector.
246
MEMO:
247
2-7 [T10AY0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AY: DTC P0453 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE

SENSOR HIGH INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1835
248
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AY3] 2-7
10AY1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT 10AY2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL

chassis ground.
B2M0535A

OBD0006J
: Go to step 10AY4.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Go to step 10AY3.
ON.
6) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal 10AY3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
scan tool.
: Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
: Go to step 10AY16.
: Go to step 10AY2.
B2M0535A

: Replace ECM.
249
10AY4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10AY7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN-
SOR CONNECTOR.
ground.
2) Detach right side trunk side trim panel (Sedan)
or right side rear quarter trim panel (Wagon).
H2M1374B
B2M0927B
: Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? 3) Remove right side rear quarter trim pocket
: Go to step 10AY6. (Wagon model only).
: Go to step 10AY5. 4) Detach right side rear quarter insulator (Wagon
model only).
10AY5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. sensor.
(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- 6) Turn ignition switch to ON.
TOR.) 7) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal Connector & terminal
using Subaru Select Monitor. (R47) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
−2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
by shaking harness and connector of
Subaru select monitor?
H2M1255B
: Go to step 10AY6. : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
: Go to step 10AY8.
10AY6 : CHECK VEHICLE MODEL. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
: Is the vehicle 2500 cc model? In this case, repair the following:
: Go to step 10AY7. I Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
: Go to step 10AY10. tank pressure sensor connector
250
10AY8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10AY9 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN- AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. fuel tank pressure sensor connector.
and pressure sensor connector. (B84) No. 20 — (R47) No. 1:
(B84) No. 4 — (R47) No. 2:
H2M1376B
H2M1375B : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 10AY9.
NOTE:
: Repair harness and connector. In this case, repair the following:
NOTE: I Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
In this case, repair the following: tank pressure sensor connector
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel I Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
tank pressure sensor connector
251
10AY10 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AY11 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN


2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
rear seat cushion (Wagon). 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank and rear wiring harness connector.
cord. Connector & terminal
4) Turn ignition switch to ON. (B84) No. 4 — (R83) No. 4:
B2M1883A

B2M1877A
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? NOTE:
: Go to step 10AY11. In this case, repair the following:
: Repair harness and connector. wiring harness connector (R83)
NOTE: I Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
wiring harness connector (R83)
252
10AY12 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AY14 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.

TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS. Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
(R84) No. 2 — (R47) No. 1:
ing harness connector and chassis ground.
(B84) No. 20 — (R83) No. 2:
B2M1881A

B2M1878A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
10AY15 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
between ECM and rear wiring harness
connector (R83). Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
10AY13 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD. : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
1) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].> : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure sure sensor connector.
sensor. : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
Connector & terminal 10AY16 : CHECK VEHICLE MODEL.
(R84) No. 4 — (R47) No. 2:
: Is the vehicle 2500 cc model?
B2M1884A

253
10AY17 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10AY18 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM AND FUEL TANK PRES- ECM AND FUEL TANK PRES-
SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
OFF. OFF.
2) Detach right side trunk side trim panel (Sedan) 2) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>
or right side rear quarter trim panel (Wagon). 3) Remove fuel tank cord from fuel tank.
4) Connect fuel tank cord to rear wiring harness.
ON.
8) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal
using Subaru select monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
B2M0927B
NOTE:
3) Remove right side rear quarter trim pocket For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
(Wagon model only). “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
4) Detach right side rear quarter insulator (Wagon FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
model only). I OBD-II general scan tool
5) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
sensor. OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
7) Install fuel filler cap. : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
8) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to : Repair battery short circuit in harness
ON. between ECM and fuel tank pressure
9) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal sensor connector.
scan tool.
NOTE:
mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
between ECM and fuel tank pressure
sensor connector.
254
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AZ1] 2-7
AZ: DTC P0461 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1836
10AZ1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0462 or P0463?
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect this
trouble.
: Replace fuel sending unit and fuel sub
meter unit.
255
2-7 [T10BA0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BA: DTC P0462 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1836
10BA1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND

TACHOMETER OPERATION IN
COMBINATION METER.
: Does speedometer and tachometer

operate normally?
: Go to step 10BA3.
: Go to step 10BA2.
256
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BA4] 2-7
10BA2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 10BA3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
COMBINATION METER.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Pull out combination meter from instrument chassis ground.
panel. <Ref. to 6-2 [W14A1].> Connector & terminal
B6M0121
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter. H2M1414B
4) Measure resistance of harness between com-

bination meter connector and chassis ground. : Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
Connector & terminal : Go to step 10BA5.
(i12) No. 1 — Chassis ground: : Go to step 10BA4.
10BA4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

TOR.)
Read data of fuel level sensor signal using Subaru

Select Monitor.
NOTE:
B2M0934A For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
: Is resistance less than 5 Ω? FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
: Repair or replace combination meter. : Does the value change less than 0.12
: Repair harness and connector. V by shaking harness and connector
of ECM while monitoring the value
NOTE: with Subaru Select Monitor?
I Open circuit in harness between combination : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
meter connector and grounding terminal : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
I Poor contact in combination meter connector returned to a normal condition at this
I Poor contact in grounding terminal time. A temporary poor contact of the
NOTE:
I Poor contact in combination meter connector
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (i3, B22,
B99, B98 and R57)
257
10BA5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BA6 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.

ECM, COMBINATION METER AND
FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR. 1) Remove service hole cover located on the left
rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or luggage
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. compartment floor (Wagon).
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on
the right rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or
luggage compartment floor (Wagon).
G2M0863
2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub meter unit.

G2M0340 3) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
B2M0940A

B2M0940A
between fuel pump and fuel sub meter
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? unit connector.
: Go to step 10BA6. : Go to step 10BA7.
: Go to step 10BA11.
258
10BA7 : CHECK REAR WIRING HARNESS. 10BA9 : CHECK REAR WIRING HARNESS.
1) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and 1) Separate rear wiring harness connector (R3)
rear wiring harness connector (R15). and bulkhead wiring harness connector (B99).
2) Measure resistance of harness between fuel 2) Measure resistance of harness between rear
sub meter unit connector and chassis ground. wiring harness connector and chassis ground.
(R59) No. 1 — Chassis ground: (R3) No. 20 — Chassis ground:
B2M0941A B2M0943A

: Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank : Repair ground short circuit in rear wiring
cord. harness.
10BA8 : CHECK REAR, BULKHEAD AND 10BA10 : CHECK BULKHEAD WIRING

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING HARNESS.
HARNESS.
1) Separate bulkhead wiring harness connector
1) Separate rear wiring harness connector (R2) (B38) and instrument panel wiring harness con-
and bulkhead wiring harness connector (B98). nector (i3).
2) Measure resistance of harness between rear 2) Measure resistance of harness between bulk-
wiring harness connector and chassis ground. head wiring harness connector and chassis
ground.
B2M0942A
B2M0944A

: Go to step 10BA9.
: Repair ground short circuit in bulkhead
: Repair ground short circuit in bulkhead wiring harness.
wiring harness.
: Repair ground short circuit in instrument
panel wiring harness.
259
10BA11 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BA12 : CHECK COMBINATION METER.

COMBINATION METER AND
FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR. Disconnect speedometer cable from combination
meter and remove combination meter.
1) Connect connector to fuel pump. : Is the fuel meter installation screw
2) Pull out combination meter from instrument tightened securely?
panel. <Ref. to 6-2 [W14A1].>
: Tighten fuel meter installation screw
securely.
10BA13 : CHECK COMBINATION METER

PRINTED CIRCUIT PLATE.
Remove printed circuit plate assembly from com-

bination meter assembly.
B6M0121
: Is there flaw or burning on printed
circuit plate assembly?
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter. : Replace printed circuit plate assembly.
4) Measure resistance of harness between com- : Replace fuel meter assembly.
bination meter connector and chassis ground.
(i10) No. 3 — Chassis ground:
B2M0945A

NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between combination
meter connector and junction A on rear wiring har-
ness
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (i3 and
B99)
260
MEMO:
261
2-7 [T10BB0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BB: DTC P0463 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1836
10BB1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND

COMBINATION METER.

operate normally?
: Go to step 10BB3.
: Go to step 10BB2.
262
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BB3] 2-7
10BB2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 10BB3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
COMBINATION METER.
B6M0121

bination meter connector and chassis ground. : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
Connector & terminal : Go to step 10BB4.
(i12) No. 1 — Chassis ground: : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
NOTE:
I Poor contact in coupling connector (i3, B99,
B22, B98 and R57)
B2M0934A

: Repair or replace combination meter.
NOTE:
meter connector and grounding terminal
I Poor contact in grounding terminal
263
10BB4 : CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR. 10BB5 : CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
SOR.
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on 1) Remove service hole cover located on the left
the right rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or luggage
luggage compartment floor (Wagon). compartment floor (Wagon).
G2M0340 G2M0863
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump. 2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub meter unit.
4) Measure resistance between connector termi- 3) Measure resistance between connector termi-
nals of fuel pump. nals of fuel sub meter unit.
Terminals Terminals
No. 3 — No. 5: No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M0935 B2M0936
: Go to step 10BB5. : Go to step 10BB6.
: Replace fuel sending unit. : Replace fuel sub meter unit.
264
10BB6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BB7 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

FUEL PUMP AND FUEL SUB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
METER UNIT CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
and fuel sub meter unit connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:
(R58) No. 3 — (R59) No. 2:
B2M0938A
B2M0937A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 10BB8.
: Go to step 10BB7. : Repair harness and connector.
fuel pump and fuel sub meter unit con- In this case, repair the following:
nector. I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (R57, B98
and B22)
265
10BB8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10BB9 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR. AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1) Connect connector to fuel sub meter unit. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
and chassis ground. 4) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
(R58) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground:
B2M0939A
H2M1418B

NOTE:
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con- I Open circuit in harness between ECM connec-
nector and junction A on rear wiring harness tor and junction A on rear wiring harness
I Poor contact in fuel sub meter unit connector I Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
: Repair connector.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (R57)
: Go to step 10BB9. NOTE:
I Poor contact in fuel sub meter unit
266
MEMO:
267
2-7 [T10BC0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BC: DTC P0480 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator fan does not operate properly.
I Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1837
268
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BC2] 2-7
10BC1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10BC2 : CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT
ECM. IN RADIATOR FAN RELAY 1 CON-
TROL CIRCUIT.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to 2) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
the side of the center console box. 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
OBD0736A

4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
B2M1138A
ground.
NOTE: : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Radiator fan relay operation check can be
executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For : Repair ground short circuit in radiator
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE fan relay 1 control circuit.
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 : Go to step 10BC3.
[T3F0].>
B2M0608A
: Does voltage change between 0 and

10 volts?
: Go to step 10BC2.
269
10BC3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR 10BC5 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
RELAY. MAIN FAN RELAY 1.
1) Disconnect connector (B52) from fuse and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
relay box (F/B). 2) Connect connector (B52) to fuse and relay box
2) Turn ignition switch to ON. (F/B).
3) Measure voltage between fuse and relay box 3) Remove main fan relay 1.
(F/B) connector and chassis ground. 4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
Connector & terminal 5) Measure voltage between main fan relay 1 con-
(B52) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): nector and chassis ground.
B2M1298A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? B2M1299A
: Go to step 10BC4.
ignition switch and fuse and relay box : Go to step 10BC6.
(F/B) connector. : Repair open circuit in harness between
fuse and relay box (F/B) and main fan
10BC4 : CHECK VEHICLE MODEL. relay 1 connector.
: Is the vehicle equipped with A/C? 10BC6 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY 1.
: Go to step 10BC5.
: Go to step 10BC8. 2) Measure resistance between main fan relay 1
terminals.
Terminal
No. 1 — No. 3:
OBD0535

Ω?
: Go to step 10BC7.
: Replace main fan relay 1.
270
10BC7 : CHECK SUB FAN RELAY 1. 10BC9 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAIN
FAN RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Remove sub fan relay 1.
2) Measure resistance between sub fan relay 1 or 1) Disconnect connector (F40) from fuse and relay
main fan relay terminals. box (F/B).
Terminal 2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
No. 1 — No. 3: and main fan relay 1 connector.
(B84) No. 74 — (F28) No. 3:
OBD0536

Ω?
: Go to step 10BC9.
: Replace sub fan relay 1.
10BC8 : CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.
1) Remove main fan relay.

2) Measure resistance between sub fan relay 1 or
main fan relay terminals.
B2M0609A
Terminal
No. 1 — No. 3:
: Go to step 10BC10.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and main
fan relay 1 connector
I Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)
10BC10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

OBD0536
: Is the resistance between 83 and 117 Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay 1
Ω? connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Go to step 10BC13. : Is there poor contact in ECM or main
fan relay 1 connector?
: Replace main fan relay.
: Repair poor contact in ECM or main fan
relay 1 connector.
: Go to step 10BC11.
271
10BC11 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN SUB 10BC13 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAIN
FAN RELAY 1 CONTROL CIR- FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.
CUIT.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and main fan relay connector.
sub fan relay 1 connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B84) No. 74 — (F40) No. 4:
(B84) No. 74 — (F40) No. 4:
B2M0610A
B2M0610A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 10BC14.
: Go to step 10BC12. : Repair harness and connector.
: Repair harness and connector. NOTE:
NOTE: In this case, repair the following:
In this case, repair the following: I Open circuit in harness between ECM and main
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and sub fan relay connector
fan relay 1 connector I Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)
I Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)
I Replace diode (A/C) 10BC14 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
10BC12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay con-
nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Check poor contact in ECM or sub fan relay 1 : Is there poor contact in ECM or main
connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> fan relay connector?
: Is there poor contact in ECM or sub : Repair poor contact in ECM or main fan
fan relay 1 connector? relay connector.
: Repair poor contact in ECM or sub fan : Contact with SOA service.
relay 1 connector.
NOTE:
: Contact with SOA service. Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
NOTE: cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
272
MEMO:
273
2-7 [T10BD0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BD: DTC P0483 — COOLING FAN FUNCTION PROBLEM —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Occurrence of noise
I Overheating
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal
cooling function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1898
274
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BD1] 2-7
10BD1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.
: Is there any other DTC on display?

: Check engine cooling system. <Ref. to
2-5 [K100].>
275
2-7 [T10BE0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BE: DTC P0500 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1839
10BE1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERA-

TION IN COMBINATION METER.
: Does speedometer operate nor-

mally?
: Go to step 10BE2.
: Check speedometer and vehicle speed
sensor. <Ref. to 6-2b [T3A0].>
276
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BE3] 2-7
10BE2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10BE3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND COMBINATION METER CON- AND COMBINATION METER CON-
NECTOR. NECTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from TCM. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis connector and chassis ground.
ground.
B2M0574A
B2M0573A

between ECM and combination meter
NOTE: connector.
In this case, repair the following: : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
bination meter connector
: Go to step 10BE3.
277
2-7 [T10BF0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BF: DTC P0505 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
I Engine breathing
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1840
10BF1 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

2) Start engine, and idle it.
3) Check the following items.
I Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
control solenoid valve and throttle body
I Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
I Loose connections and cracks of idle air control
solenoid valve by-pass hoses
I Disconnections of vacuum hoses
: Repair or replace air intake system.
: Go to step 10BF2.
278
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BF4] 2-7
10BF2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10BF4 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
ECM. ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis 2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole-
ground. noid valve.
Connector & terminal 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
(B84) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
H2M2327A

H2M2327A
: Go to step 10BF3.
: Go to step 10BF13.
10BF3 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM between ECM and idle air control sole-
ECM.
noid valve connector. After repair,
replace ECM.
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis : Go to step 10BF5.
ground.
H2M2328A

: Go to step 10BF4.
279
10BF5 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10BF7 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-
ECM. NOID VALVE.
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground. 2) Measure resistance between idle air control
Connector & terminal solenoid valve connector terminals.
(B84) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
H2M2328A
H2M2329
: Repair battery short circuit in harness : Is the resistance more than 20 Ω?
between ECM and idle air control sole- : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
noid valve connector. After repair, : Go to step 10BF8.
replace ECM.
: Go to step 10BF6. 10BF8 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE.
10BF6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Measure resistance between idle air control sole-
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to noid valve connector terminals.
FOREWORD [T3C1].> Terminals
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- No. 2 — No. 3:
tor?
: Go to step 10BF7.
H2M2330
: Is the resistance more than 20 Ω?

: Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
: Go to step 10BF9.
280
10BF9 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE- 10BF11 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL
NOID VALVE. SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between idle air control sole- 1) Remove idle air control solenoid valve. <Ref. to
noid valve connector terminals. 2-7 [W12A0].>
Terminals 2) Check operation of idle air control solenoid
No. 1 — No. 2: valve.
H2M2331
H2M2329
: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? : Is idle air control solenoid valve fully
opened when applying the battery to
: Replace idle air control solenoid valve terminals No. 2 (+) and No. 1 (−)?
and ECM.
: Clean idle air control solenoid valve.
<Ref. to 2-7 [W12B0].>
10BF10 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.
10BF12 : CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between idle air control sole-
noid valve connector terminals.
Check operation of idle air control solenoid valve.
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 3:
H2M2332
H2M2330 : Is idle air control solenoid valve fully

closed when applying the battery to
: Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? terminals No. 2 (+) and No. 3 (−)?
: Replace idle air control solenoid valve : Go to step 10BF13.
and ECM. : Clean idle air control solenoid valve.
: Go to step 10BF11. <Ref. to 2-7 [W12B0].>
281
10BF13 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO IDLE 10BF14 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

AIR CONTROL SOLENOID ECM AND IDLE AIR CONTROL
VALVE. SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole- 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
noid valve. 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. and idle air control solenoid valve connector.
4) Measure voltage between idle air control sole- Connector & terminal
noid valve and engine ground. (B84) No. 14 — (E7) No. 1:
S2M0454A
S2M0453A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

NOTE:
: Repair harness and connector. In this case, repair the following:
NOTE: I Open circuit in harness between ECM and idle
In this case, repair the following: air control solenoid valve connector
I Open circuit in harness between idle air control I Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
solenoid valve and main relay connector
282
10BF15 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BF17 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM AND IDLE AIR CONTROL ECM AND IDLE AIR CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR. SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance between ECM and idle air Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
control solenoid valve connector. ground.
(B84) No. 13 — (E7) No. 3: (B84) No. 14 — Chassis ground:
S2M0455A H2M2389A

: Go to step 10BF16. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
: Repair open circuit in harness between between ECM and idle air control sole-
ECM and idle air control solenoid valve noid valve connector.
connector.
10BF16 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM AND IDLE AIR CONTROL 10BF18 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.
Check poor contact in idle air control solenoid
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and valve. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
chassis ground. : Is there poor contact in idle air con-
Connector & terminal trol solenoid valve connector?
(B84) No. 13 — Chassis ground: : Repair poor contact in idle air control
NOTE:
H2M2388A

between ECM and idle air control sole-
283
2-7 [T10BG0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BG: DTC P0506 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine is difficult to start.
I Engine does not start.
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1840
10BG1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10BG2 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
PLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or 2) Start engine, and idle it.
: Is clogging the by-pass line between
DTC P0505?
by-pass hose and intake duct?
tics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD : Repair the by-pass line.
Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
P0506.
: Go to step 10BG2.
284
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BH2] 2-7
BH: DTC P0507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1840
10BH1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10BH2 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
PLAY.
OBD-II general scan tool indicate 3) Check the following items.
DTC P0505? I Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
: Inspect DTC P0505 using “10. Diagnos- control solenoid valve and throttle body
tics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD I Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
NOTE: solenoid valve by-pass hoses
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC I Disconnections of vacuum hoses
P0507.
: Go to step 10BH2.
: Repair air suction and leaks.
285
2-7 [T10BI0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BI: DTC P0600 — SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1841
286
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI2] 2-7
10BI1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10BI2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR. AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. chassis ground.
and data link connector (for Subaru Select Monitor
& OBD-II general scan tool). (B84) No. 93 — Chassis ground:
(B84) No. 93 — (B40) No. 10:
B2M0583A

B2M0582A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? between ECM and data link connector.
: Go to step 10BI2. : Repair poor contact in ECM connector
: Repair open circuit in harness between and data link connector.
ECM and data link connector.
287
2-7 [T10BJ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BJ: DTC P0601 — INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MEMORY CHECK SUM

ERROR —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine does not start.
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1842
10BJ1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0601?
: Replace ECM.
: It is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0601.
288
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BJ1] 2-7
MEMO:
289
2-7 [T10BK0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BK: DTC P0703 — BRAKE SWITCH INPUT MALFUNCTION —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1843
10BK1 : CHECK OPERATION OF BRAKE

LIGHT.
: Does brake light come on when

depressing the brake pedal?
: Go to step 10BK2.
: Repair or replace brake light circuit.
290
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BK4] 2-7
10BK2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM 10BK3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON- AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON-
NECTOR. NECTOR.
1) Disconnect connectors from TCM and brake Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
light switch. chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM Connector & terminal
and brake light switch connector. (B56) No. 7 — Chassis ground:
(B56) No. 7 — (B64) No. 2:
(B56) No. 7 — (B65) No. 3 (With cruise
control):
(B56) No. 7 — (B67) No. 2 (With traction
control):
OBD0590A

: Go to step 10BK4.
between TCM and brake light switch
B2M1886A
connector.
: Go to step 10BK3. 10BK4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
: Repair or replace harness and connec-
tor. 1) Connect connectors to TCM and brake light
switch.
NOTE: 2) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
In this case, repair the following: ground.
I Open circuit in harness between TCM and brake
light switch connector Connector & terminal
I Poor contact in TCM connector (B56) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
I Poor contact in brake light switch connector
OBD0588A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V when

releasing the brake pedal?
: Go to step 10BK5.
: Adjust or replace brake light switch.
291
10BK5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis

ground.
OBD0588A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V when

depressing the brake pedal?
: Go to step 10BK6.
: Adjust or replace brake light switch.
10BK6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
tor?
: Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Replace TCM.
292
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BK6] 2-7
MEMO:
293
2-7 [T10BL0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BL: DTC P0705 — TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Starter does not rotate when selector lever is in “P” or “N” range.
I Starter rotates when selector lever is in “R”, “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” range.
I Engine brake is not effected when selector lever is in “3” range.
I Shift characteristics are erroneous.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1844
294
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BL2] 2-7
10BL1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM 10BL2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CON- AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CON-
NECTOR. NECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and trans- transmission harness connector.
mission. Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM (B56) No. 10 — (T7) No. 9:
and transmission harness connector.
(B56) No. 9 — (T7) No. 8:
H2M1660A

H2M1659A
: Go to step 10BL3.
: Go to step 10BL2. NOTE:
: Repair harness and connector. I Open circuit in harness between ECM and
NOTE: inhibitor switch connector
In this case, repair the following: I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12)
inhibitor switch connector
295
NECTOR. NECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission harness connector. transmission harness connector.
(B56) No. 8 — (T7) No. 5: (B54) No. 1 — (T7) No. 6:
H2M1661A H2M1662A

: Go to step 10BL4. : Go to step 10BL5.
NOTE: NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and I Open circuit in harness between ECM and
inhibitor switch connector. inhibitor switch connector.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12) I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12)
296
NECTOR. NECTOR.
transmission harness connector. transmission harness connector.
(B54) No. 2 — (T7) No. 4: (B54) No. 3 — (T7) No. 11:
H2M1663A H2M1664A

NOTE: NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and I Open circuit in harness between ECM and
inhibitor switch connector. inhibitor switch connector.
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12) I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12)
297
NECTOR. NECTOR.
transmission harness connector. chassis ground.
(B54) No. 4 — (T7) No. 3: (B56) No. 9 — Chassis ground:
H2M1665A H2M1666A

: Repair harness and connector. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
NOTE: between TCM and transmission harness
In this case, repair the following: connector.
inhibitor switch connector. 10BL9 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12) AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CON-
NECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and

chassis ground.
H2M1667A

: Go to step 10BL10.
between TCM and transmission harness
connector.
298
10BL10 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BL12 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH
H2M1668A H2M1670A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
: Repair ground short circuit in harness : Repair ground short circuit in harness
between TCM and transmission harness between TCM and transmission harness
10BL11 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BL13 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH
H2M1669A H2M1671A
: Repair ground short circuit in harness : Repair ground short circuit in harness
between TCM and transmission harness between TCM and transmission harness
299
10BL14 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10BL16 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH
CONNECTOR. Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and except for “P” position.
chassis ground.
Terminals
Connector & terminal No. 8 — No. 10:
H2M1673
H2M1672A

: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step 10BL17.
between TCM and transmission harness 10BL17 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
connector.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-

10BL15 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever for
“R” position.
Terminals
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever “P”
No. 9 — No. 10:
position.
Terminals
No. 8 — No. 10:
H2M1674

H2M1673
300
10BL18 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 10BL20 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con- Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
except for “R” position. except for “N” position.
Terminals Terminals
No. 9 — No. 10: No. 5 — No. 10:
H2M1674 H2M1678
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever for nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
“N” position. except for “D” position.
Terminals Terminals
No. 5 — No. 10: No. 6 — No. 10:
H2M1678 H2M1676

301
except for “D” position. except for “3” position.
Terminals Terminals
No. 6 — No. 10: No. 4 — No. 10:
H2M1676 H2M1677
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever for nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
“3” position. except for “2” position.
Terminals Terminals
No. 4 — No. 10: No. 11 — No. 10:
H2M1677 H2M1678

302
except for “R” position. except for “1” position.
Terminals Terminals
No. 11 — No. 10: No. 3 — No. 10:
H2M1678 H2M1679
10BL27 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 10BL29 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con- : Is there faulty connection in the
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever selector cable?
except for “1” position. : Repair connection of selector cable.
Terminals : Replace inhibitor switch.
No. 3 — No. 10:
H2M1679

303
10BL30 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 10BL32 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in
2) Connect connector to TCM and transmission. selector lever “R” position.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. Connector & terminal
4) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis (B56) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
ground.
H2M1681A

H2M1680A
10BL33 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in
10BL31 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. selector lever except for “R” position.
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in (B56) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
selector lever except for “P” and “N” positions.
H2M1681A

H2M1680A
304
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
selector lever “P” and “N” positions. ground in selector lever “D” position.
H2M1682A H2M1683A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? : Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in
selector lever except for “N” and “P” positions. selector lever except for “N” and “P” positions.
H2M1682A H2M1683A

305
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in
selector lever “3” position. selector lever “2” position.
H2M1684A H2M1685A

Measure voltage between TCM and chassis Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground in selector lever except for “3” position. ground in selector lever except for “2” position.
H2M1684A H2M1685A

306
10BL42 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 10BL44 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
selector lever “1” position. FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
(B54) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): tor?
: Replace TCM.
H2M1686A

10BL43 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM chassis ground in

selector lever except for “1” position.
H2M1686A

307
2-7 [T10BM0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BM: DTC P0710 — TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No shift up to 4th speed (after engine warm-up)
I No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
I Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0350
10BM1 : CHECK DTC P0710 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0710?
: Check ATF temperature sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8H0].>
P0710.
308
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BN1] 2-7
BN: DTC P0720 — OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1)

CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1845
10BN1 : CHECK DTC P0720 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0720?
: Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>
P0720.
309
2-7 [T10BO0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BO: DTC P0725 — ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I AT diagnostic indicator light (AT OIL TEMP indicator light) remains on when vehicle speed is “0”.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0585
10BO1 : CHECK DTC P0725 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0725?
: Check engine speed input signal circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>
P0725.
310
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BO1] 2-7
MEMO:
311
2-7 [T10BP0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BP: DTC P0731 — GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T10BS0]. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10BS0].>
BQ: DTC P0732 — GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
BR: DTC P0733 — GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
BS: DTC P0734 — GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range; excessive shift shock; exces-
sive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
312
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BS2] 2-7
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1846
10BS1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10BS2 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
PLAY. SENSOR CIRCUIT.
: Is there any other DTC on display? Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
: Inspect relevant DTC using “10. Diag- [T8M0].>
nostics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> tion sensor circuit?
: Go to step 10BS2. : Repair or replace throttle position sen-
sor circuit.
: Go to step 10BS3.
313
2-7 [T10BS3] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10BS3 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 10BS7 : CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

1 CIRCUIT.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmis-
Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 sion.
[T8N0].> : Is there any mechanical trouble in
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed automatic transmission?
sensor 1 circuit? : Repair or replace automatic transmis-
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor sion.
1 circuit. : Replace TCM.
: Go to step 10BS4.
10BS4 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

2 CIRCUIT.
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2

[T8O0].>
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed
sensor 2 circuit?
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit.
: Go to step 10BS5.
10BS5 : CHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT

CIRCUIT.
Check engine speed input circuit. <Ref. to 3-2

[T8J0].>
: Is there any trouble in engine speed
input circuit?
: Repair or replace engine speed input
circuit.
: Go to step 10BS6.
10BS6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Go to step 10BS7.
314
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BS7] 2-7
MEMO:
315
2-7 [T10BT0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BT: DTC P0740 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1847
316
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BT8] 2-7
10BT1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10BT5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
PLAY. 2 CIRCUIT.
: Is there any other DTC on display? Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
: Inspect the relevant DTC using “10. [T8O0].>
Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for : Is there any trouble in vehicle speed
LHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> sensor 2 circuit?
: Go to step 10BT2. : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit.
10BT2 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B CIR- : Go to step 10BT6.
CUIT.
10BT6 : CHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT
Check duty solenoid B circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 CIRCUIT.
[T8D0].>
: Is there any trouble in duty solenoid Check engine speed input circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
B circuit? [T8J0].>
: Repair or replace duty solenoid B circuit. : Is there any trouble in engine speed
: Go to step 10BT3. input circuit?
: Repair or replace engine speed input
10BT3 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION circuit.
SENSOR CIRCUIT. : Go to step 10BT7.
Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 10BT7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIR-
[T8M0].> CUIT.
: Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
tion sensor circuit? Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
: Repair or replace throttle position sen- [T10BL0].>
sor circuit. : Is there any trouble in inhibitor
: Go to step 10BT4. switch circuit?
: Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
10BT4 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR : Go to step 10BT8.
1 CIRCUIT.
10BT8 : CHECK BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 CIRCUIT.
[T8N0].>
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed Check brake light switch circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
sensor 1 circuit? [T10BK0].>
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor : Is there any trouble in brake light
1 circuit. switch circuit?
: Go to step 10BT5. : Repair or replace brake light switch cir-
cuit.
: Go to step 10BT9.
317
2-7 [T10BT9] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10BT9 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-

SOR CIRCUIT.
Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2

[T8H0].>
: Is there any trouble in ATF tempera-
ture sensor circuit?
: Repair or replace ATF temperature sen-
sor circuit.
: Go to step 10BT10.
10BT10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Go to step 10BT11.
10BT11 : CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

sion.
: Is there any mechanical trouble in
automatic transmission?
: Repair or replace automatic transmis-
sion.
: Replace TCM.
318
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BU1] 2-7
BU: DTC P0743 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM (DUTY

SOLENOID B) ELECTRICAL —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1848
10BU1 : CHECK DTC P0743 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0743?
: Check duty solenoid B circuit. <Ref. to
3-2 [T8D0].>
P0743.
319
2-7 [T10BV0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BV: DTC P0748 — PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID (DUTY SOLENOID A)

ELECTRICAL —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1849
10BV1 : CHECK DTC P0748 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0748?
: Check duty solenoid A circuit. <Ref. to
3-2 [T8C0].>
P0748.
320
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BW1] 2-7
BW: DTC P0753 — SHIFT SOLENOID A (SHIFT SOLENOID 1) ELECTRICAL

—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No shift
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1850
10BW1 : CHECK DTC P0753 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0753?
: Check shift solenoid 1 circuit. <Ref. to
3-2 [T8G0].>
P0753.
321
2-7 [T10BX0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BX: DTC P0758 — SHIFT SOLENOID B (SHIFT SOLENOID 2) ELECTRICAL —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No shift
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1851
10BX1 : CHECK DTC P0758 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0758?
3-2 [T8F0].>
P0758.
322
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BX1] 2-7
MEMO:
323
2-7 [T10BY0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BY: DTC P0760 — SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3) MALFUNCTION

—
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Ineffective engine brake with selector lever in “3”
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1852
10BY1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10BY2 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIR-
PLAY. CUIT.
: Is there any other DTC on display? Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
: Inspect relevant DTC using “10. Diag- [T10BL0].>
nostics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD : Is there any trouble in inhibitor
Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1000].> switch circuit?
: Go to step 10BY2. : Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
: Go to step 10BY3.
324
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BY8] 2-7
10BY3 : CHECK GEAR POSITION. 10BY4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
2) Connect the Subaru select monitor to data link FOREWORD [T3C1].>
connector. : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
tor?
: Go to step 10BY5.
10BY5 : CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

sion.
OBD0006J : Is there any mechanical trouble in
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with
safety stands.
sion.
CAUTION: : Replace TCM.
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
4) Start and warm-up the engine and transmis- 10BY6 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CIR-
sion. CUIT.
5) Subaru select monitor switch to ON.
6) Read data of gear position signal using Subaru
select monitor. Check shift solenoid 1 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
(1) On the Main Menu display screen, select : Is there any trouble in shift solenoid
the {2. Check of Each System} and press the 1 circuit?
[YES] key. : Repair or replace shift solenoid 1 circuit.
: Go to step 10BY7.
screen, select the {AT/ECVT} and press the
[YES] key.
(3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the 10BY7 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2 CIR-
information of transmission type. CUIT.
(4) On the E-4AT/ECVT Diagnosis display
screen, select the {1. Current Data Display & Check shift solenoid 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>
Save} and press the [YES] key.
(5) On the Data Display Menu display : Is there any trouble in shift solenoid
screen, select the {4. 1 Data Display with Detail} 2 circuit?
and press the [YES] key. : Repair or replace shift solenoid 2 circuit.
(6) Use the scroll key to show {Gear Position} : Go to step 10BY8.
items on the display screen.
NOTE: 10BY8 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3 CIR-
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the CUIT.
MANUAL. Check shift solenoid 3 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8E0].>
7) Move selector lever to “D” and drive the vehicle. : Is there any trouble in shift solenoid
: Does gear position change according 3 circuit?
to throttle position and vehicle : Repair or replace shift solenoid 3 circuit.
speed?
: Go to step 10BY9.
: Go to step 10BY4.
: Go to step 10BY6.
325
10BY9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Go to step 10BY10.
10BY10 : CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

sion.
: Is there any mechanical trouble in
sion.
: Replace TCM.
326
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BZ1] 2-7
BZ: DTC P0763 — SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3) ELECTRICAL —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Ineffective engine brake with selector lever in “3”
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1853
10BZ1 : CHECK DTC P0763 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0763?
3-2 [T8E0].>
P0763.
327
2-7 [T10CA0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CA: DTC P1100 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1699
10CA1 : CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER

MOTOR.
NOTE:
I On AT vehicles, place the inhibitor switch in the
“P” or “N” position.
I On MT vehicles, depress the clutch pedal.
: Does starter motor operate when
ignition switch to “ST”?
NOTE:
I Open or ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and starter motor connector.
I Poor contact in ECM connector.
: Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8B0].>
328
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CA1] 2-7
MEMO:
329
2-7 [T10CB0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CB: DTC P1101 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

[MT VEHICLES] —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0588
330
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CB4] 2-7
10CB1 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10CB3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis FOREWORD [T3C1].>
ground. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
Connector & terminal tor?
(B84) No. 82 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
NOTE:
10CB4 : CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION

SWITCH.

B2M0589A 2) Disconnect connector from transmission har-
ness.
: Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V 3) Measure resistance between transmission har-
in neutral position? ness and connector terminals.
: Go to step 10CB2. Connector & terminal
: Go to step 10CB4. (T2) No. 1 — No. 2:
10CB2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

ground.
OBD0469A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ in

neutral position?
: Go to step 10CB5.
: Repair short circuit in transmission har-
ness or replace neutral position switch.
B2M0589A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in other

positions?
: Go to step 10CB3.
: Go to step 10CB4.
331
2-7 [T10CB5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CB5 : CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION 10CB7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

SWITCH. AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance between transmission harness
connector terminals. Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
Connector & terminal ground.
(T2) No. 1 — No. 2: Connector & terminal
OBD0469A
B2M0591A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in
other positions? : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
: Go to step 10CB6. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
: Repair open circuit in transmission har- between ECM and transmission har-
ness or replace neutral position switch. ness connector.
: Go to step 10CB8.
10CB6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
CONNECTOR.

and transmission harness connector.
(B84) No. 82 — (B25) No. 1:
B2M0590A

: Go to step 10CB7.
ECM and transmission harness connec-
tor.
332
10CB8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between transmis-

sion harness connector and engine ground.
OBD0472A

: Go to step 10CB9.
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between transmission
harness connector and engine grounding terminal
10CB9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in transmission harness con-

nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in transmission
harness connector?
: Repair poor contact in transmission har-
ness connector.
: Replace ECM.
333
2-7 [T10CC0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CC: DTC P1101 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT [AT
VEHICLES] —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1700
10CC1 : CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0705?
: Go to step 10CC2.
334
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CC5] 2-7
10CC2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10CC4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
ground in selector lever “N” and “P” positions. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
: Replace ECM.
10CC5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

ground.
B2M0593A

: Go to step 10CC3.
: Go to step 10CC5.
10CC3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis B2M0593A

ground in selector lever except for “N” and “P” posi-
tions. : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Connector & terminal : Repair battery short circuit in harness
(B84) No. 82 (+) — Chassis ground (−): between ECM and inhibitor switch con-
nector.
: Go to step 10CC6.
B2M0593A
: Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V?

: Go to step 10CC4.
: Go to step 10CC5.
335
10CC6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10CC7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH

AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CON- GROUND LINE.
NECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between inhibitor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. switch connector and engine ground.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and inhibitor Connector & terminal
switch. (T7) No. 2 — Engine ground:
and inhibitor switch connector.
(B84) No. 82 — (T7) No. 1:
B2M1118A

: Go to step 10CC8.
B2M1117A
: Repair open circuit in inhibitor switch
ground line.
: Go to step 10CC7.
10CC8 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
NOTE: Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
In this case, repair the following: nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever “N”
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and and “P” positions.
inhibitor switch connector
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B12) Terminals
I Poor contact in inhibitor switch connector No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M1119

: Go to step 10CC9.
336
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CC9] 2-7
10CC9 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CON-

NECTION.
: Is there any fault in selector cable

connection to inhibitor switch?
: Repair selector cable connection. <Ref.
to 3-2 [W3B0].>
: Replace ECM.
337
2-7 [T10CD0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CD: DTC P1102 — PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE

CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
338
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CD3] 2-7
10CD1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CD3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
ECM. AND PRESSURE SOURCES
SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE
CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sources
switching solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between pres-
sure sources switching solenoid valve connector
and engine ground.
B2M0596A

: Go to step 10CD2.
: Go to step 10CD3. OBD0488A
10CD2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to between ECM and pressure sources
FOREWORD [T3C1].> switching solenoid valve connector.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- : Go to step 10CD4.
tor?
NOTE:
339
2-7 [T10CD4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CD4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10CD6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO

AND PRESSURE SOURCES PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCH-
SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE ING SOLENOID VALVE.
CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure voltage between pressure sources
pressure sources switching solenoid valve connec- switching solenoid valve harness connector and
tor. engine ground.
(B84) No. 15 — (B1) No. 1: (B1) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
B2M0597A OBD0676A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

: Go to step 10CD5. : Go to step 10CD7.
main relay and pressure sources switch-
ECM and pressure sources switching ing solenoid valve connector.
10CD7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
10CD5 : CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES
SWICTCHING SOLENOID VALVE.
Check poor contact in pressure sources switching
solenoid valve connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD
Measure resistance between pressure sources [T3C1].>
switching solenoid valve connector terminals.
: Is there poor contact in pressure
Terminals sources switching solenoid valve
No. 1 — No. 2: connector?
: Repair poor contact in pressure sources
switching solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
B2M1120

Ω?
: Go to step 10CD6.
solenoid valve.
340
MEMO:
341
2-7 [T10CE0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CE: DTC P1103 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0598
10CE1 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10CE2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
ground. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
: Replace ECM.
B2M0599A

: Go to step 10CE2.
: Go to step 10CE3.
342
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CE5] 2-7
10CE3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10CE5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

AND TCM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. FOREWORD [T3C1].>
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM. : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM tor?
and TCM connector.
Connector & terminal : Replace TCM.
(B84) No. 79 — (B55) No. 16:
B2M0600A

: Go to step 10CE4.
ECM and TCM connector.
10CE4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

AND TCM CONNECTOR.

chassis ground.
B2M0601A

between ECM and TCM connector.
: Go to step 10CE5.
343
2-7 [T10CF0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CF: DTC P1104 — TCS SIGNAL CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No operation TCS
I TCS warning light remains illuminated.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0602
10CF1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM

ECM.

ground.
B2M0603A

: Go to step 10CF2.
344
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CF2] 2-7
10CF2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

AND TCS C/M CONNECTOR.

2) Remove front passenger side seat.
3) Tear off the floor mat.
4) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCS
C/M.
and chassis ground.
B2M0604A

between ECM and TCS C/M connector.
: Replace TCS C/M.
345
2-7 [T10CG0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CG: DTC P1120 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1699
10CG1 : CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER

MOTOR.
NOTE:
I On AT vehicles, place the inhibitor switch in each
position.
I On MT vehicles, depress or release the clutch
pedal.
: Does starter motor operate when
ignition switch to “ON”?
: Repair battery short circuit in starter
motor circuit. After repair, replace ECM.
: Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T8B0].>
346
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CG1] 2-7
MEMO:
347
2-7 [T10CH0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CH: DTC P1121 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT [AT
VEHICLES] —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1700
10CH1 : CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P0705?
: Go to step 10CH2.
348
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CH3] 2-7
10CH2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 10CH3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and trans-
mission harness connector.
B2M0593A
: Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V

in other positions?
B2M0595A
time. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
: Go to step 10CH3. : Repair ground short circuit in harness
between ECM and transmission har-
ness connector.
: Go to step 10CH4.
349
2-7 [T10CH4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CH4 : CHECK TRANSMISSION HAR- 10CH6 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CON-

NESS CONNECTOR. NECTION.
1) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch. : Is there any fault in selector cable
2) Measure resistance of harness between trans- connection to inhibitor switch?
mission harness connector and engine ground. : Repair selector cable connection. <Ref.
Connector & terminal to 3-2 [W3B0].>
(T3) No. 12 — Engine ground: : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
S2M0458A

between transmission harness and
inhibitor switch connector.
: Go to step 10CH5.
10CH5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
except for “N” position.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M1119

other positions?
: Go to step 10CH6.
350
MEMO:
351
2-7 [T10CI0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CI: DTC P1122 — PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE

CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
352
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CI3] 2-7
10CI1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CI3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
ECM. AND PRESSURE SOURCES
SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE
CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sources
switching solenoid valve.
ground.
B2M0596A

: Go to step 10CI3.
: Go to step 10CI2. B2M0596A
10CI2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to between ECM and pressure sources
FOREWORD [T3C1].> switching solenoid valve connector.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- After repair, replace ECM.
tor? : Go to step 10CI4.
: Replace ECM.
353
10CI4 : CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES

SWICTHING SOLENOID VALVE.

2) Measure resistance between pressure sources
switching solenoid valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M1120

solenoid valve and ECM.
: Go to step 10CI5.
10CI5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
354
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CI5] 2-7
MEMO:
355
2-7 [T10CJ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CJ: DTC P1124 — TCS SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No operation TCS
I TCS warning light remains illuminated.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0602
10CJ1 : CHECK IF THE VEHICLE IS 10CJ2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM

EQUIPPED WITH TCS. ECM.
: Is the vehicle equipped with TCS? 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.

: Go to step 10CJ2. 2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
: Go to step 10CJ6.
B2M0603A

: Go to step 10CJ3.
: Go to step 10CJ5.
356
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CJ6] 2-7
10CJ3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10CJ5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND TCS C/M CONNECTOR. AND TCS C/M CONNECTOR.

2) Remove front passenger side seat. 2) Remove front passenger side seat.
3) Tear off the floor mat. 3) Tear off the floor mat.
4) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCS 4) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCS
C/M. C/M.
5) Measure voltage between ECM connector and 5) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
chassis ground. and TCS C/M connector.
(B84) No. 61 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (B84) No. 61 — (P6) No. 4:
B2M0603A B2M0605A

: Repair battery short circuit in harness : Go to step 10CJ6.
between ECM and TCS C/M connector. : Repair harness and connector.
: Go to step 10CJ4. NOTE:
10CJ4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM I Open circuit in harness between ECM and TCS
AND TCS C/M CONNECTOR. C/M connector
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. I Poor contact in TCS C/M connector
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and I Poor contact in S.M.J. connector (B63)
chassis ground.
10CJ6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCS C/M connector. <Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in TCS C/M con-
nector?
: Repair poor contact in TCS C/M con-
nector.
B2M0603A

between ECM and TCS C/M connector.
: Go to step 10CJ8.
357
2-7 [T10CJ7] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CJ7 : CHECK ECM CONNECTOR. 10CJ8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
ground.
B2M0606A

NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM connec-
I Poor contact in engine grounding terminal
: Go to step 10CJ8.
358
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CK1] 2-7
CK: DTC P1141 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1821
10CK1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0102 or P0103?
NOTE:
P1141.
: Replace mass air flow sensor.
359
2-7 [T10CL0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CL: DTC P1142 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
I Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
10CL1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0122 or P0123?
NOTE:
P1142.
360
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CL1] 2-7
MEMO:
361
2-7 [T10CM0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CM: DTC P1143 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM (LOW INPUT) —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0327
362
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CM2] 2-7
10CM1 : CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL. 10CM2 : CHECK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Measure actual atmospheric pressure.

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II 2) Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure
general scan tool to data link connector. signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
: Is the difference between absolute
value of Subaru Selector Monitor
indication and actual atmospheric
OBD0006J pressure greater than 10 kPa (75
mmHg, 2.95 inHg)?
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select : Replace pressure sensor.
4) Start engine. : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
5) Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure returned to a normal condition at this
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen- time. Contact with SOA service.
eral scan tool. NOTE:
NOTE: Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
I Subaru Select Monitor cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
: Is the value less than 32 kPa (240
mmHg, 9.45 inHg)?
: Go to step 10CM3.
: Go to step 10CM2.
363
2-7 [T10CM3] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CM3 : CHECK VACUUM HOSES. 10CM4 : CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES

SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE.
Check the following item. Incorrect hose connec-
tions in line between the pressure sources switch- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ing solenoid valve and pressure sensor, intake 2) Connect test mode connector.
manifold and/or CPC solenoid valve.
OBD0005B
B2M1162D
NOTE:
Pressure sources switching solenoid valve opera-
Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to the
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Does pressure sources switching
solenoid valve produce operating
sound? (ON ←→ OFF each 1.5 sec.)
B2M1163D
solenoid valve.
S2M0225B
: Is there a fault in vacuum hose?

: Repair or replace hoses or filter.
: Go to step 10CM4.
364
MEMO:
365
2-7 [T10CN0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CN: DTC P1144 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1822
366
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CN1] 2-7
10CN1 : CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL.

OBD0006J
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select

4) Start engine.
5) Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
mmHg, 39.29 inHg)?
time. Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
367
2-7 [T10CO0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CO: DTC P1400 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1854
368
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CO3] 2-7
10CO1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CO3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. FUEL TANK PRESSURE CON-
TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND
ECM CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connectors from fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve and ECM.
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector and
chassis ground.
H2M1408B

: Go to step 10CO2.
: Go to step 10CO3. B2M0930A
10CO2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to between ECM and fuel tank pressure
FOREWORD [T3C1].> control solenoid valve connector.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- : Go to step 10CO4.
tor?
NOTE:
369
10CO4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 10CO5 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE

FUEL TANK PRESSURE CON- CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND
ECM CONNECTOR. Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connec-
No. 1 — No. 2:
tor.
(B84) No. 10 — (R68) No. 2:
B2M0929

B2M0931A Ω?
: Go to step 10CO6.
: Is the voltage less than 1 Ω?
: Replace fuel tank pressure control sole-
: Go to step 10CO5. noid valve.
NOTE:
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
R57)
370
10CO6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL

TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.

2) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve and chassis ground.
B2M0932A

: Go to step 10CO7.
NOTE:
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
R57)
10CO7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure control

solenoid valve connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in fuel tank
pressure control solenoid valve con-
nector?
sure control solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
371
2-7 [T10CP0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CP: DTC P1420 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1854
372
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CP3] 2-7
10CP1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CP3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
control solenoid valve.
ground.
H2M1408B

: Go to step 10CP3.
: Go to step 10CP2. H2M1408B
10CP2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

FOREWORD [T3C1].> control solenoid valve connector. After
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- repair, replace ECM.
tor? : Go to step 10CP4.
: Replace ECM.
373
2-7 [T10CP4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CP4 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

2) Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M0929

noid valve and ECM.
: Go to step 10CP5.
10CP5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
374
MEMO:
375
2-7 [T10CQ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CQ: DTC P1421 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1829
10CQ1 : CHECK ENGINE/TRANSMISSION

TYPE.

cc/MT?
to 2-7 [T10DG0].>
: Go to step 10CQ2.
376
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CQ5] 2-7
10CQ2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CQ4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR
ECM. SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-
NECTOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connector from EGR solenoid
Connector & terminal valve.
(B84) No. 71 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
ground.
B2M0566A

: Go to step 10CQ4.
B2M0566A
: Go to step 10CQ3.
10CQ3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Repair battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and EGR solenoid valve
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to connector. After repair, replace ECM.
FOREWORD [T3C1].> : Go to step 10CQ5.
tor? 10CQ5 : CHECK EGR SOLENOID VALVE.
: Replace ECM. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between EGR solenoid
valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S2M0422

: Replace EGR solenoid valve and ECM.
: Go to step 10CQ6.
377
10CQ6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
378
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CQ6] 2-7
MEMO:
379
2-7 [T10CR0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CR: DTC P1422 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE

CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1832
380
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CR3] 2-7
10CR1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CR3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
ground. 2) Disconnect connector from purge control sole-
Connector & terminal noid valve.
ground.
B2M0570A

: Go to step 10CR3.
B2M0570A
: Go to step 10CR2.
10CR2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Repair battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and purge control sole-
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to noid valve connector. After repair,
FOREWORD [T3C1].> replace ECM.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- : Go to step 10CR4.
tor?
: Replace ECM.
381
2-7 [T10CR4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CR4 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-

NOID VALVE.

2) Measure resistance between purge control
solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S2M0424

: Replace purge control solenoid valve
and ECM.
: Go to step 10CR5.
10CR5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
382
MEMO:
383
2-7 [T10CS0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CS: DTC P1423 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL HIGH INPUT [2200 cc AWD EXCEPT TAIWAN SPEC. VEHICLES] —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1833
384
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CS4] 2-7
10CS1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CS3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connector from drain valve.
ground.
H2M1370B

H2M1370B
: Go to step 10CS3.
: Go to step 10CS2.
10CS2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between ECM and drain valve connec-
tor. After repair, replace ECM.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to : Go to step 10CS4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- 10CS4 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE.
tor?
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Replace ECM. 2) Measure resistance between drain valve termi-
nals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S2M0465

: Replace drain valve and ECM.
: Go to step 10CS5.
385
10CS5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
386
MEMO:
387
2-7 [T10CT0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CT: DTC P1423 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL HIGH INPUT [2500 cc MODELS] —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1834
388
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CT3] 2-7
10CT1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CT3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM. VENT CONTROL SOLENOID
ground. 2) Disconnect connector from vent control sole-
Connector & terminal noid valve.
ground.
H2M1370B

: Go to step 10CT3.
H2M1370B
: Go to step 10CT2.
10CT2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Repair battery short circuit in harness
between ECM and vent control solenoid
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to valve connector. After repair, replace
FOREWORD [T3C1].> ECM.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- : Go to step 10CT4.
tor?
: Replace ECM.
389
10CT4 : CHECK VENT CONTROL SOLE-

NOID VALVE.

2) Measure resistance between vent control sole-
noid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S2M0465

: Replace vent control solenoid valve and
ECM.
: Go to step 10CT5.
10CT5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
390
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CT5] 2-7
MEMO:
391
2-7 [T10CU0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CU: DTC P1440 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1854
392
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CU4] 2-7
10CU1 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE 10CU4 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE OR VENT
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Turn ignition switch to ON.

2) Connect test mode connector. NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
OBD0005B

NOTE:
Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve opera-
tion check can also be executed using Subaru B2M1873A
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Does fuel tank pressure control sole-
: Go to step 10CU2.
noid valve.
10CU2 : CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.

B2M0925B

2) Open the fuel flap.
: Is the fuel filler cap tightened : Go to step 10CU5.
securely?
: Tighten fuel filler cap securely. noid valve.
: Go to step 10CU3.
10CU3 : CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE SEAL.
: Is there any damage to the seal

between fuel filler cap and fuel filler
pipe?
: Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel
filler pipe.
: Go to step 10CU4.
393
2-7 [T10CU5] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10CU5 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE- 10CU9 : CHECK OTHER MECHANICAL

NOID VALVE. TROUBLE.
NOTE: : Are there holes, cracks or disconnec-

Purge control solenoid valve operation check can tions of hoses or pipes in evaporative
also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For emission control system?
the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE : Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 : Contact with SOA service.
[T3F0].>
NOTE:
B2M1039B

: Go to step 10CU6.
10CU6 : CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION


: Does fuel leak in fuel line?
: Repair or replace fuel line.
: Go to step 10CU7.
10CU7 : CHECK CANISTER.

: Go to step 10CU8.
10CU8 : CHECK FUEL TANK.

: Go to step 10CU9.
394
MEMO:
395
2-7 [T10CV0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CV: DTC P1441 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1854
396
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CV3] 2-7
10CV1 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE 10CV3 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE OR VENT
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Turn ignition switch to ON.

2) Connect test mode connector. NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
OBD0005B

NOTE:
Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve opera-
tion check can also be executed using Subaru B2M1873A
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Does fuel tank pressure control sole-
: Go to step 10CV2.
noid valve.
10CV2 : CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.

B2M0925B

2) Open the fuel flap.
: Is there any damage at fuel filler cap : Go to step 10CV4.
and fuel filler pipe?
: Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel noid valve.
filler pipe.
: Go to step 10CV3.
397
10CV4 : CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-

NOID VALVE.
NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation check can
[T3F0].>
B2M1039B

: Go to step 10CV5.
10CV5 : CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION


: Go to step 10CV6.
10CV6 : CHECK FUEL TANK.

: Go to step 10CV7.
10CV7 : CHECK OTHER MECHANICAL

TROUBLE.
: Is there clogging of hoses or pipes in

evaporative emission control sys-
tem?
: Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
NOTE:
398
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CW1] 2-7
CW: DTC P1442 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM 2 —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1836
10CW1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0461, P0462 or P0463?
: Inspect DTC P0461, P0462 or P0463
using “10. Diagnostics Chart with
to 2-7 [T1000].>
NOTE:
trouble.
meter unit.
399
2-7 [T10CX0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CX: DTC P1443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL FUNCTION PROBLEM —
I Immediately after fault occurrence
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Improper fuel supply
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1833
10CX1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

: Go to step 10CX2.
400
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CX3] 2-7
10CX2 : CHECK VENT LINE HOSES. 10CX3 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERA-
TION.
I Clogging of vent hoses between canister and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
drain valve 2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
I Clogging of vent hose between drain valve and tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
air filter the side of the center console box.
I Clogging of vent hose between air filter and
junction pipe
I Clogging of junction pipe
I Clogging of air filter
OBD0005B

NOTE:
B2M1875A Drain valve operation check can also be executed
using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
: Is there a fault in vent line? refer to the “COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION
: Repair or replace the faulty part. CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Go to step 10CX3. : Does drain valve produce operating
sound?
NOTE:
401
2-7 [T10CY0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CY: DTC P1507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE) —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1840
10CY1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS- 10CY2 : CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
PLAY.
OBD-II general scan tool indicate 3) Check the following items.
DTC P0505? I Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
: Inspect DTC P0505 using “10. Diagnos- control solenoid valve and throttle body
tics Chart with Trouble Code for LHD I Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
NOTE: solenoid valve by-pass hoses
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC I Disconnections of vacuum hoses
P1507. : Is there a fault in air intake system?
: Go to step 10CY2. : Repair air suction and leaks.
402
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CY2] 2-7
MEMO:
403
2-7 [T10CZ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CZ: DTC P1520 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Radiator fan does not operate properly.
I Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1837
404
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CZ3] 2-7
10CZ1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 10CZ2 : CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN

ECM. RADIATOR FAN RELAY 1 CON-
TROL CIRCUIT.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to 2) Remove main fan relay 1 and sub fan relay 1.
the side of the center console box. (with A/C models)
Remove main fan relay. (without A/C models)
3) Disconnect test mode connector.
ground.
OBD0736A

ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation check can be
executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE B2M0611A
[T3F0].> : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Connector & terminal : Repair battery short circuit in radiator
(B84) No. 74 (+) — Chassis ground: fan relay 1 control circuit. After repair,
replace ECM.
: Go to step 10CZ3.
10CZ3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
B2M0608A
: Does voltage change between 0 and : Replace ECM.
10 volts?
: Go to step 10CZ2.
time. In this case, repair poor contact in
ECM connector.
405
2-7 [T10DA0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DA: DTC P1540 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION 2 —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1839
10DA1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERA-

TION IN COMBINATION METER.

mally?
: Go to step 10DA2.
: Check speedometer and vehicle speed
sensor <Ref. to 6-2b [T3A0].>.
406
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DA3] 2-7
10DA2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10DA3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND COMBINATION METER CON- AND COMBINATION METER CON-
NECTOR. NECTOR.

2) Disconnect connector from TCM. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis connector and chassis ground.
ground.
B2M0574A
B2M0573A

between ECM and combination meter
NOTE: connector.
In this case, repair the following: : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
bination meter connector
: Go to step 10DA3.
407
2-7 [T10DB0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DB: DTC P1700 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION —
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range; excessive shift shock; exces-
sive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1855
10DB1 : CHECK DTC P1700 ON DISPLAY.

DTC P1700?
: Check throttle position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
P1700.
408
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DB1] 2-7
MEMO:
409
2-7 [T10DC0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DC: DTC P1701 — CRUISE CONTROL SET SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
OBD0512
10DC1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM 10DC2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
AND CCM CONNECTOR. AND CCM CONNECTOR.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and CCM. chassis ground.
and CCM connector. (B56) No. 3 — Chassis ground:
(B56) No. 3 — (B94) No. 3:
OBD0515A
OBD0514A : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? TCM and CCM connector.
: Go to step 10DC2. : Go to step 10DC3.
TCM and CCM connector.
410
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DC4] 2-7
10DC3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 10DC4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Connect connector to TCM and CCM. Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
2) Lift-up the vehicle or set the vehicle on free FOREWORD [T3C1].>
rollers.
CAUTION: tor?
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
3) Start the engine. : Replace TCM.
4) Cruise control main switch to ON.
5) TCS OFF switch to ON. (with TCS models only)
6) Move selector lever to “D” and slowly increase
vehicle speed to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
7) Cruise control set switch to ON.
8) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
OBD0513A
: Is the resistance less than 1 V?

: Go to step 10DC4.
: Check cruise control set circuit. <Ref. to
6-2a [T7A0].>
411
2-7 [T10DD0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DD: DTC P1702 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
10DD1 : CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type AT?

: Go to step 10DD2.
to 2-7 [T10DG0].>
412
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DD4] 2-7
10DD2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10DD3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND TCM CONNECTOR. AND TCM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis 2) Disconnect connector from ECM and TCM.
ground. 3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
Connector & terminal and chassis ground.
B2M0615A
B2M0616A
: Go to step 10DD3. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has : Repair ground short circuit in harness
time. : Go to step 10DD4.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: 10DD4 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
I Poor contact in ECM connector ECM.
I Poor contact in TCM connector
1) Connect connector to ECM.
ground.
B2M0615A

: Replace TCM.
: Contact SOA service.
NOTE:
413
2-7 [T10DE0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DE: DTC P1722 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
10DE1 : CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE. 10DE2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

AND TCM CONNECTOR.
: Is transmission type AT?
: Go to step 10DE2. 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
ground.
to 2-7 [T10DG0].>
B2M0615A

After repair, replace ECM.
: Go to step 10DE3.
414
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DE5] 2-7
10DE3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10DE5 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
AND TCM CONNECTOR. ECM.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
chassis ground. ground.
B2M0615A B2M0615A
: Is the voltage more than 4 V? : Does the voltage change from 1 V to

: Go to step 10DE6. 4 V while monitoring the value with
voltage meter?
: Go to step 10DE4.
10DE4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM time.
AND TCM CONNECTOR.
NOTE:
chassis ground.
I Poor contact in TCM connector
Connector & terminal : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
B2M0615A

: Go to step 10DE5.
415
2-7 [T10DE6] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10DE6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM

AND TCM CONNECTOR.

ground.
B2M1164A

: Go to step 10DE7.
ECM and TCM connector.
10DE7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Check TCM power supply line and
grounding line.
416
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DF3] 2-7
DF: DTC P1742 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
10DF1 : CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE. 10DF3 : CHECK ACCESSORY.
: Is transmission type AT? : Are car phone and/or CB installed on

: Go to step 10DF2. vehicle?
: Check AT/MT identification circuit. <Ref. : Repair grounding line of car phone or
to 2-7 [T10DG0].> CB system.
: Replace TCM.
10DF2 : CHECK DRIVING CONDITION.
1) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator

fan makes one complete rotation.
2) Drive the vehicle.
: Is AT shift control functioning prop-
erly?
: Go to step 10DF3.
: Replace TCM.
417
2-7 [T10DG0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
DG: — AT/MT IDENTIFICATION CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION [MT VEHICLES] —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0617
418
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DG2] 2-7
10DG1 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 10DG2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

CONNECTOR AND ENGINE
GROUNDING TERMINAL. Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis tor?
ground.
NOTE:
B2M0618A

NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM connec-
I Poor contact in engine grounding terminal
: Go to step 10DG2.
419
11. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code for RHD Vehicles

A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
DTC
Item Index
No.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11B0].>
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11C0].>
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11D0].>
P0106 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11E0].>
P0107 Pressure sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11F0].>
P0108 Pressure sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11G0].>
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11H0].>
P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11I0].>
P0121 Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11J0].>
P0122 Throttle position sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11K0].>
P0123 Throttle position sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11L0].>
P0125 Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control <Ref. to 2-7
[T11M0].>
P0130 Front oxygen sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11N0].>
P0133 Front oxygen sensor circuit slow response <Ref. to 2-7
[T11O0].>
P0135 Front oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11P0].>
P0136 Rear oxygen sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11Q0].>
P0139 Rear oxygen sensor circuit slow response <Ref. to 2-7
[T11R0].>
P0141 Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11S0].>
P0170 Fuel trim malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11T0].>
P0181 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11U0].>
P0182 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11V0].>
P0183 Fuel temperature sensor A circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11W0].>
[T11X0].>
[T11AB0].>
[T11Y0].>
420
DTC
Item Index
No.
[T11AC0].>
[T11Z0].>
[T11AD0].>
[T11AA0].>
[T11AE0].>
[T11AF0].>
[T11AG0].>
[T11AH0].>
[T11AI0].>
P0325 Knock sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AJ0].>
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AK0].>
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AL0].>
P0340 Camshaft position sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AM0].>
P0341 Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AN0].>
P0400 Exhaust gas recirculation flow malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AO0].>
P0403 Exhaust gas recirculation circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AP0].>
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency below threshold <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AQ0].>
P0440 Evaporative emission control system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AR0].>
P0441 Evaporative emission control system incorrect purge flow <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AS0].>
P0443 Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AT0].>
P0446 Evaporative emission control system vent control low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AU0].>
P0451 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AV0].>
P0452 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AW0].>
P0453 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AX0].>
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AY0].>
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AZ0].>
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BA0].>
421
DTC
Item Index
No.
P0480 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BB0].>
P0483 Cooling fan function problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BC0].>
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BD0].>
P0505 Idle control system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BE0].>
P0506 Idle control system RPM lower than expected <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BF0].>
P0507 Idle control system RPM higher than expected <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BG0].>
P0600 Serial communication link malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BH0].>
P0601 Internal control module memory check sum error <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BI0].>
P0703 Brake switch input malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BJ0].>
P0705 Transmission range sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BK0].>
P0710 Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BL0].>
P0720 Output speed sensor (vehicle speed sensor 1) circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BM0].>
P0725 Engine speed input circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BN0].>
[T11BO0].>
[T11BP0].>
[T11BQ0].>
[T11BR0].>
P0740 Torque converter clutch system malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BS0].>
P0743 Torque converter clutch system electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BT0].>
P0748 Pressure control solenoid electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BU0].>
P0753 Shift solenoid A electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BV0].>
P0758 Shift solenoid B electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BW0].>
P0760 Shift solenoid C malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BX0].>
P0763 Shift solenoid C electrical <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BY0].>
P1100 Starter switch circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BZ0].>
P1101 Neutral position switch circuit high input [AT vehicles] <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CA0].>
P1102 Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CB0].>
422
DTC
Item Index
No.
P1103 Engine torque control signal circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CC0].>
P1120 Starter switch circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CD0].>
P1121 Neutral position switch circuit low input [AT vehicles] <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CE0].>
P1122 Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CF0].>
P1141 Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CG0].>
P1142 Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CH0].>
P1143 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CI0].>
P1144 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CJ0].>
P1400 Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CK0].>
P1420 Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CL0].>
P1421 Exhaust gas recirculation circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CM0].>
P1422 Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CN0].>
P1423 Evaporative emission control system vent control high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CO0].>
P1440 Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (low input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CP0].>
P1441 Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (high input) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CQ0].>
P1442 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem 2 <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CR0].>
P1443 Evaporative emission control system vent control function problem <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CS0].>
P1507 Idle control system malfunction (fail-safe) <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CT0].>
P1520 Cooling fan relay 1 circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CU0].>
P1540 Vehicle speed sensor malfunction 2 <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CV0].>
P1700 Throttle position sensor circuit malfunction for automatic transmission <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CW0].>
P1701 Cruise control set signal circuit malfunction for automatic transmission <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CX0].>
P1702 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit low input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CY0].>
P1722 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit high input <Ref. to 2-7
[T11CZ0].>
P1742 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit malfunction <Ref. to 2-7
[T11DA0].>
423
B: DTC P0101 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
Check mass air flow sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10B0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1149
424
C: DTC P0102 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10C0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1149
425
D: DTC P0103 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10D0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1149
426
E: DTC P0106 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM —
NOTE:
Check pressure sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10E0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
427
F: DTC P0107 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10F0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
428
G: DTC P0108 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10G0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
429
H: DTC P0117 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

INPUT —
NOTE:
Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10H0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0328
430
I: DTC P0118 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

INPUT —
NOTE:
Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10I0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0328
431
2-7 [T11J0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
J: DTC P0121 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
Check throttle position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10J0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
432
K: DTC P0122 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10K0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
433
L: DTC P0123 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10L0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
434
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11M0] 2-7
M: DTC P0125 — INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED

LOOP FUEL CONTROL —
NOTE:
Check insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10M0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0328
435
2-7 [T11N0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
N: DTC P0130 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check front oxygen sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10N0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1857
436
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11O0] 2-7
O: DTC P0133 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE —

NOTE:
Check front oxygen sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10O0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1857
437
P: DTC P0135 — FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check front oxygen sensor heater circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10P0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1858
438
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11Q0] 2-7
Q: DTC P0136 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check rear oxygen sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10Q0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1859
439
2-7 [T11R0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
R: DTC P0139 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE —

NOTE:
Check rear oxygen sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10R0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1859
440
S: DTC P0141 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

—
NOTE:
Check rear oxygen sensor heater circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10S0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1860
441
T: DTC P0170 — FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check fuel trim control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10T0].>
442
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11U1] 2-7
U: DTC P0181 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1015
11U1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0182 or P0183?
RHD Vehicles”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T1100].>
NOTE:
P0181.
443
2-7 [T11V0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
V: DTC P0182 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1015
444
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11V2] 2-7
11V1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 11V2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

G2M0340
B2M0433G
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select 4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. general scan tool to data link connector.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
scan tool.
NOTE:
B2M0433G
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual. 5) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor
: Is the value greater than 150°C or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON.
(300°F)? 6) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
: Go to step 11V2. using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
returned to a normal condition at this NOTE:
time. I Subaru Select Monitor
between fuel pump and ECM connector.
445
W: DTC P0183 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1015
446
11W1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONI- 11W2 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

G2M0340
B2M0433G
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select 4) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch to ON. and chassis ground.
4) Start engine. Connector & terminal
5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
scan tool.
NOTE:
S2M0403A
: Go to step 11W2.
NOTE: between ECM and fuel pump connector.
In this case, repair the following: : Go to step 11W3.
and R57)
447
11W3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL 11W4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
2) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
S2M0403A
S2M0403A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? : Go to step 11W5.
: Repair battery short circuit in harness : Repair harness and connector.
between ECM and fuel pump connector.
NOTE:
: Go to step 11W4. In this case, repair the following:
pump connector
R57)
448
11W5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL

TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.

S2M0404A

NOTE:
pump connector
and R57)
449
2-7 [T11X0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
X: DTC P0261 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #1 —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T11AA0].
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AA0].>
Y: DTC P0264 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #2 —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AA0].>
Z: DTC P0267 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #3 —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AA0].>
AA: DTC P0270 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT - #4 —
NOTE:
Check fuel injector circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AA0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0784
450
AB: DTC P0262 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #1 —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T11AE0].
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AE0].>
AC: DTC P0265 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #2 —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AE0].>
AD: DTC P0268 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #3 —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AE0].>
AE: DTC P0271 — FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT - #4 —
NOTE:
Check fuel injector circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AE0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0784
451
2-7 [T11AF0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AF: DTC P0301 — CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T11AI0].
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AI0].>
AG: DTC P0302 — CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AI0].>
AH: DTC P0303 — CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11AI0].>
AI: DTC P0304 — CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
Check fuel injection control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AI0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1861
452
AJ: DTC P0325 — KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check knock sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AJ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1089
453
AK: DTC P0335 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check crankshaft position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AK0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1294
454
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11AL0] 2-7
AL: DTC P0336 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
Check crankshaft position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AL0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1294
455
AM: DTC P0340 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

—
NOTE:
Check camshaft position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AM0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1055
456
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11AN0] 2-7
AN: DTC P0341 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
Check camshaft position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AN0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1055
457
AO: DTC P0400 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW MALFUNCTION

—
NOTE:
Check exhaust gas recirculation control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0792
458
AP: DTC P0403 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
Check exhaust gas recirculation control solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AP0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0793
459
2-7 [T11AQ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AQ: DTC P0420 — CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD

—
NOTE:
Check catalyst system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AQ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1862
460
AR: DTC P0440 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check evaporative emission control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AR0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1863
461
2-7 [T11AS0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AS: DTC P0441 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

INCORRECT PURGE FLOW —
NOTE:
Check canister purge control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AS0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1864
462
AT: DTC P0443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE

CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
NOTE:
Check purge control solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AT0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1864
463
AU: DTC P0446 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL LOW INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1887
464
11AU1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 11AU3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connectors from drain valve and
Connector & terminal ECM.
(B84) No. 35 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance of harness between drain
valve connector and chassis ground.
H2M1370B

S2M0463A
: Go to step 11AU2.
: Go to step 11AU3.
11AU2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between ECM and drain valve connec-
tor.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. : Go to step 11AU4.
tor?
NOTE:
I Poor contact in drain valve connector
R57)
465
11AU4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11AU6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO

DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC- DRAIN VALVE.
TOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and 2) Measure voltage between drain valve and
drain valve connector. chassis ground.
H2M1371B H2M1241C

: Go to step 11AU5. : Go to step 11AU7.
NOTE:
NOTE:
I Open circuit in harness between ECM and drain In this case, repair the following:
valve connector I Open circuit in harness between main relay and
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and drain valve
R57) I Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
R57)
11AU5 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE. I Poor contact in main relay connector
11AU7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Measure resistance between drain valve terminals.
Terminals Check poor contact in vent control solenoid valve
No. 1 — No. 2:
connector.
: Is there poor contact in drain valve
connector?
: Repair poor contact in drain valve con-
nector.
NOTE:
S2M0465 cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

Ω?
: Go to step 11AU6.
466
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11AV0] 2-7
AV: DTC P0451 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE

SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
NOTE:
Check fuel tank pressure control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10AW0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1865
467
2-7 [T11AW0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AW: DTC P0452 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1865
468
11AW1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT 11AW2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL

chassis ground.
B2M0535A

B2M0433G
: Go to step 11AW4.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Go to step 11AW3.
ON.
6) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor sig- 11AW3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen- TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
eral scan tool.
: Is the value less than −2.8 kPa (−21.0
mmHg, −0.827 inHg)?
: Go to step 11AW2.
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has B2M0535A

time. : Does the voltage change more than
NOTE:
469
11AW4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 11AW6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS.
ground.
2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
rear seat cushion (Wagon).
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank
cord.
H2M1374B

: Go to step 11AW6.
: Go to step 11AW5.
11AW5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- B2M1877A
TOR.)
Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal : Go to step 11AW7.
using Subaru Select Monitor. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE: NOTE:
I Subaru Select Monitor In this case, repair the following:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the I Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY wiring harness connector (R83)
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> I Poor contact in coupling connector (B97)
−2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
: Go to step 11AW6.
470
11AW7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11AW8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. ing harness connector and chassis ground.
and rear wiring harness connector. (R83) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
(B84) No. 20 — (R83) No. 2:
B2M1879A
B2M1878A : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?

: Go to step 11AW9.
: Go to step 11AW8. between ECM and rear wiring harness
: Repair harness and connector. connector (R83).
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: 11AW9 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
wiring harness connector (R83) 1) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B97) 2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
sensor.
(R84) No. 1 — (R47) No. 3:
B2M1880A

: Go to step 11AW10.
471
11AW10 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD. 11AW12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Measure resistance of fuel tank cord. Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
(R84) No. 2 — (R47) No. 1: : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
sure sensor connector.
B2M1881A

11AW11 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank

pressure sensor connector and chassis ground.
B2M1882A

: Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
cord.
472
MEMO:
473
AX: DTC P0453 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1865
474
11AX1 : CONNECT SUBARU SELECT 11AX2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL

ERAL SCAN TOOL AND READ
chassis ground.
B2M0535A

B2M0433G
: Go to step 11AX4.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select : Go to step 11AX3.
ON.
6) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal 11AX3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
scan tool.
mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
: Go to step 11AX2.
B2M0535A

: Replace ECM.
475
11AX4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. 11AX6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
REAR WIRING HARNESS.
ground.
2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
rear seat cushion (Wagon).
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank
cord.
H2M1374B

: Go to step 11AX6.
: Go to step 11AX5.
11AX5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

(USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- B2M1877A
TOR.)
Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal : Go to step 11AX7.
using Subaru Select Monitor. : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE: NOTE:
I Subaru Select Monitor In this case, repair the following:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the I Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY wiring harness connector (R83)
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].> I Poor contact in coupling connector (B97)
−2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
: Go to step 11AX6.
476
11AX7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 11AX8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
REAR WIRING HARNESS. REAR WIRING HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
2) Disconnect connector from ECM. ing harness connector and chassis ground.
and rear wiring harness connector. (B84) No. 20 — (R83) No. 2:
(B84) No. 4 — (R83) No. 4:
B2M1878A
B2M1883A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 11AX9.
: Go to step 11AX8. between ECM and rear wiring harness
: Repair harness and connector. connector (R83).
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following: 11AX9 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
wiring harness connector (R83) 1) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>
I Poor contact in coupling connector (B97) 2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
sensor.
(R84) No. 4 — (R47) No. 2:
B2M1884A

477
11AX10 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD. 11AX12 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

ECM AND FUEL TANK PRES-
SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
(R84) No. 2 — (R47) No. 1:
OFF.
2) Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>
3) Remove fuel tank cord from fuel tank.
4) Connect fuel tank cord to rear wiring harness.
ON.
8) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal
B2M1881A
scan tool.
: Go to step 11AX11. NOTE:
: Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
11AX11 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
: Is there poor contact in fuel tank mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
: Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres- between ECM and fuel tank pressure
sure sensor connector. sensor connector.
: Replace fuel tank pressure sensor. : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
478
AY: DTC P0461 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1866
11AY1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0462 or P0463?
NOTE:
trouble.
meter unit.
479
2-7 [T11AZ0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
AZ: DTC P0462 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1866
11AZ1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND

COMBINATION METER.

operate normally?
: Go to step 11AZ3.
: Go to step 11AZ2.
480
11AZ2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 11AZ3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
COMBINATION METER.
B6M0121

bination meter connector and chassis ground. : Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
Connector & terminal : Go to step 11AZ5.
(i12) No. 1 — Chassis ground: : Go to step 11AZ4.
11AZ4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

TOR.)
Read data of fuel level sensor signal using Subaru

Select Monitor.
NOTE:
B2M0934A For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
: Is resistance less than 5 Ω? FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
: Repair or replace combination meter. : Does the value change less than 0.12
: Repair harness and connector. V by shaking harness and connector
of ECM while monitoring the value
NOTE: with Subaru Select Monitor?
I Open circuit in harness between combination : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
meter connector and grounding terminal : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
I Poor contact in combination meter connector returned to a normal condition at this
I Poor contact in grounding terminal time. A temporary poor contact of the
NOTE:
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (i3, B22,
B97 and R57)
481
11AZ5 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11AZ6 : CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.

ECM, COMBINATION METER AND
FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR. 1) Remove service hole cover located on the left
rear of luggage compartment floor.
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on
the right rear of luggage compartment floor.
G2M0863
2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub meter unit.

G2M0340 3) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
B2M0940A

B2M0940A
between fuel pump and fuel sub meter
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? unit connector.
: Go to step 11AZ6. : Go to step 11AZ7.
: Go to step 11AZ11.
482
11AZ7 : CHECK REAR WIRING HARNESS. 11AZ9 : CHECK REAR WIRING HARNESS.
1) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and Measure resistance of harness between bulkhead
rear wiring harness connector (R15). wiring connector and chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance of harness between fuel Connector & terminal
sub meter unit connector and chassis ground. (B97) No. J2 — Chassis ground:
B2M1022A

: Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank between S.M.J. and ECM connector.
cord.
: Go to step 11AZ8. 11AZ10 : CHECK BULKHEAD WIRING
HARNESS.
11AZ8 : CHECK REAR, BULKHEAD AND
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING 1) Separate bulkhead wiring harness connector
HARNESS. (B38) and instrument panel wiring harness con-
nector (i3).
1) Separate rear wiring harness connector (R1) 2) Measure resistance of harness between bulk-
and bulkhead wiring harness connector (B97). head wiring harness connector and chassis
2) Measure resistance of harness between rear ground.
wiring harness connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B97) No. J2 — Chassis ground:
B2M1022A
B2M0942A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Repair ground short circuit in bulkhead
: Repair ground short circuit in rear wiring wiring harness.
harness. : Repair ground short circuit in instrument
: Go to step 11AZ9. panel wiring harness.
483
11AZ11 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11AZ12 : CHECK COMBINATION METER.

COMBINATION METER AND FUEL
PUMP CONNECTOR. Disconnect speedometer cable from combination
meter and remove combination meter.
1) Connect connector to fuel pump. : Is the fuel meter installation screw
2) Pull out combination meter from instrument tightened securely?
panel. <Ref. to 6-2 [W14A1].>
: Tighten fuel meter installation screw
securely.
11AZ13 : CHECK COMBINATION METER

PRINTED CIRCUIT PLATE.
Remove printed circuit plate assembly from com-

bination meter assembly.
B6M0121
: Is there flaw or burning on printed
circuit plate assembly?
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter. : Replace printed circuit plate assembly.
4) Measure resistance of harness between com- : Replace fuel meter assembly.
bination meter connector and chassis ground.
(i10) No. 3 — Chassis ground:
B2M0945A

NOTE:
meter connector and junction A on rear wiring har-
ness
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (i3 and
B97)
484
MEMO:
485
BA: DTC P0463 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1866
11BA1 : CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND

COMBINATION METER.

operate normally?
: Go to step 11BA3.
: Go to step 11BA2.
486
11BA2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 11BA3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
COMBINATION METER.
B6M0121

bination meter connector and chassis ground. : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
Connector & terminal : Go to step 11BA4.
(i12) No. 1 — Chassis ground: : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
NOTE:
I Poor contact in coupling connector (i3, B22, B97
and R57)
B2M0934A

: Repair or replace combination meter.
NOTE:
meter connector and grounding terminal
I Poor contact in grounding terminal
487
11BA4 : CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR. 11BA5 : CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
SOR.
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on 1) Remove service hole cover located on the left
the right rear of luggage compartment floor. rear of luggage compartment floor.
G2M0340 G2M0863
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump. 2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub meter unit.
4) Measure resistance between connector termi- 3) Measure resistance between connector termi-
nals of fuel pump. nals of fuel sub meter unit.
Terminals Terminals
No. 3 — No. 5: No. 1 — No. 2:
B2M0935 B2M0936
: Replace fuel sending unit. : Replace fuel sub meter unit.
488
11BA6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11BA7 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

FUEL PUMP AND FUEL SUB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
METER UNIT CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
and fuel sub meter unit connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:
(R58) No. 3 — (R59) No. 2:
B2M0938A
B2M0937A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 11BA8.
: Go to step 11BA7. : Repair harness and connector.
fuel pump and fuel sub meter unit con- In this case, repair the following:
nector. I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-
I Poor contact in coupling connectors (R57, B97
and B22)
489
11BA8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM 11BA9 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR. AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1) Connect connector to fuel sub meter unit. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON. 2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
and chassis ground. 4) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
Connector & terminal chassis ground.
(R58) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
B2M0939A
H2M1418B
: Repair harness and connector. : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
NOTE: : Repair harness and connector.
I Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con- In this case, repair the following:
nector and junction A on rear wiring harness I Open circuit in harness between ECM connec-
I Poor contact in fuel sub meter unit connector tor and junction A on rear wiring harness
I Poor contact in fuel pump connector I Poor contact in coupling connector (B97)
I Poor contact in coupling connector (R57) : Repair connector.
: Go to step 11BA9. NOTE:
I Poor contact in fuel sub meter unit
490
BB: DTC P0480 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
Check radiator fan relay 1 circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BC0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1867
491
BC: DTC P0483 — COOLING FAN FUNCTION PROBLEM —

NOTE:
Check radiator fan control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BD0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1868
492
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BD0] 2-7
BD: DTC P0500 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BE0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1839
493
2-7 [T11BE0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BE: DTC P0505 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check idle air control solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BF0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1869
494
BF: DTC P0506 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
—
NOTE:
Check idle air control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BG0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1869
495
2-7 [T11BG0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BG: DTC P0507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
—
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BH0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1869
496
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BH0] 2-7
BH: DTC P0600 — SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check serial communication circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BI0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1870
497
2-7 [T11BI0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BI: DTC P0601 — INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MEMORY CHECK SUM

ERROR —
NOTE:
Check internal control module memory.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BJ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1295
498
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BJ0] 2-7
BJ: DTC P0703 — BRAKE SWITCH INPUT MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check brake switch input signal circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BK0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1871
499
BK: DTC P0705 — TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check inhibitor switch circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BL0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1844
500
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BM0] 2-7
BL: DTC P0710 — TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check automatic transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BM0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0350
BM: DTC P0720 — OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1)

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BN0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1845
501
2-7 [T11BN0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BN: DTC P0725 — ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —

NOTE:
Check engine speed signal input circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BO0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0585
502
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BN0] 2-7
MEMO:
503
2-7 [T11BO0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BO: DTC P0731 — GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO —

NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to 2-7 [T11BR0].
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11BR0].>
BP: DTC P0732 — GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11BR0].>
BQ: DTC P0733 — GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T11BR0].>
BR: DTC P0734 — GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
Check shift change control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BS0].>
504
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BR0] 2-7
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1846
505
2-7 [T11BS0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BS: DTC P0740 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

—
NOTE:
Check torque converter lock-up control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BT0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1847
506
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BU0] 2-7
BT: DTC P0743 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM (DUTY

SOLENOID B) ELECTRICAL —
NOTE:
Check duty solenoid B circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BU0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1848
BU: DTC P0748 — PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID (DUTY SOLENOID A)

ELECTRICAL —
NOTE:
Check duty solenoid A circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BV0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1849
507
2-7 [T11BV0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
BV: DTC P0753 — SHIFT SOLENOID A (SHIFT SOLENOID 1) ELECTRICAL —

NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 1 circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BW0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1850
BW: DTC P0758 — SHIFT SOLENOID B (SHIFT SOLENOID 2) ELECTRICAL

—
NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BX0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1851
508
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BX0] 2-7
BX: DTC P0760 — SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3) MALFUNCTION

—
NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 3 control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BY0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1852
509
BY: DTC P0763 — SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3) ELECTRICAL —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10BZ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1853
510
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11BZ0] 2-7
BZ: DTC P1100 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —

NOTE:
Check starter switch circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CA0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1872
511
2-7 [T11CA0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CA: DTC P1101 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT [AT
VEHICLES] —
NOTE:
Check neutral position switch circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CC0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1700
512
CB: DTC P1102 — PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE

NOTE:
Check pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CD0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
513
CC: DTC P1103 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION —
NOTE:
Check engine torque control signal circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CE0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0598
514
CD: DTC P1120 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

NOTE:
Check starter switch circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CG0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1872
515
2-7 [T11CE0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CE: DTC P1121 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT [AT
VEHICLES] —
NOTE:
Check neutral position switch circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CH0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1700
516
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11CF0] 2-7
CF: DTC P1122 — PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE

NOTE:
Check pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CI0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
517
2-7 [T11CG0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CG: DTC P1141 — MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CK0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1149
518
CH: DTC P1142 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CL0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0540
519
CI: DTC P1143 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CM0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
520
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11CJ0] 2-7
CJ: DTC P1144 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CN0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1856
521
2-7 [T11CK0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CK: DTC P1400 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1154
522
11CK1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 11CK3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

NECTOR.
2) Disconnect connectors from fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve and ECM.
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector and
chassis ground.
H2M1408B

: Go to step 11CK2.
: Go to step 11CK3. B2M0930A
11CK2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

FOREWORD [T3C1].> control solenoid valve connector.
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- : Go to step 11CK4.
tor?
NOTE:
523
2-7 [T11CK4] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
11CK4 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 11CK5 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE

FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
NECTOR. Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
Terminals
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connec-
No. 1 — No. 2:
tor.
(B84) No. 10 — (R68) No. 2:
B2M0929

B2M0931A Ω?
: Go to step 11CK6.
: Is the voltage less than 1 Ω?
: Go to step 11CK5. noid valve.
NOTE:
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
R57)
524
11CK6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL 11CK7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE. Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure control
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
2) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve and chassis ground. : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
pressure control solenoid valve con-
Connector & terminal nector?
sure control solenoid valve connector.
NOTE:
B2M0932A

: Go to step 11CK7.
NOTE:
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
R57)
525
CL: DTC P1420 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1154
526
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11CL3] 2-7
11CL1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 11CL3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

NECTOR.
control solenoid valve.
ground.
H2M1408B

: Go to step 11CL3.
: Go to step 11CL2. H2M1408B
11CL2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

FOREWORD [T3C1].> control solenoid valve connector. After
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- repair, replace ECM.
tor? : Go to step 11CL4.
: Replace ECM.
527
11CL4 : CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE 11CL5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. FOREWORD [T3C1].>
2) Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
tor?
Terminals : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
No. 1 — No. 2:
: Replace ECM.
B2M0929

noid valve and ECM.
: Go to step 11CL5.
528
CM: DTC P1421 — EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT

—
NOTE:
Check exhaust gas recirculation control solenoid valve circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CQ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0793
529
2-7 [T11CN0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CN: DTC P1422 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE

CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
NOTE:
Check canister purge control system.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CR0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1864
530
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11CN0] 2-7
MEMO:
531
CO: DTC P1423 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL HIGH INPUT —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1887
532
11CO1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM 11CO3 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

TOR.
ground. 2) Disconnect connector from drain valve.
ground.
H2M1370B

H2M1370B
: Go to step 11CO3.
: Go to step 11CO2.
11CO2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. between ECM and drain valve connec-
tor. After repair, replace ECM.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to : Go to step 11CO4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connec- 11CO4 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE.
tor?
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Replace ECM. 2) Measure resistance between drain valve termi-
nals.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S2M0465

: Replace drain valve and ECM.
: Go to step 11CO5.
533
11CO5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FOREWORD [T3C1].>
tor?
: Replace ECM.
534
CP: DTC P1440 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CU0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1154
535
CQ: DTC P1441 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CV0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1154
536
CR: DTC P1442 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

PROBLEM 2 —
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1866
11CR1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

DTC P0461, P0462 or P0463?
: Inspect DTC P0461, P0462 or P0463
using “11. Diagnostics Chart with
Trouble Code for RHD Vehicles”. <Ref.
to 2-7 [T1100].>
NOTE:
trouble.
meter unit.
537
CS: DTC P1443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT

CONTROL FUNCTION PROBLEM —
I Immediately after fault occurrence
I TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Improper fuel supply
CAUTION:
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1887
11CS1 : CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-

PLAY.

: Go to step 11CS2.
538
11CS2 : CHECK VENT LINE HOSES. 11CS3 : CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERA-
TION.
I Clogging of vent hoses between canister and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
drain valve 2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
I Clogging of vent hose between drain valve and tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
air filter the side of the center console box.
I Clogging of vent hose between air filter and
junction pipe
I Clogging of junction pipe
I Clogging of air filter
B2M0432F

NOTE:
B2M1875A Drain valve operation check can also be executed
using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
: Is there a fault in vent line? refer to the “COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION
: Repair or replace the faulty part. CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
: Go to step 11CS3. : Does drain valve produce operating
sound?
NOTE:
539
CT: DTC P1507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE) —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CY0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1869
540
CU: DTC P1520 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —

NOTE:
Check radiator fan relay 1 circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10CZ0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1867
541
CV: DTC P1540 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION 2 —

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DA0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1839
542
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11CW0] 2-7
CW: DTC P1700 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

NOTE:
Check throttle position sensor circuit for automatic transmission.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DB0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M1855
543
2-7 [T11CX0] ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
CX: DTC P1701 — CRUISE CONTROL SET SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

NOTE:
Check cruise control set signal circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DC0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
OBD0512
CY: DTC P1702 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

NOTE:
Check automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DD0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
544
ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T11DA0] 2-7
CZ: DTC P1722 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DE0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
DA: DTC P1742 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL

NOTE:
<Ref. to 2-7 [T10DF0].>
I WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0614
545
2-7 ON-BORAD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
MEMO:
546
3-2 [T100] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
1. Supplemental Restraint System “Airbag”
1. Supplemental Restraint 2. Pre-inspection

System “Airbag” A: ATF LEVEL
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the Make sure that ATF level is in the specification.
transmission control module (TCM).
CAUTION:
ing harness when performing diagnostics and
servicing the TCM.
B3M0173A
B: FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL

LEVEL
Make sure that front differential oil level is in the
specification.
B3M0174A
2

System “Airbag” A: ATF LEVEL
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the Make sure that ATF level is in the specification.
transmission control module (TCM).
CAUTION:
ing harness when performing diagnostics and
servicing the TCM.
B3M0173A
B: FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL

LEVEL
Make sure that front differential oil level is in the
specification.
B3M0174A
2
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T2C0] 3-2
2. Pre-inspection
C: OPERATION OF SHIFT
SELECTOR LEVER
WARNING:
Stop the engine while checking operation of
selector lever.
1) Check that selector lever does not move from
“N” to “R” without pushing the button.
“R” to “P” without pushing the button.
“P” to “R” without pushing the button.
“3” to “2” without pushing the button.
G3M0717
3
3-2 [T3A0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL

A: MODULE
B3M0178C
B3M0466B
(1) ECM (3) TCM (4) Data link connector (for Subaru
(2) AT OIL TEMP indicator light (AT select monitor and OBD-II gen-
diagnostic indicator light) eral scan tool)
(5) Diagnosis connector
(6) Diagnosis terminal
4
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T3A0] 3-2
B3M0183E OBD0008F
S3M0056C B3M0445J
S2M0258C
H3M1161F
5
3-2 [T3B0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
B: SENSOR
B3M0178D
B3M0466C
(1) Throttle position sensor (3) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (5) Vehicle speed sensor 1 (AWD)
(2) Dropping resistor (4) Inhibitor switch (6) Vehicle speed sensor 1 (FWD)
6
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T3B0] 3-2
S2M0262B S3M0059A
S3M0058A B2M1043J
B3M0184G B3M0185E
7
3-2 [T3C0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
C: SOLENOID
B3M0187C
(1) Duty solenoid A (4) Solenoid 3 (7) Duty solenoid C (AWD)

(2) Solenoid 2 (5) Duty solenoid B
(3) Solenoid 1 (6) ATF temperature sensor
B3M0188B B2M0464D
B3M0190C
8
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T400] 3-2
4. Schematic
4. Schematic
H3M1275B
(1) Transmission control module (13) “R” range switch (25) AT diagnostics signal
(2) Ignition switch (14) “N” range switch (26) Engine control module
(3) Brake switch (15) “D” range switch (27) ATF temperature sensor
(4) Brake light (16) “3” range switch (28) Vehicle speed sensor 1
(5) Battery (17) “2” range switch (29) Shift solenoid 1
(6) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (18) “1” range switch (30) Shift solenoid 2
(7) FWD indicator light (19) ABS control module (31) Shift solenoid 3
(8) AT OIL TEMP indicator light (20) Data link connector (32) Duty solenoid A
(9) Cruise set switch (21) Throttle position sensor (33) Dropping resistor
(10) Diagnosis switch (22) Engine speed signal (34) Duty solenoid B
(11) FWD switch (23) Mass air flow signal (35) Duty solenoid C
(12) “P” range switch (24) Torque control signal
9
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) I/O Signal
S3M0061A

Connec- Terminal Resistance to
tor No. No. body (ohms)
Back-up power supply B56 14 Ignition switch OFF 10 — 16 —
B54 6 Ignition switch ON (with
Ignition power supply 10 — 16 —
B55 1 engine OFF)
Select lever in “P” range Less than 1
“P” range Select lever in any other
B56 9 —
switch than “P” range (except “N” More than 8
range)
Select lever in “N” range Less than 1
“N” range Select lever in any other
B56 8 —
switch than “N” range (except “P” More than 8
range)
Select lever in “R” range Less than 1
“R” range
B56 10 Select lever in any other —
switch More than 6
than “R” range
Inhibitor switch Select lever in “D” range Less than 1
“D” range
switch More than 6
than “D” range
Select lever in “3” range Less than 1
“3” range
switch More than 6
than “3” range
“2” range
switch More than 6
than “2” range
“1” range
switch More than 6
than “1” range
Brake pedal depressed. More than 10.5
Brake switch B56 7 —
Brake pedal released. Less than 1
ABS switch ON Less than 1
ABS signal B56 5 —
ABS switch OFF More than 6.5
10

Diagnosis connector con-
Less than 1
nected.
Diagnosis switch B56 6 —
Diagnosis connector dis-
More than 6
connected.
Ignition switch ON (With
Less than 1
engine OFF)
AT diagnostic signal B55 12 —
Ignition switch ON (With
More than 10
engine ON)
Throttle fully closed. 0.5±0.2
Throttle position sensor B54 8 —
Throttle fully open. 4.6±0.3
Throttle position sensor power Ignition switch ON (With
B56 19 5.05±0.25 —
supply engine OFF)
ATF temperature 20°C
3.45±0.55 2.1 — 2.9 k
(68°F)
ATF temperature sensor B54 10
ATF temperature 80°C
1.2±0.2 272 — 374
(176°F)
Vehicle stopped. 0
Vehicle speed sensor 1 B54 12 Vehicle speed at least 20 450 — 720
More than 1 (AC range)
km/h (12 MPH)
When vehicle is slowly
Less than 1←→More than
Vehicle speed sensor 2 B56 11 moved at least 2 meters —
9
(7ft).
More than 10.5
engine OFF).
Engine speed signal B54 5 —
8 — 11
engine ON).
When cruise control is set
Less than 1
(SET lamp ON).
Cruise set signal B56 3 —
When cruise control is not
More than 6.5
set (SET lamp OFF).
Torque control signal B55 16 Ignition switch ON 5±1 —
Mass air flow signal B54 9 Engine idling after warm-up 0.5 — 1.2 —
1st or 4th gear More than 9
2nd or 3rd gear Less than 1
1st or 2nd gear More than 9
3rd or 4th gear Less than 1
Select lever in “N” range
Less than 1
Select lever in “D” range
More than 9
engine OFF) after warm- 1.5 — 4.0
up.
Duty solenoid A B55 8 2.0 — 4.5
Throttle fully open (with
engine OFF) after warm- Less than 1
up.
engine OFF) after warm- More than 8.5
up.
Dropping resistor B55 7 12 — 18
Throttle fully open (with
engine OFF) after warm- Less than 1
up.
11

When lock up occurs. More than 8.5
Duty solenoid B B55 5 9 — 17
When lock up is released. Less than 0.5
Fuse on FWD switch More than 8.5
Fuse removed from FWD
Duty solenoid C B55 3 switch (with throttle fully 9 — 17
Less than 0.5
open and with select lever
in 1st gear).
Sensor ground line 1 B54 7 — 0 Less than 1
Sensor ground line 2 B56 20 — 0 Less than 1
System ground line B56 1 — 0 Less than 1
Power system ground line B55 10 — 0 Less than 1
Fuse removed. 6 — 9.1
FWD switch B56 2 —
Fuse installed. Less than 1
12
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board Diagnostics System

A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
EPA0118
13
B: ABNORMAL DISPLAY ON AT OIL tion. If the AT OIL TEMP indicator does not show a
TEMP INDICATOR problem (although a problem is occurring), the
problem can be determined by checking the per-
When any on-board diagnostics item is formance characteristics of each sensor using the
malfunctioning, the display on the AT OIL TEMP select monitor. Indicator signal is as shown in the
indicator lamp blinks immediately after the engine figure.
starts. The malfunctioning part or unit can be deter-
mined by a trouble code during on-board diagnos- WARNING:
tics operation. Problems which occurred previously Warning can be noticed only when the engine
can also be identified through the memory func- is initially started.
H3H1066
14
C: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
S3M0063A
15
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed

A: AT OIL TEMP INDICATOR LIGHT
DIAGNOSIS:
The AT OIL TEMP indicator light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), AT OIL TEMP indicator light does not illuminate.
I When on-board diagnostics is performed, AT OIL TEMP indicator light remains illuminated.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0873
7A1 : CHECK AT OIL TEMP INDICATOR 7A2 : CHECK AT OIL TEMP INDICATOR
LIGHT. LIGHT.
Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). Perform on-board diagnostics. <Ref. to 3-2
: Does AT OIL TEMP indicator light illu- [T6C0].>
minate? : Does AT OIL TEMP indicator light
: Go to step 7A2. blink?
: Go to step 7A3. : A temporary poor contact of the connec-
tor or harness may be the cause. Repair
harness or connector in TCM, inhibitor
switch and combination meter.
: Go to step 7A8.
16
7A3 : CHECK FUSE (NO. 15). 7A5 : CHECK COMBINATION METER.
Remove fuse (No. 15). Measure voltage between combination meter con-
: Is the fuse (No. 15) blown out? nector and chassis ground.
: Replace fuse (No. 15). If replaced fuse Connector & terminal
(No. 15) is blown out easily, repair short (i14) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
circuit in harness between fuse (No. 15)
and combination meter.
: Go to step 7A4.
7A4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN COMBINATION METER
AND IGNITION SWITCH.

2) Remove combination meter. S3M0047B
3) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
4) Measure voltage between combination meter : Is voltage less than 1 V?
connector and chassis ground. : Go to step 7A6.
Connector & terminal : Replace bulb or combination meter.
(i14) No. 11 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
7A6 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HAR-
NESS.

2) Disconnect connector from TCM and combina-
tion meter connector.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
and combination meter.
B3M0874A (B55) No. 12 — (i14) No. 8:

: Go to step 7A5.
combination meter and fuse.
S3M0048B

: Go to step 7A7.
TCM and combination meter, and poor
contact in coupling connector.
17
7A7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 7A9 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Read data of diagnosis switch (hold switch)
2) Connect connector to TCM and combination using Subaru select monitor.
meter. 2) Turn diagnosis switch to ON.
3) Install combination meter. : Does the LED of diagnosis switch
4) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). light up?
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector and : Go to step 7A10.
chassis ground.
: Go to step DIAGNOSIS SWITCH. <Ref.
Connector & terminal to 3-2 [T9Z0].>
7A10 : CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF HAR-
NESS.

2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Remove combination meter.
4) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
between TCM and combination meter.
H3M1393A Connector & terminal/specified resistance
: Even if AT OIL TEMP indicator lights up,
the circuit has returned to a normal con-
dition at this time. A temporary poor con-
tact of the connector or harness may be
the cause. Repair harness or connector
in TCM.
: Replace TCM.
7A8 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. H3M1279A
: Is the resistance less than 1 MΩ?

2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link : Replace TCM.
connector. : Repair short circuit in harness between
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. combination meter connector and TCM
4) Subaru Select Monitor to ON. connector.
5) Read data of range switch using Subaru Select
Monitor.
I Range switch is indicated in ON ⇔ OFF.
: When each range is selected, does
LED of Subaru Select Monitor light
up?
: Go to step 7A9.
: Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to
3-2 [T9T0].>
18
MEMO:
19
B: CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE

WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0875
7B1 : CHECK BACK-UP POWER SUPPLY 7B2 : CHECK FUSE (NO. 14).
CIRCUIT.
Remove fuse (No. 14).
: Is the fuse (No. 14) blown out?
2) Measure back-up power supply voltage
between TCM connector terminal. : Replace fuse (No. 14). If replaced fuse
(No. 14) has blown out easily, repair
Connector & terminal short circuit in harness between fuse
(B56) No. 14 (+) — (B55) No. 10 (−): (No. 14) and TCM.
fuse (No. 14) and TCM, and poor con-
tact in coupling connector.
H3M1377A

: Go to step 7B3.
: Go to step 7B2.
20
7B3 : CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY 7B5 : CHECK FUSE (NO. 16).
CIRCUIT.
Remove fuse (No. 16).
: Is the fuse (No. 16) blown out?
2) Measure ignition power supply voltage between
TCM connector terminal. : Replace fuse (No. 16). If replaced fuse
(No. 16) has blown out easily, repair
Connector & terminal short circuit in harness between fuse
(B54) No. 6 (+) — (B55) No. 10 (−): (No. 16) and TCM.
fuse (No. 16) and TCM, and poor con-
tact in coupling connector.
7B6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.

S3M0080A 2) Disconnect connector from TCM and transmis-
sion.
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? 3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
: Go to step 7B4. and transmission connector.
: Go to step 7B5. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
7B4 : CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT.

2) Measure ignition power supply voltage between
TCM connector terminal.
(B55) No. 1 (+) — No. 10 (−):
H3M1283A

: Go to step 7B7.
TCM and transmission harness connec-
tor.
S3M0081A

: Go to step 7B6.
: Go to step 7B5.
21

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- BETWEEN INHIBITOR SWITCH AND
SION. CHASSIS GROUND.

2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM 2) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch.
and transmission connector. 3) Measure resistance of harness between inhibi-
Connector & terminal tor switch side connector and chassis ground.
(B56) No. 1 — (B11) No. 8: Connector & terminal
(T7) No. 10 — Chassis ground:
H3M1380A
S3M0078A
: Go to step 7B8. : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Go to step 7B9.
TCM and transmission harness connec- : Repair open circuit in harness between
tor. chassis ground and inhibitor side
connector, and poor contact in coupling
connector.
22

BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND
TRANSMISSION GROUND. : Is there poor contact in control mod-
ule power supply and ground line?
1) Drain automatic transmission fluid. : Repair poor contact and ground termi-
2) Remove oil pan. nal.
3) Measure resistance of harness between trans- : Replace TCM.
mission and transmission ground.
(T4) No. 4 — Transmission ground:
G3M0109

: Go to step 7B9.
transmission and transmission ground.
7B10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

TRANSMISSION GROUND.

sion and transmission ground.
H3M1382A

: Go to step 7B11.
transmission and transmission ground.
23
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code

A: LIST OF TROUBLE CODE
1. TROUBLE CODE
Trouble code Item Content of diagnosis Title index No.
Detects open or shorted drive circuit, as well
11 Duty solenoid A <Ref. to 3-2 [T8C0].>
as valve seizure.
12 Duty solenoid B <Ref. to 3-2 [T8D0].>
as valve seizure.
13 Shift solenoid 3 <Ref. to 3-2 [T8E0].>
as valve seizure.
14 Shift solenoid 2 <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>
as valve seizure.
15 Shift solenoid 1 <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
as valve seizure.
21 ATF temperature sensor Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8H0].>
22 Mass air flow signal Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8I0].>
23 Engine speed signal Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>
24 Duty solenoid C <Ref. to 3-2 [T8K0].>
as valve seizure.
25 Torque control signal Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8L0].>
31 Throttle position sensor Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
32 Vehicle speed sensor 1 Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>
33 Vehicle speed sensor 2 Detects open or shorted input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8O0].>
2. HOW TO READ TROUBLE CODE OF INDICATOR LIGHT

The AT OIL TEMP indicator light flashes the code corresponding to the faulty part.
The long segment (1.2 sec on) indicates a “ten”, and the short segment (0.2 sec on) signifies a “one”.
H3M1099B
24
B: CLEAR MEMORY CLEAR MEMORY:

Removal of No. 14 fuse (for at least one
Current trouble codes shown on the display are minute)
cleared by turning the ignition switch OFF after
conducting on-board diagnostics operation. Previ- I The No. 14 fuse is located in the line to the
ous trouble codes, however, cannot be cleared memory back-up power supply of the TCM.
since they are stored in the TCM memory which is Removal of this fuse clears the previous trouble
operating on the back-up power supply. These codes stored in the TCM memory.
trouble codes can be cleared by removing the I Be sure to remove the No. 14 fuse for at least
specified fuse (located under the light or left lower the specified length of time. Otherwise, trouble
position of the instrument panel). codes may not be cleared.
C: TROUBLE CODE 11 — DUTY SOLENOID A —
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid A or resistor is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0366
25
8C1 : CHECK RESISTOR. 8C3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND DROPPING
RESISTOR.
2) Disconnect connector from dropping resistor.
3) Measure resistance between dropping resistor Measure resistance of harness between dropping
terminal. resistor connector and chassis ground.
Terminals Connector & terminal
(B4) No. 1 — No. 2: (B4) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
OBD0432C H3M1376A
: Is the resistance between 9 and 15 : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

Ω? : Go to step 8C4.
: Go to step 8C2. : Repair short circuit in harness between
: Replace dropping resistor. TCM and dropping resistor connector.

BETWEEN TCM AND DROPPING BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND
RESISTOR. DROPPING RESISTOR.
1) Disconnect connector from TCM. 1) Remove air intake chamber.

2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM 2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
connector and dropping resistor connector. 3) Measure resistance of harness between trans-
mission and dropping resistor connector.
(B55) No. 7 — (B4) No. 1: Connector & terminal
(B4) No. 2 — (B11) No. 7:
B3M0196B
H3M1281A

: Go to step 8C3. : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Go to step 8C5.
TCM and dropping resistor connector. : Repair open circuit in harness between
dropping resistor and transmission con-
nector.
26
8C5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8C7 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID A.

DROPPING RESISTOR. Measure resistance between transmission connec-
tor receptacle’s terminals.
Measure resistance of harness between dropping
Terminal
resistor connector and chassis ground.
(T4) No. 7 — No. 4:
H3M1100A
H3M1282A : Is the resistance between 1.5 and 4.5

Ω?
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step 8C8.
dropping resistor and transmission con- 8C8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
nector. BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.
8C6 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID A GROUND
LINE. Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Measure resistance between transmission connec- Connector & terminal
tor and transmission ground. (B55) No. 8 — (B11) No. 7:
OBD0428A
G3M0109 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 8C9.
: Go to step 8C7. TCM and transmission connector.
: Repair open circuit in transmission har-
ness.
27
8C9 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8C11 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI-

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- TOR.
SION.
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni-
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and tor?
transmission connector. : Go to step 8C17.
Connector & terminal : Go to step 8C12.
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
8C12 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
BETWEEN TCM AND CHASSIS
GROUND.

chassis ground.
H3M1283B

: Go to step 8C10.
TCM and transmission connector.

BETWEEN TCM AND CHASSIS H3M1302A
GROUND.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and : Go to step 8C13.
chassis ground.
: Repair short circuit harness between
Connector & terminal TCM and transmission connector.
H3M1284A

: Go to step 8C11.
28
8C13 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8C14 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM. FROM TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM, transmission and Measure voltage between TCM connector termi-
dropping resistor. nal.
2) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission Connector & terminal
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F). (B55) No. 8 (+) — No. 10 (−):
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
perature.
4) Move selector lever to “N”.
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter-
minal.
(B55) No. 8 (+) — No. 10 (−): H3M1285A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V with

throttle fully open?
: Go to step 8C15.
: Go to step 8C19.
8C15 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED

FROM TCM.
H3M1285A
Measure voltage between TCM connector termi-
nal.
with throttle fully closed? Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 7 (+) — No. 10 (−):
: Go to step 8C14.
: Go to step 8C19.
H3M1286A
: Is the voltage more than 8.5 V with

throttle fully closed?
: Go to step 8C16.
: Go to step 8C19.
29
8C16 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8C17 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM. FROM TCM USING SUBARU
SELECT MONITOR.
nal. 1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
Connector & terminal 2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
(B55) No. 7 (+) — No. 10 (−): connector.
S2M0258
H3M1286A

: Is the voltage less than 1 V with tor switch to ON.
throttle fully open? 4) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the ture is above 80°C (176°F).
circuit has returned to a normal condi- NOTE:
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
tact of the connector or harness may be the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
the cause. Repair harness or connector perature.
in TCM.
5) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON
: Go to step 8C19.
(engine OFF).
7) Read data of duty solenoid A using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Line pressure duty is indicated in “%”.
8) Throttle is fully closed.
: Is the value 100%?
: Go to step 8C18.
: Go to step 8C19.
8C18 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED

FROM TCM USING SUBARU
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON (Engine OFF).

2) Throttle is fully open.
: Is the value between 10 and 20%?
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
circuit has returned to a normal condi-
tion at this time. A temporary poor con-
in TCM.
: Go to step 8C19.
30
8C19 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 8C21 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

DUTY SOLENOID A.
: Is there poor contact in duty solenoid
A circuit?
: Repair poor contact. Measure resistance of harness between duty sole-
noid A and transmission connector.
: Replace TCM.
(T4) No. 7 — (AT2) No. 2:
8C20 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID A (IN
TRANSMISSION).
1) Remove transmission connector from bracket.

2) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid
until it cools down.
H3M1289B

: Go to step 8C22.
duty solenoid A and transmission con-
nector.
G3M0297
3) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector

from duty solenoid A.
4) Measure resistance between duty solenoid A
connector and transmission ground.
(AT2) No. 2 — Transmission ground:
H3M1288A

Ω?
: Go to step 8C21.
: Replace duty solenoid A.
31

DUTY SOLENOID A.

sion connector and transmission ground.
H3M1290B

in duty solenoid A and transmission con-
nector.
duty solenoid A and transmission
connector.
32
MEMO:
33
3-2 [T8D0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
D: TROUBLE CODE 12 — DUTY SOLENOID B —

DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid B is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
No “lock-up” (after engine warm-up).
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0365
8D1 : CHECK TROUBLE CODE. 8D2 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B GROUND

LINE.
: Do multiple trouble codes appear in
the on-board diagnostics test mode? 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Go to another trouble code. 2) Remove air intake chamber.
3) Disconnect connector from transmission.
: Go to step 8D2.
4) Measure resistance between transmission con-
nector receptacle’s terminals.
G3M0109

: Go to step 8D3.
ness.
34
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8D6] 3-2
8D3 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B. 8D5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SION.
Measure resistance between transmission connec-
tor receptacle’s terminals.
TCM and transmission.
(T4) No. 6 — No. 4:
(B55) No. 5 — (B11) No. 6:
H3M1101A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? H3M1292A
: Go to step 8D4.
: Go to step 8D14.
: Go to step 8D6.
8D4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- TCM and transmission connector.
SION.
8D6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1) Disconnect connector from TCM. BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM SION.
and transmission connector.
TCM and chassis ground.
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
H3M1283B
: Is the resistance than 1 Ω? H3M1293A
: Go to step 8D5.
TCM and transmission connector. : Go to step 8D7.
35
8D7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8D9 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- FROM TCM.
SION.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
Measure resistance of harness connector between 2) Install air intake chamber.
TCM and chassis ground. 3) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
Connector & terminal CAUTION:
(B55) No. 10 — Chassis ground: On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
4) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
perature.
vehicle speed to 75 km/h (47 m/h). Wheels will
lock-up.
H3M1302A
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear
: Go to step 8D8. indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno-
: Repair short circuit in harness between sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
TCM and transmission connector. procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
8D8 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI- 6) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter-
TOR. minals.
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni- (B55) No. 5 (+) — No. 10 (−):
tor?
: Go to step 8D11.
: Go to step 8D9.
OBD0607A

: Go to step 8D10.
: Go to step 8D13.
36
8D10 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8D11 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Return the engine to idling speed and move
selector lever to “N”. 1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
2) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- 2) Install air intake chamber.
minals. 3) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
(B55) No. 5 (+) — No. 10 (−): On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
connector.
OBD0607A
: Is the voltage less than 0.5 V? S2M0258

circuit has returned to a normal condi- 5) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Moni-
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- tor switch to ON.
tact of the connector or harness may be 6) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission
the cause. Repair harness or connector until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F).
in TCM. NOTE:
: Go to step 8D13. If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
perature.
7) Read data of duty solenoid B using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Lock-up duty is indicated in “%”.
vehicle speed to 75 km/h (47 m/h). Wheels will
lock-up.
NOTE:
indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno-
sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
: Is the value 95%?
: Go to step 8D12.
: Go to step 8D13.
37
8D12 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8D14 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B (IN
FROM TCM USING SUBARU TRANSMISSION).
SELECT MONITOR.
Return the engine to idling speed and move selec- 2) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
tor lever to “N”. CAUTION:
NOTE: Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid
The speed difference between front and rear until it cools down.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
: Is the value 5%?
tact of the connector or harness may be G3M0297
in TCM. 3) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector
: Go to step 8D13. from duty solenoid B.
4) Measure resistance between duty solenoid B
8D13 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
B circuit?
: Replace TCM.
H3M1295A

Ω?
: Go to step 8D15.
: Replace duty solenoid B.
38
8D15 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8D16 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN DUTY SOLENOID B AND BETWEEN DUTY SOLENOID B AND
TRANSMISSION. TRANSMISSION.
Measure resistance of harness between duty sole- Measure resistance of harness between transmis-
noid B and transmission connector. sion connector and transmission ground.
(T4) No. 6 — (AT3) No. 1: (T4) No. 6 — Transmission ground:
H3M1296A H3M1297A

: Go to step 8D16. : Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
: Repair open circuit in harness between circuit has returned to a normal condi-
in duty solenoid B and transmission.
39
3-2 [T8E0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
E: TROUBLE CODE 13 — SHIFT SOLENOID 3 —

DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 3 is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Ineffective engine brake with shift lever in “3”.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0370
8E1 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3 GROUND 8E2 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3.

LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. tor terminals.
2) Remove air intake chamber. Connector & terminal
3) Disconnect connector from transmission. (T4) No. 1 — No. 4:
nector and transmission ground.
H3M1102A

Ω?
G3M0109
: Go to step 8E3.
: Go to step 8E10.
: Go to step 8E2.
ness.
40
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8E6] 3-2
8E3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8E5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION. SION.
1) Disconnect connector from TCM. Measure resistance of harness between TCM con-
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM nector and transmission ground.
and transmission connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 15 — (B11) No. 1:
H3M1301A
H3M1299A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8E6.
: Go to step 8E4. : Repair short circuit in harness between
: Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission connector.
8E6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8E4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- SION.
SION.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM con-
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and nector and transmission ground.
transmission connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
H3M1302A
H3M1283A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8E7.
: Go to step 8E5. : Repair short circuit in harness between
41
8E7 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8E8 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM. FROM TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission. 1) Move selector lever to “D”, and slowly increase
2) Install air intake chamber. vehicle speed to 65 km/h (41 m/h).
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with NOTE:
safety stand. The speed difference between front and rear
CAUTION: wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno-
4) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F). procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive 2) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter-
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem- minals.
perature. Connector & terminal
5) Move selector lever to “2”, and slowly increase (B55) No. 15 (+) — No. 10 (−):
vehicle speed to 35 km/h (22 m/h).
NOTE:
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
minals. B3M0381A

(B55) No. 15 (+) — No. 10 (−):
the cause. Repair harness or contact in
the TCM.
: Go to step 8E9.
8E9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

B3M0381A
: Is there poor contact in shift solenoid
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? 3 circuit?
: Go to step 8E8. : Repair poor contact.
: Go to step 8E9. : Replace TCM.
42
8E10 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3 (IN 8E11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

TRANSMISSION). BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 3 AND
TRANSMISSION.
2) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with Measure resistance of harness between shift sole-
safety stand. noid 3 and transmission connector.
CAUTION: Connector & terminal
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. (AT5) No. 2 — (T4) No. 1:
CAUTION:
H3M1304A

: Go to step 8E12.
G3M0297
shift solenoid 3 and transmission con-
4) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector nector.
from shift solenoid 3.
5) Measure resistance between shift solenoid 3
H3M1288B

Ω?
: Go to step 8E11.
: Replace shift solenoid assembly.
43
8E12 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 3 AND
TRANSMISSION.
Measure resistance of harness between shift sole-

noid 3 connector and transmission ground.
H3M1305A

in shift solenoid 3 and transmission.
44
MEMO:
45
3-2 [T8F0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
F: TROUBLE CODE 14 — SHIFT SOLENOID 2 —

DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Does not shift.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0368
8F1 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2 GROUND 8F2 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2.

LINE.
H3M1103A

Ω?
G3M0109
: Go to step 8F3.
: Go to step 8F9.
: Go to step 8F2.
ness.
46
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8F6] 3-2
8F3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8F5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SION. SION.
and shift solenoid 2 connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 13 — (B11) No. 2:
H3M1310A
H3M1307A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8F6.
: Go to step 8F4. : Repair short circuit in harness between
8F6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8F4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and nector and transmission ground.
shift solenoid 2 connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
H3M1302A
H3M1308A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8F7.
: Go to step 8F5. : Repair short circuit in harness between
47
3-2 [T8F7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8F7 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8F8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FROM TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission. 2 circuit?
2) Install air intake chamber. : Repair poor contact.
: Replace TCM.
safety stand.
CAUTION:
8F9 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2 (IN
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. TRANSMISSION).
4) Start the engine, and warm-up the transmission
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F). 1) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
NOTE: 2) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive CAUTION:
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem- Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid
perature. until it cools down.
5) Move selector lever to “D”, and slowly increase
NOTE:
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
6) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- G3M0297
minals.
(B55) No. 13 (+) — No. 10 (−):
OBD0445A
: Is the voltage 9 V → 1 V?
H3M1311A
tact of the connector or harness may be : Is the resistance between 20 and 32
the cause. Repair harness or contact in Ω?
the TCM. : Go to step 8F10.
: Go to step 8F8. : Replace shift solenoid assembly.
48
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8F11] 3-2
8F10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8F11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 2 AND BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 2 AND
Measure resistance of harness between shift sole- Measure resistance of harness between shift sole-
noid 2 and transmission connector. noid 2 connector and transmission ground.
(AT2) No. 1 — (T4) No. 2: (T4) No. 2 — Transmission ground:
H3M1312A H3M1313A

: Go to step 8F11. : Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
shift solenoid 2 and transmission con-
nector.
the TCM.
49
3-2 [T8G0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
G: TROUBLE CODE 15 — SHIFT SOLENOID 1 —

DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Does not shift.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0367
8G1 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1 8G2 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1.

GROUND LINE.
H3M1104A

Ω?
G3M0109
: Go to step 8G3.
: Go to step 8G9.
: Go to step 8G2.
ness.
50
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8G6] 3-2
8G3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8G5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SION. SION.
and shift solenoid 1 connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 14 — (B11) No. 3:
H3M1316A
H3M1315A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8G6.
: Go to step 8G4. : Repair short circuit in harness between
8G6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8G4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.
Measure resistance of harness TCM connector
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and and transmission ground.
shift solenoid 1 connector. Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
H3M1302A
H3M1283A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8G7.
: Go to step 8G5. : Repair short circuit in harness between
51
8G7 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8G8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FROM TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission. 1 circuit?
2) Install air intake chamber. : Repair poor contact.
: Replace TCM.
safety stand.
CAUTION:
8G9 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (IN
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. TRANSMISSION).
4) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F). 1) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
NOTE: 2) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with
If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive safety stand.
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem- CAUTION:
perature. On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
5) Move selector lever to “D”, and slowly increase 3) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
NOTE: Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid
The speed difference between front and rear until it cools down.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
minals.
(B55) No. 14 (+) — No. 10 (−):
G3M0297

H3M1317A
: Is the voltage 1 V → 9 V?
H3M1311A
in the TCM.
: Go to step 8G8. : Is the resistance between 20 and 32
Ω?
: Go to step 8G10.
: Replace shift solenoid assembly.
52
8G10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8G11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 1 AND BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 1 AND
Measure resistance of harness between shift sole- Measure resistance of harness between shift sole-
noid 1 and transmission connector. noid 1 connector and transmission ground.
(AT5) No. 1 — (T4) No. 3: (T4) No. 3 — Transmission ground:
H3M1319A H3M1320A

: Go to step 8G11. : Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
in shift solenoid 1 and transmission.
53
3-2 [T8H0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
H: TROUBLE CODE 21 — ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR —

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TCM to ATF temperature sensor is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0350
8H1 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8H2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND ATF TEMPERA- BETWEEN TCM AND ATF TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR. TURE SENSOR.
2) Remove air intake chamber. transmission connector.
3) Disconnect connector from transmission and Connector & terminal
TCM. (B56) No. 20 — (B11) No. 12:
and transmission connector.
(B54) No. 10 — (B11) No. 5:
H3M1324A

: Go to step 8H3.
H3M1323A
: Go to step 8H2.
54
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8H5] 3-2
8H3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8H5 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-

BETWEEN TCM AND ATF TEMPERA- SOR.
TURE SENSOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM con- 2) Connect connectors to transmission and TCM.
nector and transmission ground. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON and start engine.
Connector & terminal 4) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
(B54) No. 10 — Chassis ground: ture reaches to 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
perature.
nector terminals.
(B11) No. 12 — No. 5:
H3M1325A

: Go to step 8H4.
8H4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND ATF TEMPERA- H3M1322A
TURE SENSOR.
: Is the resistance between 272 and
Measure resistance of harness between TCM con- 374 Ω?
nector and transmission ground. : Go to step 8H6.
Connector & terminal : Go to step 8H13.
H3M1326A

: Go to step 8H5.
55
8H6 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN- 8H8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
SOR.
1) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
1) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). ture is about 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
nector terminals.
Connector & terminal the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
(B11) No. 12 — No. 5: perature.
minal.
(B54) No. 10 (+) — (B56) No. 20 (−):
H3M1322A
: Does the resistance value increase

while the ATF temperature
decreases?
OBD0384A
: Go to step 8H7.
: Go to step 8H13. : Is the voltage between 2.9 and 4.0 V?
: Go to step 8H9.
8H7 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI-
: Go to step 8H12.
TOR.

tor?
: Go to step 8H10.
: Go to step 8H8.
56
8H9 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 8H10 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.
2) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
minal. 2) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
Connector & terminal 3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
(B54) No. 10 (+) — (B56) No. 20 (−): connector.
S2M0258
OBD0384A

: Is the voltage between 1.0 and 1.4 V? tor switch to ON.
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the 5) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
circuit has returned to a normal condi- ture is above 80°C (176°F).
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- NOTE:
tact of the connector or harness may be If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
the cause. Repair harness or contact in the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
the TCM. perature.
: Go to step 8H12.
6) Read data of ATF temperature using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I ATF temperature is indicated in “°F” or “°C”.
: Is the ATF temperature between 70
and 110°C (158 and 230°F).
: Go to step 8H11.
: Go to step 8H12.
8H11 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM

Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).

: Does the ATF temperature gradually
decrease?
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” light up, the cir-
cuit has returned to a normal condition
at this time. Temporary poor contact of
the connector or harness may be the
case. Repair harness or contact in the
ATF temperature sensor and transmis-
sion connector.
: Go to step 8H12.
57
8H12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 8H13 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-

SOR (IN TRANSMISSION).
: Is there poor contact in ATF tempera-
ture sensor circuit? 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Repair poor contact. 2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
: Replace TCM.
4) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
G3M0297

from ATF temperature sensor connector.
7) Measure resistance between ATF temperature
sensor connector and transmission ground.
H3M1327A

Ω?
: Go to step 8H14.
: Replace ATF temperature sensor.
58
8H14 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8H16 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR. ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from transmission. Measure resistance of harness between transmis-

2) Measure resistance of harness between ATF sion connector and transmission ground.
temperature sensor and transmission connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (T4) No. 5 — Transmission ground:
(T4) No. 12 — (AT1) No. 1:
H3M1330A
H3M1328A
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8H17.
: Go to step 8H15. : Repair short circuit in harness between
: Repair open circuit in harness between ATF temperature sensor and transmis-
ATF temperature sensor and transmission connector.
sion connector.

ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ATF tem-

perature sensor and transmission connector.
(T4) No. 5 — (AT1) No. 2:
H3M1329A

: Go to step 8H16.
sion connector.
59

ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

H3M1331A

the ATF temperature sensor and trans-
mission connector.
sion connector.
60
MEMO:
61
3-2 [T8I0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
I: TROUBLE CODE 22 — MASS AIR FLOW SIGNAL —

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TCM from ECM is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
H3M1413
8I1 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8I2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND ECM. BETWEEN TCM AND ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between TCM con-
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and ECM. nector and chassis ground.
and ECM connector. (B54) No. 9 — Chassis ground:
(B54) No. 9 — (B84) No. 47:
B3M0224B
B3M0476A : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

: Go to step 8I3.
: Go to step 8I2. TCM and ECM connector.
TCM and ECM connector.
62
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8I6] 3-2
8I3 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI- 8I5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
TOR. USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR.
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni- 1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.
tor? 2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Go to step 8I5. 3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
connector.
: Go to step 8I4.
8I4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.

2) Start the engine, and warm-up the transmission
until ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem- S2M0258
perature.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select moni-
3) Engine idling. tor switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between TCM connectors. 5) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem-
Connector & terminal perature is above 80°C (176°F).
(B54) No. 9 (+) — No. 7 (−): 6) Engine idling.
7) Read data of mass air flow signal using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Display shows mass air flow signal value sent
from ECM.
: Is the value between 0.5 and 1.2 V?
H3M1334A in the TCM and ECM.
: Go to step 8I6.
: Is the voltage between 0.5 and 1.2 V?
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the 8I6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
: Is there poor contact in mass air flow
tact of the connector or harness may be signal circuit?
in the TCM and ECM. : Repair poor contact.
: Go to step 8I6. : Replace TCM.
63
3-2 [T8J0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
J: TROUBLE CODE 23 — ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL —

DIAGNOSIS:
Engine speed input signal circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I No lock-up (after engine warm-up).
I AT OIL TEMP indicator remains on when vehicle speed is “0”.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B2M0585
8J1 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8J2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

(B54) No. 5 — (B84) No. 64:
OBD0410A

: Go to step 8J3.
: Go to step 8J2. TCM and ECM connector.
64
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8J7] 3-2
8J3 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI- 8J5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni- 1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.
tor? 2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
: Go to step 8J5. connector.
: Go to step 8J4.
8J4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.

3) Measure voltage between TCM connectors.
(B54) No. 5 (+) — (B55) No. 10 (−): S2M0258

tor switch to ON.
4) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem-
perature is above 80°C (176°F).
5) Engine idling.
6) Read data of engine speed using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Display shows engine speed signal value sent
from ECM.
H3M1337A
: Is the revolution value the same as
the tachometer reading shown on the
: Is the voltage more than 10.5 V? combination meter?
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the : Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
circuit has returned to a normal condi- circuit has returned to a normal condi-
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- tion at this time. A temporary poor con-
tact of the connector or harness may be tact of the connector or harness may be
the cause. Repair harness or connector the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM and ECM. in the TCM and ECM.
: Go to step 8J6. : Go to step 8J6.
8J6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
: Is there poor contact in engine speed

signal circuit?
: Go to step 8J7.
8J7 : CONFIRM TROUBLE CODE 23.
: Replace ECM with a new one. Does

the trouble code appear again, after
the memory has been cleared?
: Replace TCM.
: Replace ECM.
65
3-2 [T8K0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
K: TROUBLE CODE 24 — DUTY SOLENOID C —

DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid C is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive “braking” in tight corners.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S3M0079
66
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8K4] 3-2
8K1 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C GROUND 8K3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

LINE. BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.
2) Remove air intake chamber. 1) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Disconnect connector from transmission. 2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
4) Measure resistance between transmission con- and transmission connector.
nector and transmission ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B55) No. 3 — (B11) No. 11:
B3M0230B
G3M0109
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 8K4.
: Go to step 8K2. : Repair open circuit in harness between
: Repair open circuit in transmission har- TCM and transmission connector.
ness.
8K4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8K2 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C. BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS-
SION.
tor and transmission terminals. Measure resistance harness connector between
(T4) No. 11 — No. 4: Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 10 — (B11) No. 4:
H3M1105A
H3M1283A

Ω? : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
: Go to step 8K3. : Go to step 8K5.
: Go to step 8K13. : Repair open circuit in harness between
67
8K5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8K7 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI-

BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMIS- TOR.
SION.
Measure resistance harness connector between tor?
TCM and chassis ground. : Go to step 8K10.
Connector & terminal : Go to step 8K8.
8K8 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM.

2) Install air intake chamber.
4) Throttle is fully closed.
minals.
H3M1339A Connector & terminal
(B55) No. 3 (+) — No. 10 (−):
: Go to step 8K6.

SION.
Measure resistance harness connector between H3M1340A

TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal : Is the voltage less than 1 V in “P”
(B55) No. 10 — Chassis ground: range?
: Go to step 8K9.
: Go to step 8K12.
H3M1302A

: Go to step 8K7.
68
8K9 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8K10 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
SELECT MONITOR.
nals. 1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
Connector & terminal 2) Install air intake chamber.
(B55) No. 3 (+) — No. 10 (−): 3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
connector.
H3M1340A
S2M0258
: Is the voltage between 5 and 7 V in 4) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
“D” range? turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the 5) Move selector lever to “D” with throttle fully
circuit has returned to a normal condi- open (vehicle speed 0 km/h or 0 m/h).
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- 6) Read data of duty solenoid C using Subaru
tact of the connector or harness may be Select Monitor.
the cause. Repair harness or connector I Duty solenoid C is indicated in “%”.
in the duty solenoid C and TCM connec- : Is the value between 5 and 10%?
tor. : Go to step 8K11.
: Go to step 8K12. : Go to step 8K12.

FROM TCM USING SUBARU
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Set FWD mode.

2) Throttle fully closed.
: Is the value 95%?
in the duty solenoid C and TCM connec-
tor.
: Go to step 8K12.
8K12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

C circuit?
: Replace TCM.
69
8K13 : CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C (IN 8K14 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

TRANSMISSION). BETWEEN DUTY SOLENOID C AND
TRANSMISSION.
CAUTION: Measure resistance of harness between duty sole-
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground. noid C and transmission connector.

(T4) No. 11 — (AT4) No. 1:
CAUTION:
3) Remove extension case, and disconnect con-
nector from duty solenoid C.
<Ref. to 3-2 [W6A0].>
H3M1343A

: Go to step 8K15.
duty solenoid C and transmission con-
G3M0309
nector.
4) Measure resistance between duty solenoid C
H3M1295B

Ω?
: Go to step 8K14.
: Replace duty solenoid C.
70

BETWEEN DUTY SOLENOID C AND
TRANSMISSION.

H3M1344A

the duty solenoid C and transmission
connector.
duty solenoid C and transmission con-
nector.
71
3-2 [T8L0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
L: TROUBLE CODE 25 — TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL —

DIAGNOSIS:
I Torque control signal is not emitted from TCM.
I The signal circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0373
8L1 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8L2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

(B55) No. 16 — (B84) No. 79:
B3M0235B

: Go to step 8L3.
: Go to step 8L2. TCM and ECM connector.
72
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8L5] 3-2
8L3 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 8L4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FROM TCM.
: Is there poor contact in torque con-
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM. trol signal circuit?
2) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). : Repair poor contact.
minals. : Go to step 8L5.
(B55) No. 16 (+) — No. 10 (−): 8L5 : CONFIRM TROUBLE CODE 25.
: Replace ECM with a new one. Does

the trouble code appear again, after
the memory has been cleared?
: Replace TCM.
: Replace ECM.
H3M1347A
: Is the voltage between 4 and 6 V?

in the TCM and ECM.
: Go to step 8L4.
73
3-2 [T8M0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
M: TROUBLE CODE 31 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR —

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of throttle position sensor is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range: excessive shift shock; excessive tight
corner “braking”.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
S2M0377
74
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8M4] 3-2
8M1 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN- 8M3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SOR. BETWEEN TCM AND THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR.
2) Remove air intake chamber. 1) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Disconnect connector from throttle position 2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
sensor. and throttle position sensor connector.
4) Measure resistance between throttle position Connector & terminal
sensor connector receptacle’s terminals. (B54) No. 8 — (E13) No. 2:
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
H3M1351A
H3M1349 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 8M4.
: Is the resistance between 0.3 and 0.7 : Repair open circuit in harness between
kΩ? TCM and throttle position sensor con-
: Go to step 8M2. nector.
8M4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8M2 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN- BETWEEN TCM AND THROTTLE
SOR. POSITION SENSOR.
Measure resistance between throttle position sen- Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
sor connector receptacle’s terminals. throttle position sensor connector.
Terminals Connector & terminal
No. 1 — No. 3: (B56) No. 19 — (E13) No. 3:
H3M1350 H3M1352A
: Is the resistance between 3.5 and 6.5 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
kΩ? : Go to step 8M5.
: Go to step 8M3. : Repair open circuit in harness between
: Replace throttle position sensor. TCM and throttle position sensor con-
nector.
75
8M5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8M7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND THROTTLE BETWEEN TCM AND ECM.
POSITION SENSOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM con- 2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
nector and chassis ground. and ECM connector.
(B54) No. 8 — Chassis ground: (B54) No. 8 — (B84) No. 6:
H3M1353A H3M1355A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 8M6. : Go to step 8M8.
: Repair short circuit in harness between : Repair open circuit in harness between
TCM and throttle position sensor con- TCM and ECM connector.
nector.
8M8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
8M6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND ECM.
BETWEEN TCM AND THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR. Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
ECM connector.
(B56) No. 19 — (B84) No. 21:
H3M1356A
H3M1354A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Go to step 8M9.
: Go to step 8M7. TCM and ECM connector.
TCM and throttle position sensor con-
nector.
76
8M9 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI- 8M11 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
TOR.
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni- nals.
tor? Connector & terminal
: Go to step 8M12. (B54) No. 8 (+) — No. 7 (−):
: Go to step 8M10.
8M10 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM, throttle position

sensor and ECM.
minals. OBD0503A

(B54) No. 8 (+) — No. 7 (−): : Is the voltage between 4.3 and 4.9 V
with throttle fully open?
: Go to step 8M14.
: Go to step 8M16.
8M12 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM

USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-
TOR.
1) Connect connectors to TCM, throttle position

OBD0503A
sensor and ECM.
: Is the voltage between 0.3 and 0.7 V connector.
in throttle fully closed?
: Go to step 8M11.
: Go to step 8M16.
S2M0258

5) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
6) Throttle fully closed.
7) Read data of throttle position sensor using
Subaru Select Monitor.
I Throttle position sensor input signal is indicated.
: Is the value voltage between 0.3 and
0.7 V?
: Go to step 8M13.
: Go to step 8M16.
77
8M13 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 8M15 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
USING SUBARU SELECT MONI- USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
TOR. (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
POWER SUPPLY).
Throttle fully open.
Read data of throttle position sensor power supply
NOTE:
Must be changed correspondingly with accelerator I Throttle position sensor power supply voltage is
pedal operation (from “released” to “depressed” indicated.
position).
: Is the value voltage between 5.02 and
: Is the value voltage between 4.3 and 5.22 V?
4.9 V ?
: Go to step 8M14. circuit has returned to a normal condi-
: Go to step 8M16. tion at this time. A temporary poor con-
8M14 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
in throttle position sensor circuit.
(THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
POWER SUPPLY). : Go to step 8M16.
Measure voltage between TCM connector termi- 8M16 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
nals.
Connector & terminal : Is there poor contact in throttle posi-
(B56) No. 19 (+) — (B84) No. 21 (−): tion sensor circuit?
: Replace TCM.
H3M1358A
: Is the voltage between 5.02 and 5.22

V?
in throttle position sensor circuit.
: Go to step 8M16.
78
MEMO:
79
3-2 [T8N0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
N: TROUBLE CODE 32 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 —

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TCM is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
No lock-up or excessive tight corner “braking”.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0412
8N1 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1. 8N2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SION.
2) Remove air intake chamber.
3) Disconnect connector from transmission. 1) Disconnect connector from TCM.
4) Measure resistance between transmission con- 2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
nector receptacle’s terminals. and transmission connector.
(T4) No. 16 — No. 9: (B54) No. 12 — (B11) No. 16:
H3M1106A H3M1360A
: Is the resistance between 450 and : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

720 Ω? : Go to step 8N3.
: Go to step 8N2. : Repair open circuit in harness between
: Replace vehicle speed sensor 1. TCM and transmission connector.
80
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8N7] 3-2
8N3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8N5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SION. SION.
transmission connector. transmission connector.
H3M1361A H3M1363A

: Go to step 8N4. : Go to step 8N6.
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Repair short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission connector. TCM and transmission connector.
8N4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8N6 : PREPARE OSCILLOSCOPE.

SION. : Do you have oscilloscope?
: Go to step 8N10.
: Go to step 8N7.
transmission connector.
8N7 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI-
TOR.

tor?
: Go to step 8N9.
: Go to step 8N8.
H3M1362A

: Go to step 8N5.
81
8N8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 8N9 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
2) Install air intake chamber. 1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety 2) Install air intake chamber.
stands. 3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
connector.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off floor.
4) Start the engine and set vehicle in 20 km/h (12
m/h) condition.
NOTE:
to 4-4 [T6D2].> S2M0258
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- 4) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety
minals. stands.
(B54) No. 12 (+) — No. 7 (−): On AWD models, raise all wheels off floor.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and turn Subaru
Select Monitor switch to ON.
7) Read data of vehicle speed using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Compare speedometer with Subaru Select
Monitor indications.
I Vehicle speed is indicated in “km/h” or “MPH”.
8) Slowly increase vehicle speed to 60 km/h or 37
MPH.
OBD0396A
NOTE:
: Is the voltage more than AC 1 V? The speed difference between front and rear
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
in the TCM and transmission. : Does the speedometer indication
: Go to step 8N11. increase as the Subaru Select Moni-
tor data increases?
in the TCM and transmission.
: Go to step 8N11.
82
8N10 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 6) Measure signal voltage indicated on oscillo-
USING OSCILLOSCOPE. scope.

3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety
stands.
CAUTION:
4) Set oscilloscope to TCM connector terminals.
Position prove; (B54) No. 12
Earth lead; (B54) No. 7 B3M0244A
: Is the signal voltage more than AC 1

V?
in the TCM and transmission.
: Go to step 8N11.
B3M0243B
5) Start the engine and set vehicle in 20 km/h (12 8N11 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
m/h) condition.
NOTE: : Is there poor contact in vehicle speed
The speed difference between front and rear sensor 1 circuit?
indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno- : Repair poor contact.
sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance : Replace TCM.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
83
3-2 [T8O0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
O: TROUBLE CODE 33 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 —

DIAGNOSIS:
I The vehicle speed signal is abnormal.
I The circuit in combination meter is faulty.
I The harness connector between TCM and vehicle speed sensor is in short or open.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Erroneous idling.
I Engine stalls.
I Poor driving performance.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0850
8O1 : CHECK OPERATION OF SPEEDOM-

ETER.

mally?
: Go to step 8O2.
: Check speedometer. <Ref. to 6-2b
[T300].>
84
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8O3] 3-2
8O2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 8O3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND COMBINATION BETWEEN TCM AND COMBINATION
METER. METER.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness between combina-

2) Remove combination meter. tion meter and chassis ground.
3) Disconnect connectors from TCM and combi- Connector & terminal
nation meter. (i10) No. 10 — Chassis ground:
and combination meter connector.
(B56) No. 11 — (i10) No. 10:
B3M0414A

: Go to step 8O4.
B3M0251B
TCM and combination meter connector.
: Go to step 8O3.
TCM and combination meter connector,
and poor contact in coupling connector.
85
8O4 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2. 8O6 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
1) Install combination meter. Measure resistance between terminals of vehicle

2) Connect connector to TCM. speed sensor 2.
3) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand. Terminals
CAUTION: No. 2 — Transmission ground:
4) Disconnect connector from vehicle speed sen-
sor 2.
5) Measure resistance between terminals of
vehicle speed sensor 2.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
S3M0068A

: Go to step 8O7.
: Replace vehicle speed sensor 2.
8O7 : PREPARE OSCILLOSCOPE.

B3M0289
: Do you have oscilloscope?

: Is the resistance between 350 and
450 Ω? : Go to step 8O9.
: Go to step 8O5. : Go to step 8O8.
8O5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
Measure resistance between terminals of vehicle

speed sensor 2.
Terminals
No. 1 — Transmission ground:
S3M0067A

: Go to step 8O6.
86
8O8 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2. 8O9 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2
USING OSCILLOSCOPE.
1) Start the engine and set vehicle in 20 km/h (12
MPH) condition. 1) Install combination meter.
2) Connect connector to TCM.
NOTE:
wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this CAUTION:
indicates no malfunctions. When AT control diag- On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
nosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clear- 4) Set oscilloscope to vehicle speed sensor 2.
ance procedure of self-diagnosis system. <Ref. to
4-4 [T6D2].> Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
2) Measure output signal of vehicle speed sensor
2.
WARNING:
Be careful not to be caught up by the running
wheels.
3) Measure voltage between terminals of vehicle
speed sensor 2.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B3M0257
5) Start the engine, and drive the wheels slowly.

NOTE:
indicates no malfunctions. When AT control diag-
nosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clear-
ance procedure of self-diagnosis system. <Ref. to
4-4 [T6D2].>
B3M0256
6) Measure signal voltage indicated on oscillo-
: Is the voltage more than AC 2 V? scope.
: Go to step 8O10.
B3M0254A
: Is the voltage more than AC 2 V?

: Go to step 8O13.
87
8O10 : PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONI- 8O12 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM
: Do you have a Subaru Select Moni- 1) Connect connectors to TCM and combination
tor? meter.
: Go to step 8O12. 2) Install combination meter.
: Go to step 8O11.
CAUTION:
8O11 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and combination connector.
meter.
2) Install combination meter.
CAUTION:
4) Start the engine, and set vehicle in 10 km/h (6
m/h).
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear S2M0258
indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno- 5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select
sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance Monitor switch to ON.
procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref. 6) Start the engine, and drive all wheels.
to 4-4 [T6D2].> 7) Read data of vehicle speed using Subaru
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- Select Monitor.
minals. I Compare speedometer with Subaru Select
Connector & terminal I Vehicle speed is indicated in “km/h” or “MPH”.
(B56) No. 11 (+) — (B55) No. 10 (−): 8) Slowly increase vehicle speed to 60 km/h or 37
MPH.
NOTE:
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
: Does the speedometer indication
H3M1368A increase as the Subaru Select Moni-
tor data increases?
: Is the voltage less than 1 V ⇔ more : Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the
than 9 V? circuit has returned to a normal condi-
: Even if “AT OIL TEMP” lights up, the tion at this time. A temporary poor con-
circuit has returned to a normal condi- tact of the connector or harness may be
tion at this time. A temporary poor con- the cause. Repair harness or connector
tact of the connector or harness may be in the TCM.
the cause. Repair harness or connector : Go to step 8O14.
in the TCM.
: Go to step 8O14.
88
8O13 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM tact of the connector or harness may be
USING OSCILLOSCOPE. the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
: Go to step 8O14.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and combination
meter.
2) Install combination meter. 8O14 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety
stands. : Is there poor contact in vehicle speed
CAUTION: sensor 2 circuit?
On AWD models, raise all wheels off floor. : Repair poor contact.
4) Set oscilloscope to TCM connector terminals. : Replace TCM.
Positive prove; (B56) No. 11
Earth lead; (B55) No. 10
H3M1369A

6) Shift on the gear position, and keep the vehicle
speed at constant.
7) Measure signal voltage indicated on oscillo-
scope.
NOTE:
I If vehicle speed increases, the width of ampli-
tude (W) decreases.
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
G2M0931
: Is the voltage more than AC 2 V?

89
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select C: CHECK VEHICLE SPEED

Monitor SENSOR 1.
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC CHART 9C1 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1.
If no trouble codes appear in the on-board diag-
nostics operation (although problems have 1) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
occurred or are occurring), measure performance CAUTION:
characteristics of sensors, actuators, etc., in the On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
Subaru Select Monitor and compare with the
“basic data” to determine the cause of problems. 2) Read data of vehicle speed #1 using Subaru
1) Trouble occurs. Select Monitor.
2) No trouble codes appear in on-board diagnos- I Compare speedometer with Subaru Select
tics operation. Monitor indications.
3) Measure each item using Subaru Select Moni- I Vehicle speed is indicated in “MPH” or “km/h”.
tor. NOTE:
4) Compare measured values with basic data. The speed difference between front and rear
5) Determine item which is outside basic data wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this
specifications. indicates no malfunction. When AT control diagno-
6) Check sensor and actuator affected. sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
B: BATTERY VOLTAGE to 4-4 [T6D2].>
9B1 : CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE. : Does the speedometer indication

increase as the Subaru Select Moni-
tor data increases?
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Go to step VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link 2. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9D0].>
connector.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>
D: CHECK VEHICLE SPEED

SENSOR 2.
9D1 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
Read data of vehicle speed #2 using Subaru

Select Monitor.
S2M0258 I Compare speedometer with Subaru Select
3) Start the engine, and engine idling after warm- I Vehicle speed is indicated in “MPH” or “km/h”.
up.
4) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON. NOTE:
5) Read data of battery voltage using Subaru
Select Monitor.
I Battery voltage applied to TCM. sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
: Is voltage between 10 and 16 V? procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref.
: Go to step VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR to 4-4 [T6D2].>
1. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9C0].> : Does the speedometer indication
: Check battery voltage and specification increase as the Subaru Select Moni-
of electrolyte, regulating voltage under tor data increases?
no loads and generator (as a single : Go to step ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
unit). <Ref. to 3-2 [T9E0].>
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8O0].>
90
E: CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL. 9F2 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-

SOR.
9E1 : CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
1) Read data of ATF temperature using Subaru
1) Turn A/C switch to OFF (with A/C models). Select Monitor.
2) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem- I ATF temperature is indicated in “°F” or “°C”.
perature is above 80°C (176°F). 2) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
NOTE: ture is above 80°C (176°F).
If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive NOTE:
the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem- If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
perature. the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
3) Read data of engine speed using Subaru perature.
Select Monitor. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
I Engine speed is indicated in “rpm”.
: Does the ATF temperature change
NOTE: from 176°F (80°C)?
The speed difference between front and rear : Go to step THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this SOR. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9G0].>
sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance : Check ATF temperature sensor circuit.
procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8H0].>
to 4-4 [T6D2].>
G: CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
: Does the tachometer revolution
increase as the Subaru Select Moni-
SENSOR.
tor revolution data increases?
9G1 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
: Go to step ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-
SOR. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9F0].>
Read data of throttle position sensor using Subaru
: Check engine speed signal circuit. <Ref. Select Monitor.
to 3-2 [T8J0].> I Throttle position sensor input signal is indicated.
F: CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE : Is voltage between 0.3 and 0.7 V
when the accelerator pedal is com-
SENSOR. pletely released?
9F1 : CHECK AT OIL TEMP WARNING : Go to step 9G2.
LIGHT. : Check throttle position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
: Does the AT OIL TEMP warning light
remain on 2 seconds after the engine 9G2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
has been started?
: Go to step 9F2. : Is voltage between 4.4 and 4.8 V
: Check ATF temperature sensor and when the accelerator pedal is com-
combination meter circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 pletely depressed?
[T8H0].> : Go to step 9G3.
: Check throttle position sensor circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
91
9G3 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. I: CHECK LINE PRESSURE DUTY.
9I1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
: Does voltage decrease smoothly FROM TCM.
when the accelerator pedal is fully
depressed and then fully released?
1) Warm-up the transmission until ATF tempera-
: Go to step GEAR POSITION. <Ref. to
ture is above 80°C (176°F).
3-2 [T9H0].>
: Check throttle position sensor circuit. NOTE:
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].> If ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F), drive
H: CHECK GEAR POSITION. perature.
2) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON
9H1 : CHECK GEAR POSITION. (engine OFF).
1) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand. 4) Read data of line pressure duty ratio using
Subaru Select Monitor.
CAUTION: I Line pressure duty is indicated in “%”.
: Does the Subaru Select Monitor indi-
2) Start the engine. cate 100% when the accelerator
3) Move select lever to “D”, and drive vehicle. pedal is completely released?
4) Read data of gear position using Subaru Select
: Go to step 9I2.
Monitor.
I Gear position is indicated. : Go to step 9I4.
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear 9I2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this FROM TCM.
sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance : Does the Subaru Select Monitor indi-
procedure of on-board diagnostics system. <Ref. cate between 10 and 20% when the
to 4-4 [T6D2].> accelerator pedal is completely
: Does the transmission gear corre- depressed?
spond to the gear which is shown on : Go to step 9I3.
display? : Go to step 9I4.
: Go to step LINE PRESSURE DUTY.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T9I0].> 9I3 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
: Check shift solenoid 1 and shift solenoid FROM TCM.
2 signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>
and <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].> : Does the Subaru Select Monitor
change smoothly when the accelera-
tor pedal is fully depressed and then
fully released?
: Go to step LOCK-UP DUTY. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9J0].>
: Go to step 9I4.
92
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9J3] 3-2
9I4 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN- J: CHECK LOCK-UP DUTY.

SOR.
9J1 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position
sensor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9G0].>. Read data of lock-up duty ratio using Subaru
Select Monitor.
: Is there any trouble in throttle posi- I Lock-up duty ratio is indicated in “%”.
tion sensor circuit?
: Repair or replace throttle position sen- : Does the Subaru Select Monitor indi-
sor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>. cate 5%?
: Go to step 9J2.
: Go to step 9I5.
: Go to step 9J3.
9I5 : CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
9J2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on engine speed
signal circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9E0].>. Move selector lever to “D” and slowly increase
: Is there any trouble in engine speed
signal circuit? NOTE:
: Repair or replace engine speed signal
circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>.
: Go to step 9I6. sis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance
9I6 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR. to 4-4 [T6D2].>
NOTE: cate 95%?
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature : Go to step TRANSFER DUTY RATIO.
sensor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9F0].>. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9K0].>
: Is there any trouble in ATF tempera- : Go to step 9J3.
ture sensor circuit?
: Repair or replace ATF temperature sen- 9J3 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
sor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8H0].>. SOR.
: Go to step 9I7.
NOTE:
9I7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position
sensor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9G0].>.
1) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
to ON. tion sensor circuit?
2) Read data of range switch using Subaru Select : Repair or replace throttle position sen-
Monitor. sor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>.
I Range switch is indicated in ON ⇔ OFF. : Go to step 9J4.
LED of the range switch on Subaru
Select Monitor light up?
: Go to step LOCK-UP DUTY. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9J0].>
3-2 [T9T0].>
93
3-2 [T9J4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9J4 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1. K: CHECK TRANSFER DUTY.

NOTE: FROM TCM.
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed
sensor 1 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9C0].>.
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed 2) Move selector lever to “D”.
sensor 1 circuit? 3) Read data of transfer duty ratio using Subaru
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor Select Monitor.
1 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>. I Transfer duty ratio is indicated in “%”.
: Go to step 9J5. : Does the duty ratio change in
response to the depress-release
9J5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2. motion of the accelerator pedal?
: Go to step 9K2.
NOTE: : Go to step 9K3.
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed
sensor 2 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9D0].>. 9K2 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed FROM TCM.
sensor 2 circuit?
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8O0].>. 2) Set FWD mode.
: Go to step 9J6.
cate 95%?
9J6 : CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
: Go to step THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR POWER SUPPLY. <Ref. to 3-2
NOTE: [T9L0].>
For the diagnostics procedure on engine speed : Go to step 9K3.
signal circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9E0].>.
: Is there any trouble in engine speed 9K3 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
signal circuit? SOR.
: Repair or replace engine speed signal
circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>. NOTE:
: Go to step 9J7. For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position
sensor circuit, <Ref to 3-2 [T9G0].>.
9J7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
tion sensor circuit?
Read data of range switch using Subaru Select : Repair or replace throttle position sen-
Monitor. sor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>.
I Range switch is indicated in ON ⇔ OFF. : Go to step 9K4.
LED of the range switch on Subaru 9K4 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1.
Select Monitor light up?
: Go to step TRANSFER DUTY. <Ref. to NOTE:
3-2 [T9K0].> For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed
: Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to sensor 1 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9C0].>.
3-2 [T9T0].> : Is there any trouble in vehicle speed
sensor 1 circuit?
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor
1 circuit, <Ref to 3-2 [T8N0].>.
: Go to step 9K5.
94
9K5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 L: CHECK THROTTLE POSITION

CIRCUIT. SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
NOTE: 9L1 : CHECK THROTTLE POSITION

For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed POWER SUPPLY.
sensor 2 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9D0].>.
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed Read data of throttle position sensor power supply
sensor 2 circuit? using Subaru Select Monitor.
I Throttle position sensor power supply voltage is
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor indicated.
2 circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8O0].>.
: Is the value fixed between 5.02 and
: Go to step 9K6.
5.22 V?
: Go to step MASS AIR FLOW SIGNAL.
9K6 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-
<Ref. to 3-2 [T9M0].>
SOR.
: Check throttle position sensor power
supply circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature M: CHECK MASS AIR FLOW
sensor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T9F0].>.
SIGNAL.
: Is there any trouble in ATF tempera-
ture sensor circuit? 9M1 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
: Repair or replace ATF temperature sen-
sor circuit, <Ref. to 3-2 [T8H0].>. 1) Start the engine.
: Go to step 9K7. 2) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem-
perature is above 80°C (176°F).
9K7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. NOTE:
Read data of range switch using Subaru Select the vehicle until the ATF reaches its operating tem-
Monitor. perature.
I Range switch is indicated in ON ⇔ OFF. 3) Engine idling after warm-up.
: When each range is selected, does 4) Move selector lever to “N”.
LED of range switch on Subaru 5) Read data of mass air flow signal using Subaru
Select Monitor light up? Select Monitor.
I Display shows mass air flow signal value sent
: Go to step 9K8.
from ECM.
3-2 [T9T0].> : Does voltage change in response to
the depress-release motion of the
accelerator pedal?
9K8 : CHECK ABS SIGNAL.
: Go to step 9M2.
: Check mass air flow signal circuit. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T8I0].>
tor switch to ON.
2) Read data of ABS signal using Subaru Select
Monitor. 9M2 : CHECK ECM.
I ABS switch is indicated in ON ⇔ OFF.
: Does the LED of ABS switch light up? : Has trouble been eliminated after
ECM replacement?
: Check ABS signal circuit. <Ref. to 4-4
[T10A0].>, <Ref. to 4-4 [T10V0].> : Replace ECM.
: Go to step THROTTLE POSITION SEN- : Go to step 9M3.
SOR POWER SUPPLY. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9L0].>
95
9M3 : CHECK TCM.
NOTE:
Install former ECM.
: Has trouble been eliminated after
TCM replacement?
: Replace TCM.
: Go to step FWD SWITCH. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9N0].>
96
MEMO:
97
N: CHECK FWD SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
I LED does not come on even if FWD switch is ON.
I FWD switch circuit is open or short.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0853
9N1 : CHECK FWD SWITCH.
: When fuse is inserted to FWD switch,

does LED light up?
: Go to step KICK-DOWN SWITCH. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T9O0].>
: Go to step 9N2.
98
9N2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9N4 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
BETWEEN TCM AND FWD SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Connect connector to TCM and FWD switch.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM and FWD 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
switch. 4) Measure signal voltage for TCM while installing
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM the fuse to FWD switch connector.
and FWD switch connector. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (B56) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
(B56) No. 2 — (B9) No. 2:
H3M1389A
H3M1387A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in FWD
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? switch while installing?
: Go to step 9N3. : Go to step 9N5.
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Go to step 9N10.
TCM and FWD switch connector.
9N5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
9N3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
BETWEEN TCM AND FWD SWITCH. Measure signal voltage for TCM while removing
the fuse from FWD switch connector.
TCM and body to make sure that circuit does not
short.
H3M1389A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V in FWD

H3M1388A switch while removing?
: Go to step 9N6.
: Replace TCM.
: Go to step 9N4.
: Repair short circuit in harness connector
between TCM and chassis ground.
99
9N6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9N7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND COMBINATION BETWEEN TCM AND COMBINATION
METER. METER.

2) Remove combination meter. TCM and chassis ground to make sure that circuit
3) Disconnect connector from TCM and combina- does not short.
tion meter. Connector & terminal
4) Measure resistance of harness between TCM (B55) No. 2 — Chassis ground:
and diagnosis connector.
(B55) No. 2 — (i10) No. 4:
H3M1392A

B3M0842A
: Go to step 9N8.
TCM and combination meter connector.
: Go to step 9N7.
TCM and combination meter and poor
contact in coupling connector.
100
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9R1] 3-2
9N8 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED 9N10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

FROM TCM.
: Is there poor contact in FWD switch
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. circuit?
2) Connect connector to TCM and combination : Repair poor contact.
meter.
: Replace TCM.
5) Measure signal voltage for TCM while installing
O: CHECK KICK-DOWN SWITCH.
and removing the fuse to FWD switch connector.
9O1 : CHECK KICK-DOWN SWITCH.
: Does the LED of kick-down switch
light up?
: Replace TCM.
: Go to step BREAK SWITCH. <Ref. to
3-2 [T9P0].>
P: CHECK BRAKE SWITCH.

9P1 : CHECK BRAKE SWITCH.
H3M1280A : When the brake pedal is depressed,

does LED light up?
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in FWD
: Go to step ABS SWITCH. <Ref. to 3-2
switch while installing?
[T9Q0].>
: Go to step 9N9.
: Check brake switch circuit. LHD; <Ref.
: Go to step 9N10. to 2-7 [T10BK0].>, RHD; <Ref. to 2-7
[T11BJ0].>
9N9 : CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED
FROM TCM. Q: CHECK ABS SWITCH.
9Q1 : CHECK ABS SWITCH.
Measure signal voltage for TCM while removing
the fuse from FWD switch connector.
: Does the LED of ABS switch light up?
(B55) No. 2 — Chassis ground: : Check ABS switch circuit. <Ref. to 4-4
[T10A0].>, <Ref. to 4-4 [T10V0].>
: Go to step CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9R0].>
R: CHECK CRUISE CONTROL

SWITCH.
9R1 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
: When cruise control is set, does LED

H3M1280A
light up?
: Is the voltage more than 10 V in FWD : Go to step POWER MODE SWITCH.
switch while removing? <Ref. to 3-2 [T9S0].>
: Go to step 9N10. : Check cruise control. <Ref. to 6-2a
[T600].>
: Replace TCM.
101
3-2 [T9S1] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
S: CHECK POWER MODE SWITCH.

9S1 : CHECK POWER MODE SWITCH.
: Does the LED of power mode switch

light up?
: Replace TCM.
: Go to step N/P RANGE SWITCH. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T9T0].>
102
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9S1] 3-2
MEMO:
103
3-2 [T9T0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
T: CHECK “N/P” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of “P” or “N” range is open or shorted.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0843
9T1 : CHECK “P” RANGE SWITCH. 9T3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR
SWITCH.
: When “P” range is selected, does
LED light up?
: Go to step 9T2. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor
: Go to step 9T3.
switch.
9T2 : CHECK “N” RANGE SWITCH. and inhibitor switch connector.
: When the “N” range is selected, does (B56) No. 9 — (T7) No. 8:
LED light up?
: Go to step “R” RANGE SWITCH. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T9U0].>
: Go to step 9T4.
H2M1659A

: Go to step 9T4.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and
poor contact in coupling connector.
104
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9T5] 3-2
9T4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9T5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR
SWITCH. SWITCH.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
inhibitor switch connector. 2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor
Connector & terminal switch.
(B55) No. 10 — (T7) No. 10: 3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM
(B56) No. 8 — (T7) No. 5:
B3M0845A

H2M1661A
: Go to step 9T7.
poor contact in coupling connector. : Go to step 9T6.
105
9T6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9T8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH. SWITCH.
inhibitor switch connector. chassis ground.
(B55) No. 10 — (T7) No. 10: (B56) No. 8 — Chassis ground:
B3M0845A H2M1668A

: Go to step 9T8. : Go to step 9T11.
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Repair ground short circuit in harness
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and between TCM and inhibitor switch con-
poor contact in coupling connector. nector.
9T7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9T9 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

SWITCH. Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
Terminals
chassis ground.
No. 8 — No. 10:
H2M1673
H2M1666A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in “P”

range?
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step 9T10.
between TCM and inhibitor switch con-
nector.
106
9T10 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 9T12 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
nector receptacle’s terminals. nector receptacle’s terminals.
Terminals Terminals
No. 8 — No. 10: No. 5 — No. 10:
H2M1673 H2M1748
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ in : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ in

other ranges? other ranges?
9T11 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 9T13 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
nector receptacle’s terminals. 2) Connect connector to TCM and inhibitor switch.
Terminals 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
No. 5 — No. 10: 4) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
H2M1748
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in “N”

range? H3M1115D
: Go to step 9T12.
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in “P”
: Go to step 9T18.
range?
: Go to step 9T14.
: Go to step 9T17.
107
9T14 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 9T16 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground. ground.
H3M1115D H3M1125D
: Is the voltage more than 8 V in other : Is the voltage more than 8 V in other
ranges? ranges?
: Go to step 9T18.
: Go to step 9T18.
9T17 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

9T15 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
: Is there poor contact in “N/P” range

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. switch circuit?
2) Connect connector to TCM and inhibitor switch.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. : Repair poor contact.
4) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis : Replace TCM.
ground.
Connector & terminal 9T18 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.
: Is there faulty connection in the
selector cable?
: Repair connection of selector cable.
H3M1125D
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in “N”

range?
: Go to step 9T16.
: Go to step 9T17.
108
MEMO:
109
3-2 [T9U0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
U: CHECK “R” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of “R” range is open or shorted.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0844
9U1 : CHECK “R” RANGE SWITCH. 9U2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH.
: When the “R” range is selected, does
LED light up?
: Go to step “D” RANGE SWITCH. <Ref. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
to 3-2 [T9V0].> 2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor
switch.
: Go to step 9U2.
(B56) No. 10 — (T7) No. 9:
H2M1660A

: Go to step 9U3.
110
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9U6] 3-2
9U3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9U5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

Terminals
No. 9 — No. 10:
(B55) No. 10 — (T7) No. 10:
H2M1674
B3M0845A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in “R”

range?
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 9U6.
: Go to step 9U4. : Go to step 9U10.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and 9U6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

9U4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR nector receptacle’s terminals.
SWITCH. Terminals
No. 9 — No. 10:
chassis ground.
H2M1674

other ranges?
: Go to step 9U7.
H2M1667A
: Go to step 9U10.
: Go to step 9U5.
nector.
111
3-2 [T9U7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9U7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 9U9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is there poor contact in “R” range

2) Connect connector to TCM and inhibitor switch. switch circuit?
ground.
Connector & terminal 9U10 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.
selector cable?
H3M1120D
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in “R”

range?
: Go to step 9U8.
: Go to step 9U9.
9U8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.

ground.
H3M1120D
: Is the voltage more than 6 V in other

ranges?
: Go to step 9U9.
: Go to step 9U10.
112
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9U10] 3-2
MEMO:
113
3-2 [T9V0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
V: CHECK “D” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of “D” range is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Shift characteristics are erroneous.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0846
9V1 : CHECK “D” RANGE SWITCH. 9V2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH.
: When the “D” range is selected, does
LED light up?
: Go to step “3” RANGE SWITCH. <Ref. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
to 3-2 [T9W0].> 2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor
switch.
: Go to step 9V2.
(B54) No. 1 — (T7) No. 6:
H2M1662A

: Go to step 9V3.
114
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9V6] 3-2
9V3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9V5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

Terminals
No. 6 — No. 10:
(B55) No. 10 — (T7) No. 10:
H2M1676
B3M0845A : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in “D”

range?
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Go to step 9V6.
: Go to step 9V4. : Go to step 9V10.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and 9V6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

9V4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR nector receptacle’s terminals.
SWITCH. Terminals
No. 6 — No. 10:
chassis ground.
H2M1676

other ranges?
: Go to step 9V7.
H2M1669A
: Go to step 9V10.
: Go to step 9V5.
nector.
115
3-2 [T9V7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9V7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM. 9V9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is there poor contact in “D” range

2) Connect connector to TCM and inhibitor switch. switch circuit?
ground.
Connector & terminal 9V10 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.
selector cable?
H3M1130D
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in “D”

range?
: Go to step 9V8.
: Go to step 9V9.
9V8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.

ground.
H3M1130D

ranges?
: Go to step 9V9.
: Go to step 9V10.
116
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9V10] 3-2
MEMO:
117
3-2 [T9W0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
W: CHECK “3” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of “3” range is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0847
9W1 : CHECK “3” RANGE SWITCH.
: When the “3” range is selected, does

LED light up?
: Go to step “2” RANGE SWITCH. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T9X0].>
: Go to step 9W2.
118
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9W4] 3-2
9W2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9W3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH. SWITCH.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM and inhibitor inhibitor switch connector.
switch. Connector & terminal
(B54) No. 2 — (T7) No. 4:
B3M0845A

H2M1663A
: Go to step 9W4.
: Go to step 9W3. poor contact in coupling connector.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and 9W4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
poor contact in coupling connector. BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR
SWITCH.

chassis ground.
H2M1670A

: Go to step 9W5.
nector.
119
3-2 [T9W5] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9W5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 9W7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
ground.
H2M1677
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in “3”

range? H3M1135D
: Go to step 9W6.
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in “3”
: Go to step 9W7.
range?
: Go to step 9W8.
9W6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
: Go to step 9W9.
nector receptacle’s terminals. 9W8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Terminals
No. 4 — No. 10: Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
H2M1677

other ranges? H3M1135D
: Go to step 9W7.
: Go to step 9W10.
ranges?
: Go to step 9W9.
: Go to step 9W10.
120
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9W10] 3-2
9W9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
: Is there poor contact in “3” range

switch circuit?
: Replace TCM.
9W10 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.

selector cable?
121
3-2 [T9X0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
X: CHECK “2” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0848
9X1 : CHECK “2” RANGE SWITCH.

LED light up?
: Go to step “1” RANGE SWITCH. <Ref.
to 3-2 [T9Y0].>
: Go to step 9X2.
122
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9X4] 3-2
9X2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9X3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH. SWITCH.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM and inhibitor inhibitor switch connector.
(B54) No. 3 — (T7) No. 11:
B3M0845A

H2M1664A
: Go to step 9X4.
: Go to step 9X3. poor contact in coupling connector.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and 9X4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
SWITCH.

chassis ground.
H2M1671A

: Go to step 9X5.
nector.
123
3-2 [T9X5] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9X5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 9X7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
ground.
H2M1678

range? H3M1140D
: Go to step 9X6.
: Go to step 9X10.
range?
: Go to step 9X8.
9X6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
: Go to step 9X9.
nector receptacle’s terminals. 9X8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Terminals
ground.
H2M1678

: Go to step 9X7.
: Go to step 9X10.
ranges?
: Go to step 9X9.
: Go to step 9X10.
124
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9X10] 3-2
9X9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

switch circuit?
: Replace TCM.
9X10 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.

selector cable?
125
3-2 [T9Y0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
Y: CHECK “1” RANGE SWITCH.

DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B3M0849
9Y1 : CHECK “1” RANGE SWITCH.

LED light up?
: Go to step HOLD SWITCH. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9Z0].>
: Go to step 9Y2.
126
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9Y4] 3-2
9Y2 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9Y3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

SWITCH. SWITCH.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor inhibitor switch connector.
(B54) No. 4 — (T7) No. 3:
B3M0845A

H2M1665A
: Go to step 9Y4.
: Go to step 9Y3. poor contact in coupling connector.
TCM and inhibitor switch connector, and 9Y4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
SWITCH.

chassis ground.
H2M1672A

: Go to step 9Y5.
nector.
127
3-2 [T9Y5] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9Y5 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. 9Y7 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
ground.
H2M1679

range? H3M1145D
: Go to step 9Y6.
: Go to step 9Y10.
range?
: Go to step 9Y8.
9Y6 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
: Go to step 9Y9.
nector receptacle’s terminals. 9Y8 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Terminals
ground.
H2M1679

: Go to step 9Y7.
: Go to step 9Y10.
ranges?
: Go to step 9Y9.
: Go to step 9Y10.
128
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9Y10] 3-2
9Y9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

switch circuit?
: Replace TCM.
9Y10 : CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.

selector cable?
129
3-2 [T9Z0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
Z: CHECK HOLD SWITCH. (DIAGNOSIS SWITCH)

DIAGNOSIS:
I LED does not come on even if diagnosis switch is ON.
I Diagnosis switch circuit is open or short.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
H3M1414
9Z1 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH. 9Z2 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH

GROUND LINE.
: When the diagnosis switch is turned
on, does the LED on the select moni- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tor come on? 2) Measure resistance of harness between diag-
: Go to step SHIFT SOLENOID 1. <Ref. nosis ground terminals and chassis ground.
to 3-2 [T9AA0].> Terminal
: Go to step 9Z2. (B81) — Chassis ground:
H3M1108B

: Go to step 9Z3.
: Repair open circuit in diagnosis ground
terminals.
130
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9Z6] 3-2
9Z3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9Z5 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
BETWEEN TCM AND DIAGNOSIS
SWITCH. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to TCM.
1) Disconnect connector from TCM. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM 4) Measure signal voltage for TCM while connect-
and diagnosis connector. ing the diagnosis terminal to diagnosis connector.
B3M0373A B3M0271B
: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is the voltage less than 1 V in diagno-

: Go to step 9Z4. sis connector connected?
: Repair open circuit in harness between : Go to step 9Z6.
TCM and diagnosis connector. : Go to step 9Z7.
9Z4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 9Z6 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
BETWEEN TCM AND DIAGNOSIS
SWITCH.
Measure signal voltage for TCM while disconnect-
ing the diagnosis terminal from diagnosis connec-
Measure resistance of harness connector between tor.
TCM and chassis ground to make sure that circuit
does not short.
B3M0271B
B3M0273B : Is the voltage more than 6 V in diag-

nosis connector disconnected?
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step SHIFT SOLENOID 1. <Ref.
: Go to step 9Z5. to 3-2 [T9AA0].>
: Repair short circuit in harness connector : Go to step 9Z7.
between TCM and chassis ground.
131
3-2 [T9Z7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9Z7 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.
: Is there poor contact in diagnosis

switch circuit?
: Replace TCM.
132
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9AG1] 3-2
AA: CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1. AE: CHECK HOLD LAMP.

9AA1 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1. 9AE1 : CHECK HOLD LAMP.
: Does the LED of shift solenoid 1 light : Does the LED of hold lamp light up?
up? : Replace TCM.
: Go to step SHIFT SOLENOID 2. <Ref. : Go to step FWD MODE LAMP. <Ref. to
to 3-2 [T9AB0].> 3-2 [T9AF0].>
3-2 [T8G0].> AF: CHECK FWD LAMP.
AB: CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2. 9AF1 : CHECK FWD LAMP.
9AB1 : CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2. : Does the LED of FWD lamp light up?
: Check FWD lamp circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
: Does the LED of shift solenoid 2 light [T9N0].>
up? : Go to step TORQUE CONTROL SIG-
: Go to step OVERRUNNING SOLE- NAL. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9AG0].>
NOID. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9AC0].>
AG: CHECK TORQUE CONTROL
3-2 [T8F0].> SIGNAL.
AC: CHECK OVERRUNNING 9AG1 : CHECK TORQUE CONTROL SIG-

NAL.
SOLENOID.
9AC1 : CHECK OVERRUNNING SOLENOID. Turn ignition switch to ON (engine ON).
: Does the LED of torque control signal
: Does the LED of overrunning sole- light up?
noid light up? : Check torque control signal circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8L0].>
: Check overrunning solenoid circuit.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8E0].> : Go to step General Diagnostic Table.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T1000].>
: Go to step ATF TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9AD0].>
AD: CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE

WARNING LAMP.
9AD1 : CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP.
Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).

: Does temperature warning lamp light
up?
: Go to step HOLD LAMP. <Ref. to 3-2
[T9AE0].>
: Check ATF temperature warning lamp
circuit.
133
3-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
MEMO:
134

1) Inhibitor switch
Starter does not rotate when select lever is in “P” or “N”; 2) Select cable
starter rotates when select lever is in “R”, “D”, “3” or “2”. 3) Select lever
4) Starter motor and harness
1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid C
Abnormal noise when select lever is in “P” or “N”. 3) Oil pump
4) Drive plate
5) ATF level too high or too low
1) Strainer
Hissing noise occurs during standing start.
2) ATF level too high or too low
1) Final gear
Noise occurs while driving in “D1”.
2) Planetary gear
3) Reduction gear
4) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Low & reverse brake
3) Reduction gear
1) Final gear
Noise occurs while driving in “D4”. 3) Planetary gear
4) Reduction gear
1) Control valve
Engine stalls while shifting from one range to another. 2) Lock-up damper
3) Engine performance
1) Control module
Vehicle moves when select lever is in “N”. 2) Inhibitor switch
3) Forward clutch
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (“N” to “D”)
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from “N” to “D”. 3) Control valve
4) ATF deterioration
5) Dropping resistor
1) Control module
2) Control valve
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from 3) Forward clutch
“N” to “D”. 4) Duty solenoid A
5) Forward clutch seal ring
6) Front gasket transmission case
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (4A)
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from “N” to “R”. 3) Control valve
1) Control valve
2) Low & reverse clutch
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from 3) Reverse clutch
“N” to “R”. 4) Duty solenoid A
5) Forward clutch seal ring
1) Parking brake mechanism
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine stalls).
2) Planetary gear
135

1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid A
3) Control valve
4) Drive pinion
5) Hypoid gear
6) Axle shaft
7) Differential gear
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine revving up).
8) Oil pump
9) Input shaft
10) Output shaft
11) Planetary gear
12) Drive plate
13) ATF level too low
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
Vehicle does not start in “R” range only (engine revving up). 3) Control valve
5) Reverse clutch
1) Forward clutch
2) Band brake
Vehicle does not start in “R” range only (engine stalls).
3) Planetary gear
4) Parking brake mechanism
Vehicle does not start in “D”, “3” or “2” range only (engine rev- 1) Forward clutch
ving up). 2) One-way clutch (1-2)
Vehicle does not start in “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” range only (engine
1) Forward clutch
revving up).
Vehicle does not start in “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” range only (engine
1) Reverse clutch
stalls).
Vehicle starts in “R” range only (engine revving up). 1) Control valve
1) Control valve
2) Forward clutch
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (high stall rpm). 3) Reverse clutch
4) ATF level too low
1) Oil pump
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (low stall rpm). 2) Torque converter one-way clutch
1) Control module
2) Control valve
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in “D”, “3” or “2”
3) High clutch
range (normal stall rpm).
4) Brake band
5) Planetary gear
1) Control module
2) Overrunning clutch
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in “R” (normal stall
3) High clutch
rpm).
4) Brake band
5) Planetary gear
1) Control module
2) Vehicle speed sensor 1
No shift occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
5) Shift solenoid 1
6) Shift solenoid 2
7) Control valve
8) Brake band
136

1) Control module
2) Control valve
No shift occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
3) High clutch
4) One-way clutch (3-4)
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (3R)
No shift occurs from 3rd to 4th gear. 3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Control valve
5) Band brake
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Control module
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in “3” range. 3) Throttle position sensor
4) Control valve
5) Shift solenoid 3
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in “3” or “2” 1) Control valve
range. 2) Overrunning clutch
1) Control valve
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in “1” range.
2) Low & reverse brake clutch
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Control module
Shift characteristics are erroneous.
6) Control valve
1) Control module
3) ATF temperature sensor
No lock-up occurs.
4) Control valve
5) Lock-up facing
6) Engine speed signal
Parking brake is not effected. 1) Select cable
Shift lever cannot be moved or is hard to move from “P” 2) Select lever
range. 3) Parking mechanism
ATF spurts out. 1) ATF level too high
Differential oil spurts out. 1) Differential gear oil too high
1) Seal pipe
Differential oil level changes excessively.
2) Double oil seal
1) Transfer clutch
2) Forward clutch
4) High clutch
Odor is produced from ATF supply pipe. 5) Band brake
7) Reverse clutch
8) Lock-up facing
1) Control module
3) Accumulator (2A)
5) Duty solenoid A
Shock occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
137

1) Control module
3) Accumulator (2A)
Slippage occurs from 1st to 2nd gear. 4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
1) Control module
3) Accumulator (3R)
5) Duty solenoid A
Shock occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear. 6) Control valve
7) High clutch
8) Band brake
1) Control module
3) Accumulator (3R)
Slippage occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) High clutch
8) Band brake
1) Control module
3) Accumulator
5) Duty solenoid A
Shock occurs from 3rd to 4th gear.
6) Control valve
8) Band brake
1) Control module
3) Accumulator
Slippage occurs from 3rd to 4th gear. 4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
1) Control module
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from “3” to “2” 4) Duty solenoid A
range. 5) Control valve
7) Band brake
1) Control module
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from “D” to “1”
4) Duty solenoid A
range.
5) Control valve
138

1) Control module
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from “2” to “1”
4) Duty solenoid A
range.
5) Control valve
1) Control module
Shock occurs when accelerator pedal is released at medium
4) Duty solenoid A
speeds.
5) Control valve
6) Lock-up damper
1) Control module
2) Duty solenoid B
Vibration occurs during straight-forward operation.
3) Lock-up facing
4) Lock-up damper
1) Control module
Vibration occurs during turns (tight corner “braking” phenom-
enon).
6) Transfer clutch
7) Transfer valve
8) Duty solenoid C
1) Control module
3) FWD switch
Front wheel slippage occurs during standing starts. 6) Control valve
7) Transfer clutch
8) Transfer valve
9) Transfer pipe
10) Duty solenoid C
11) Transfer clutch hub
1) Control module
2) FWD switch
Vehicle is not set in FWD mode. 3) Transfer clutch
4) Transfer valve
5) Duty solenoid C
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
Select lever is hard to move.
3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
1) Detent spring
Select lever is too high to move (unreasonable resistance).
2) Manual plate
1) Select cable
Select lever slips out of operation during acceleration or while 2) Select lever
driving on rough terrain. 3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
139
3-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
MEMO:
140
4-4 [T100] BRAKES

System “Airbag” Before performing diagnostics, check the following
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the items which might affect ABS problems:
ABS sensor, ABS control module and hydraulic
control unit. A: MECHANICAL INSPECTION
CAUTION: 1. POWER SUPPLY
I All Airbag system wiring harness and con- 1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of
nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri- electrolyte.
I Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir- Standard voltage: 12 V, or more
ing harness when servicing the ABS sensor, Specific gravity: Above 1.260
ABS control module and hydraulic control unit. 2) Check the condition of the main and other
fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check
for proper grounding.
2. BRAKE FLUID
1) Check brake fluid level.
2) Check brake fluid leakage.
3. BRAKE DRAG
Check brake drag. <Ref. to 4-4 [K100].>
4. BRAKE PAD AND ROTOR
Check brake pad and rotor. <Ref. to 4-4 [K100].>
5. TIRE SPECIFICATIONS, TIRE WEAR
AND AIR PRESSURE
Check tire specifications, tire wear and air pres-
sure. <Ref. to 4-2 [S100].>, <Ref. to 4-2 [S200].>
2
4-4 [T100] BRAKES

System “Airbag” Before performing diagnostics, check the following
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the items which might affect ABS problems:
ABS sensor, ABS control module and hydraulic
control unit. A: MECHANICAL INSPECTION
CAUTION: 1. POWER SUPPLY
I All Airbag system wiring harness and con- 1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of
nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri- electrolyte.
I Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir- Standard voltage: 12 V, or more
ing harness when servicing the ABS sensor, Specific gravity: Above 1.260
ABS control module and hydraulic control unit. 2) Check the condition of the main and other
fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check
for proper grounding.
2. BRAKE FLUID
1) Check brake fluid level.
2) Check brake fluid leakage.
3. BRAKE DRAG
Check brake drag. <Ref. to 4-4 [K100].>
4. BRAKE PAD AND ROTOR
Check brake pad and rotor. <Ref. to 4-4 [K100].>
5. TIRE SPECIFICATIONS, TIRE WEAR
AND AIR PRESSURE
Check tire specifications, tire wear and air pres-
sure. <Ref. to 4-2 [S100].>, <Ref. to 4-2 [S200].>
2
BRAKES [T2B1] 4-4
2. Pre-inspection
B: ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
1. WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATION PATTERN
B4M0781A
1) When the ABS warning light does not illuminate

in accordance with this illumination pattern, there
must be an electrical malfunction.
2) When the ABS warning light remains constantly
OFF, repair the ABS warning light circuit or diagno-
sis circuit. <Ref. to 4-4 [T7A0].>
NOTE:
Even though the ABS warning light does not go out
1.5 seconds after it illuminates, the ABS system
operates normally when the warning light goes out
while driving at approximately 12 km/h (7 MPH).
However, the Anti-lock brakes do not work while
the ABS warning light is illuminated.
3
4-4 [T300] BRAKES
B4M1302A
(1) ABS control module and hydrau- (5) Data link connector (for Subaru (8) ABS sensor
lic control unit (ABSCM&H/U) select monitor) (9) Wheel cylinder
(2) Proportioning valve (6) Transmission control module (10) G sensor (only AWD vehicle)
(3) Diagnosis connector (only AT vehicle) (11) Brake switch
(4) ABS warning light (7) Tone wheel (12) Master cylinder
4
BRAKES [T300] 4-4
B4M1226C
B4M0230E
B4M0786D
B4M0646F B4M0231F
B4M1303A
5
4-4 [T400] BRAKES
4. Schematic
4. Schematic
B4M1227B
(1) ABS control module and hydrau- (9) Front right outlet solenoid valve (17) ABS warning light
lic control unit (ABSCM&H/U) (10) Rear left inlet solenoid valve (18) Stop light switch
(2) ABS control module area (11) Rear left outlet solenoid valve (19) Stop light
(3) Valve relay (12) Rear right inlet solenoid valve (20) G sensor (only AWD model)
(4) Motor relay (13) Rear right outlet solenoid valve (21) Front left ABS sensor
(5) Motor (14) Transmission control module (22) Front right ABS sensor
(6) Front left inlet solenoid valve (only AT model) (23) Rear left ABS sensor
(7) Front left outlet solenoid valve (15) Diagnosis connector (24) Rear right ABS sensor
(8) Front right inlet solenoid valve (16) Data link connector
6
BRAKES [T400] 4-4
4. Schematic
MEMO:
7
4-4 [T5A0] BRAKES
5. Control Module I/O Signal

A: I/O SIGNAL VOLTAGE
B4M1228A
NOTE:
I The terminal numbers in the ABS control mod-
ule and hydraulic control unit connector are as
shown in the figure.
I When the connector is removed from the
ABSCM&H/U, the connector switch closes the cir-
cuit between terminal No. 21 and No. 23. The ABS
warning light illuminates.
8
BRAKES [T5A0] 4-4
Terminal No. Input/Output signal

Contents
(+) — (−) Measured value and measuring conditions
Front left wheel 9 — 10
ABS sensor*2
Front right wheel 11 — 12 0.12 — 1 V
(Wheel speed
Rear left wheel 7—8 (When it is 20 Hz.)
sensor)
Rear right wheel 14 — 15
Valve relay power supply 24 — 23 10 — 15 V when ignition switch is ON.
Motor relay power supply 25 — 23 10 — 15 V when ignition switch is ON.
G sensor*2 power supply 30 — 28 4.75 — 5.25 V
(AWD model ground 28 —
only) output 6 — 28 2.3±0.2 V when vehicle is in horizontal position.
Less than 1.5 V when the stop light is OFF and, 10 —
Stop light switch*1 2 — 23
15 V when the stop light is ON.
Less than 1.5 V during 1.5 seconds when ignition switch
ABS warning light*2 21 — 23
is ON, and 10 — 15 V after 1.5 seconds.
AT ABS signal*2 Less than 1.5 V when the ABS control does not operate
31 — 23
(AT model only) still and more than 5.5 V when ABS operates.
Less than 1.5 V when the ABS control does not operate
ABS operation signal monitor*2 3 — 23
still and more than 5.5 V when ABS operates.
Data is received. 20 — 23 Less than 1.5 V when no data is received.
Select monitor*2
Data is sent. 5 — 23 4.75 — 5.25 V when no data is sent.
ABS diagnosis Terminal No. 3 29 — 23 10 — 15 V when ignition switch is ON.
connector*2 Terminal No. 6 4 — 23 10 — 15 V when ignition switch is ON.
Power supply*1 1 — 23 10 — 15 V when ignition switch is ON.
Grounding line 23 —
Grounding line 26 —
*1: Measure the I/O signal voltage after removing the connector from the ABSCM&H/U terminal.
*2: Measure the I/O signal voltage at connector (F2) or (F1).
9
4-4 [T5B0] BRAKES
B: I/O SIGNAL DIAGRAM
B4M1229A
10
BRAKES [T6A0] 4-4
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System

A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
S4M0179A
CAUTION:
Remove foreign matter (dust, water, etc.) from the ABSCM&H/U connector during removal and
installation.
NOTE:
I To check harness for broken wires or short circuits, shake it while holding it or the connector.
I When ABS warning light illuminates, read and record trouble code indicated by ABS warning light.
11
4-4 [T6B0] BRAKES
B: CHECK LIST FOR INTERVIEW

Check The Following Items About The Vehicle’s State.
1. THE STATE OF THE ABS WARNING LIGHT
ABS warning light l Always

comes on. l Sometimes
l Only once
l Does not come on
I When / how long does it come on?:
Ignition key position l LOCK
l ACC
l ON (before starting engine)
l START
l On after starting (Engine is running)
l On after starting (Engine is stop)
Timing l Immediately after ignition is ON.
l Immediately after ignition starts.
l When advancing km/h to km/h
MPH to MPH
l While traveling at a constant speed km/h MPH
l When decelerating km/h to km/h
MPH to MPH
lWhen turning to right Steering angle : deg
Steering time : sec
l When turning to left Steering angle : deg
Steering time : sec
l When moving other electrical parts
I Parts name :
I Operating condition :
2. SYMPTOMS
ABS operating condi- l Performs no work.

tion l Operates only when abruptly applying brakes. Vehicle speed : km/h
MPH
I How to step on brake pedal :
a) Operating time : sec
b) Operating noise : l Produce / l Does not produce
I What kind of noise? l Knock
l Gong gong
l Bong
l Buzz
l Gong gong buzz
l Others :
c) Reaction force of brake pedal
l Stick
l Press down once with a clunk
l Press and released
l Others :
12
BRAKES [T6B0] 4-4
Behavior of vehicle a) Directional stability cannot be obtained or steering arm refuses to work when applying brakes :
l Yes / l No
I When : l Vehicle turns to right
l Vehicle turns to left
l Spins
l Others :
b) Directional stability cannot be obtained or steering arm refuses to work when accelerating :
l Yes / l No
I When : l Vehicle turns to right
l Vehicle turns to left
l Spins
l Others :
c) Brakes are out of order : l Yes / l No
I What : l Braking distance is long
l Brakes lock or drag
l Pedal stroke is long
l Pedal sticks
l Others :
d) Poor acceleration : l Yes / l No
I What : l Fails to accelerate
l Engine stalls
l Others :
e) Occurrence of vibration : l Yes / l No
I Where
I What kind :
f) Occurrence of abnormal noise : l Yes / l No
I Where
I What kind :
g) Occurrence of other phenomena : l Yes / l No
I What kind :
3. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TROUBLE OCCURS
Environment a) Weather l Fine

l Cloudy
l Rainy
l Snowy
l Various/Others :
b) Ambient temperature °F (°C)
c) Road l Urban area
l Suburbs
l Highway
l General road
l Ascending slope
l Descending slope
l Paved road
l Gravel road
l Muddy road
l Sandy place
l Others :
d) Road surface l Dry
l Wet
l New-fallen snow
l Compressed snow
l Frozen slope
l Others :
13
4-4 [T6C0] BRAKES
Condition a) Brakes Deceleration : g

l Continuous / l Intermittent
b) Accelerator Acceleration : g
l Continuous / l Intermittent
c) Vehicle speed km/h MPH
l Advancing
l Accelerating
l Reducing speed
l Low speed
l Turning
l Others :
d) Tire inflation pressure Front RH tire : kPa
Front LH tire : kPa
Rear RH tire : kPa
Rear LH tire : kPa
e) Degree of wear Front RH tire :
Front LH tire :
Rear RH tire :
Rear LH tire :
f) Genuine parts are used. : lYes / lNo
g) Chain is passed around tires. : lYes / lNo
h) T tire is used. : lYes / lNo
i) Condition of suspension alignment :
j) Loading state :
k) Repair parts are used. : lYes / lNo
I What :
l) Others :
C: INSPECTION MODE
Reproduce the condition under which the problem
has occurred as much as possible.
Drive the vehicle at a speed more than 40 km/h (25
MPH) for at least one minute.
D: TROUBLE CODES
When on-board diagnosis of the ABS control mod-
ule detects a problem, the information (up to a
maximum of three) will be stored in the EEP ROM
as a trouble code. When there are more than three,
the most recent three will be stored. (Stored codes
will stay in memory until they are cleared.)
14
BRAKES [T6D1] 4-4
1. CALLING UP A TROUBLE CODE 2) Turn ignition switch OFF.

1) Take out diagnosis connector from side of driv- 3) Connect diagnosis connector terminal 6 to
er’s seat heater unit. diagnosis terminal.
4) Turn ignition switch ON.
5) ABS warning light is set in the diagnostic mode
and blinks to identify trouble code.
B4M0082D
6) After the start code (11) is shown, the trouble codes will be shown in order of the last information first.
These repeat for a maximum of 5 minutes.
NOTE:
When there are no trouble codes in memory, only the start code (11) is shown.
B4M0232A
15
4-4 [T6D2] BRAKES
2. CLEARING MEMORY
1) After calling up a trouble code, disconnect diag-
nosis connector terminal 6 from diagnosis terminal.
B4M0082D
2) Repeat 3 times within approx. 12 seconds; connecting and disconnecting terminal 6 and diagnosis ter-
minal for at least 0.2 seconds each time.
B4M0233E
NOTE:
After diagnostics is completed, make sure to clear
memory. Make sure only start code (11) is shown
after memory is cleared.
16
BRAKES [T6D2] 4-4
MEMO:
17
4-4 [T7A0] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis

Circuit Failure
A: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON.
DIAGNOSIS:
I ABS warning light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I When ignition switch is turned ON (engine OFF), ABS warning light does not come on.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1230
18
BRAKES [T7A5] 4-4
7A1 : CHECK IF OTHER WARNING LIGHTS 7A4 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS
TURN ON. WARNING LIGHT HARNESS.
Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.

: Do other warning lights turn on? 2) Measure voltage between connector (B100)
and chassis ground.
: Go to step 7A2.
: Repair combination meter.
7A2 : CHECK ABS WARNING LIGHT BULB.

2) Remove combination meter.
3) Remove ABS warning light bulb from combina-
tion meter.
: Is ABS warning light bulb OK?
: Go to step 7A3.
: Replace ABS warning light bulb. B4M1273A
7A3 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS : Is voltage less than 3 V?

WARNING LIGHT HARNESS. : Go to step 7A5.
: Repair warning light harness.
1) Disconnect connector (B100) from connector
(F2). 7A5 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
2) Measure voltage between connector (B100)
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal 2) Install ABS warning light bulb from combination
(B100) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−): meter.
5) Measure voltage between connector (B100)
and chassis ground.
B4M1273A

: Go to step 7A4.
: Repair warning light harness.
B4M1273A
: Is voltage between 10 V and 15 V?

: Go to step 7A6.
: Repair wiring harness.
19
4-4 [T7A6] BRAKES
7A6 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS 7A8 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

WARNING LIGHT HARNESS. ABSCM&H/U.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and

2) Measure voltage between connector (F2) and chassis ground.
chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (F49) No. 23 — GND:
B4M1243A
B4M1274A
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω?
: Is the voltage less than 3 V? : Go to step 7A9.
: Go to step 7A7. : Repair ABSCM&H/U ground harness.
7A9 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
7A7 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS
WARNING LIGHT HARNESS. Measure resistance between connector (F2) and
chassis ground.
2) Measure voltage between connector (F2) and (F2) No. 9 — Chassis ground:
chassis ground.
B4M1275A

B4M1274A
: Go to step 7A10.
: Repair harness/connector.
: Go to step 7A8.
20
BRAKES [T7A10] 4-4
7A10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

: Is there poor contact in connectors
between combination meter and
ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Replace ABSCM&H/U.
21
4-4 [T7B0] BRAKES
B: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF.

DIAGNOSIS:
I ABS warning light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I When starting the engine and while ABS warning light is kept ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1230
22
BRAKES [T7B4] 4-4
7B1 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF 7B3 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS LINE.

ABSCM&H/U CONNECTOR.
Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Connect diagnosis terminal (B81) to diagnosis
: Is ABSCM&H/U connector inserted connector (B82) No. 6.
into ABSCM until the clamp locks 3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
onto it? 4) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
: Go to step 7B2.
: Insert ABSCM&H/U connector into Connector & terminal
ABSCM&H/U until the clamp locks onto (F49) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
it.
7B2 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL.
Measure resistance between diagnosis terminals

(B81) and chassis ground.
Terminals
Diagnosis terminal (A) — Chassis
ground:
B4M1233A
Diagnosis terminal (B) — Chassis
ground:
: Go to step 7B4.
: Repair harness connector between
ABSCM&H/U and diagnosis connector.
7B4 : CHECK GENERATOR.

2) Idle the engine.
B4M0800A
3) Measure voltage between generator and chas-
sis ground.
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω? Terminal
: Go to step 7B3. Generator B terminal (+) — Chassis
: Repair diagnosis terminal harness. ground (−):
B4M0430

: Go to step 7B5.
: Repair generator.
23
4-4 [T7B5] BRAKES
7B5 : CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL. 7B8 : CHECK PROJECTION AT

ABSCM&H/U.
: Is there poor contact at battery termi-
2) Check for broken projection at the
nal?
ABSCM&H/U terminal.
: Repair battery terminal.
: Go to step 7B6.
7B6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ABSCM.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.

2) Start engine.
3) Idle the engine.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
nector and chassis ground. B4M1235A
(F49) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Are the projection broken?
: Go to step 7B9.
7B9 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U termi-

nals.
Terminal
B4M1234A
No. 21 — No. 23:

: Go to step 7B7.
: Repair ABSCM&H/U power supply cir-
cuit.
7B7 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
1) Disconnect connector (F2) from connector B4M1237A

(B100).
: Does the ABS warning light remain : Go to step 7B10.
off?
: Go to step 7B8.
: Repair front wiring harness.
24
BRAKES [T7B12] 4-4
7B10 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS. 7B12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN

Measure resistance between connector (F2) and
chassis ground. : Is there poor contact in ABSCM&H/U
connector? <Ref. to FOREWORD
Connector & terminal [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
B4M1236A

: Go to step 7B11.
: Repair harness.
7B11 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
1) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U.

2) Measure resistance between connector (F2)
and chassis ground.
B4M1236A

: Go to step 7B12.
: Repair harness.
25
4-4 [T7C0] BRAKES
C: TROUBLE CODE DOES NOT APPEAR.

DIAGNOSIS:
I Diagnosis circuit is open.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I The ABS warning light turns on or off normally but the start code cannot be read out in the diagnostic
mode.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1230
26
BRAKES [T7C3] 4-4
7C1 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL. 7C3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN

Measure resistance between diagnosis terminals
(B81) and chassis ground. : Is there poor contact in ABSCM&H/U
Terminals [T3C1].>
Diagnosis terminal (A) — Chassis
ground: : Repair connector.
Diagnosis terminal (B) — Chassis : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
ground:
B4M0800A

: Go to step 7C2.
: Repair diagnosis terminal harness.
7C2 : CHECK DIAGNOSIS LINE.

2) Connect diagnosis terminal (B81) to diagnosis
connector (B82) No. 6.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
B4M1233A

: Go to step 7C3.
ABSCM&H/U and diagnosis connector.
27
4-4 [T7C3] BRAKES
MEMO:
28
BRAKES [T8A0] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light

A: LIST OF TROUBLE CODE
Trouble code Contents of diagnosis Index No.
Start code
11 I Trouble code is shown after start code. —
I Only start code is shown in normal condition.
21 Front right ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8B0].>
23 Abnormal ABS sensor Front left ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8C0].>
25 (Open circuit or input voltage too high) Rear right ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8D0].>
27 Rear left ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8E0].>
22 Front right ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8F0].>
24 Front left ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8G0].>
Abnormal ABS sensor
26 Rear right ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8H0].>
(Abnormal ABS sensor signal)
28 Rear left ABS sensor <Ref. to 4-4 [T8I0].>
29 Any one of four <Ref. to 4-4 [T8J0].>
31 Front right inlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8K0].>
32 Front right outlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8O0].>
33 Front left inlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8L0].>
34 Abnormal solenoid valve circuit(s) in ABS Front left outlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8P0].>
35 control module and hydraulic unit Rear right inlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8M0].>
36 Rear right outlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8Q0].>
37 Rear left inlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8N0].>
38 Rear left outlet valve <Ref. to 4-4 [T8R0].>
41 Abnormal ABS control module <Ref. to 4-4 [T8S0].>
42 Source voltage is abnormal. <Ref. to 4-4 [T8T0].>
44 A combination of AT control abnormal <Ref. to 4-4 [T8U0].>
51 Abnormal valve relay <Ref. to 4-4 [T8V0].>
52 Abnormal motor and/or motor relay <Ref. to 4-4 [T8W0].>
54 Abnormal stop light switch <Ref. to 4-4 [T8X0].>
56 Abnormal G sensor output voltage <Ref. to 4-4 [T8Y0].>
29
4-4 [T8B0] BRAKES
B: TROUBLE CODE 21 (FRONT RH)

C: TROUBLE CODE 23 (FRONT LH)
D: TROUBLE CODE 25 (REAR RH)
E: TROUBLE CODE 27 (REAR LH)
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH) —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty ABS sensor (Broken wire, input voltage too high)
I Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
30
BRAKES [T8E2] 4-4
8E1 : CHECK ABS SENSOR. 8E2 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS

SENSOR.
2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor. 1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
3) Measure resistance of ABS sensor connector 2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and
terminals. chassis ground.
Terminal Terminal
Front RH No. 1 — No. 2: Front RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Front LH No. 1 — No. 2: Front LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Rear RH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Rear LH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M0806E B4M0807E
B4M1036C B4M1037C
: Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
kΩ? : Go to step 8E3.
: Go to step 8E2. : Replace ABS sensor.
: Replace ABS sensor.
31
4-4 [T8E3] BRAKES
8E3 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS 8E4 : CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR

SENSOR. BETWEEN ABSCM&H/U AND ABS
SENSOR.
2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
chassis ground. 2) Connect connector to ABS sensor.
Terminal 3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
Front RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): connector terminals.
Front LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
Rear RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 — No. 12:
Rear LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 — No. 10:
Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 — No. 15:
Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 — No. 8:
B4M0807E
B4M1239A

kΩ?
: Go to step 8E5.
: Repair harness/connector between
ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor.
B4M1037C

: Go to step 8E4.
32
BRAKES [T8E7] 4-4
8E5 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR- 8E6 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-
NESS. NESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.

and chassis ground. 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
Connector & terminal nector and chassis ground.
Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 (+) — Connector & terminal
Chassis ground (−): Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 (+) —
Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 (+) — Chas- Chassis ground (−):
sis ground (−): Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 (+) — Chas-
Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 (+) — sis ground (−):
Chassis ground (−): Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 (+) —
Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 (+) — Chas- Chassis ground (−):
sis ground (−): Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 (+) — Chas-
sis ground (−):
B4M1240A
B4M1240A
: Go to step 8E6. : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
: Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U : Go to step 8E7.
and ABS sensor. : Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U
and ABS sensor.
8E7 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SEN-

SOR.
Tightening torque:
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
: Are the ABS sensor installation bolts
tightened securely?
: Go to step 8E8.
: Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts
securely.
33
4-4 [T8E8] BRAKES
8E8 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE 8E10 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.

WHEEL.
Measure hub runout.
Tightening torque: : Is the runout less than 0.05 mm
13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb) (0.0020 in)?
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts : Go to step 8E11.
tightened securely?
: Repair hub.
: Go to step 8E9.
: Tighten tone wheel installation bolts 8E11 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF ABS
securely. SENSOR.
8E9 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP. 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.

2) Measure resistance between ABS sensor and
Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire chassis ground.
perimeter of the wheel. Terminal
Front RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Rear RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Rear LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
G4M0700
B4M0818E
G4M0701
Front wheel Rear wheel

Specifications 0.9 — 1.4 mm 0.7 — 1.2 mm
(0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in) B4M1042C
: Is the gap within the specifications?

: Go to step 8E10.
: Go to step 8E12.
: Adjust the gap.
: Replace ABS sensor and ABSCM&H/U.
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacers (Part No.
26755AA000). If spacers cannot correct the gap,
replace worn sensor or worn tone wheel.
34
BRAKES [T8E15] 4-4
8E12 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR- 8E14 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

NESS.
1) Connect all connectors.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Erase the memory.
2) Connect connector to ABS sensor. 3) Perform inspection mode.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U 4) Read out the trouble code.
connector terminal and chassis ground. : Is the same trouble code as in the
Connector & terminal current diagnosis still being output?
Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 — Chassis : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
ground: : Go to step 8E15.
Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 — Chassis
ground:
8E15 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
CODES APPEARANCE.
ground:
ground: : Are other trouble codes being out-
put?
: Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
ing to the trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
NOTE:
Check harness and connectors between
B4M1241A

: Go to step 8E13.
: Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U
and ABS sensor.
Replace ABSCM&H/U.
8E13 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

between ABSCM&H/U and ABS sen-
sor? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8E14.
35
4-4 [T8F0] BRAKES
F: TROUBLE CODE 22 (FRONT RH)

G: TROUBLE CODE 24 (FRONT LH)
H: TROUBLE CODE 26 (REAR RH)
I: TROUBLE CODE 28 (REAR LH)
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty ABS sensor signal (noise, irregular signal, etc.)
I Faulty harness/connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
36
BRAKES [T8I4] 4-4
8I1 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SEN- 8I3 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
SOR.
Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire
Tightening torque: perimeter of the wheel.
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
tightened securely?
: Go to step 8I2.
securely.
8I2 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE

WHEEL.
G4M0700
Tightening torque:
13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts
tightened securely?
: Go to step 8I3.
: Tighten tone wheel installation bolts
securely.
G4M0701

(0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)

: Go to step 8I4.
: Adjust the gap.
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacer (Part No.
8I4 : CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE.
: Is an oscilloscope available?
: Go to step 8I5.
: Go to step 8I6.
37
4-4 [T8I5] BRAKES
8I5 : CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL. 8I6 : CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS

SENSOR OR TONE WHEEL.
1) Raise all four wheels of ground.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove disc rotor or drum from hub in accordance
3) Connect the oscilloscope to the connector with trouble code.
(B100) or connector (F1). : Is the ABS sensor pole piece or the
4) Turn ignition switch ON. tone wheel contaminated by dirt or
5) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at speci- other foreign matter?
fied frequency.
: Thoroughly remove dirt or other foreign
NOTE: matter.
When this inspection is completed, the ABS control : Go to step 8I7.
module sometimes stores the trouble code 29.
Connector & terminal 8I7 : CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SENSOR
Trouble code 22 / (B100) No. 12 (+) — No. OR TONE WHEEL.
13 (−):
Trouble code 24 / (B100) No. 3 (+) — No.
4 (−): : Are there broken or damaged in the
Trouble code 26 / (F1) No. 5 (+) — No. 4 ABS sensor pole piece or the tone
(−): wheel?
Trouble code 28 / (F1) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 : Replace ABS sensor or tone wheel.
(−): : Go to step 8I8.
Specified voltage: 0.12 — 1 V (When it is
20 Hz.)
8I8 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
Measure hub runout.

: Is the runout less than 0.05 mm
(0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 8I9.
: Repair hub.
B4M1299A
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as

shown in figure?
: Go to step 8I9.
: Go to step 8I6.
38
BRAKES [T8I10] 4-4
8I9 : CHECK RESISTANCE OF ABS SEN- 8I10 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF ABS
SOR. SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch OFF. Measure resistance between ABS sensor and
2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor. chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance between ABS sensor con- Terminal
nector terminals. Front RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Terminal Front LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front RH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front LH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Rear RH No. 1 — No. 2:
Rear LH No. 1 — No. 2:
B4M0818E
B4M0806E
B4M1042C
B4M1036C : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

: Go to step 8I11.
kΩ?
: Go to step 8I10.
39
4-4 [T8I11] BRAKES
8I11 : CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR 8I12 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR-

BETWEEN ABSCM&H/U AND ABS NESS.
SENSOR.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U con-
1) Connect connector to ABS sensor. nector and chassis ground.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance at ABSCM&H/U connector Trouble code 22 / (F49) No. 11 — Chassis
terminals. ground:
Connector & terminal Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 9 — Chassis
Trouble code 22 / (F49) No. 11 — No. 12: ground:
Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 9 — No. 10: Trouble code 26 / (F49) No. 14 — Chassis
ground:
B4M1239A
B4M1241A
kΩ? : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
: Go to step 8I12. : Go to step 8I13.
: Repair harness/connector between : Repair harness/connector between
ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor. ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor.
8I13 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

ABSCM&H/U.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and

chassis ground.
(F49) No. 23 — GND:
B4M1243A

: Go to step 8I14.
: Repair ABSCM&H/U ground harness.
40
BRAKES [T8I19] 4-4
8I14 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON- 8I17 : CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.

NECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors 2) Measure resistance between shield connector
between ABSCM&H/U and ABS sen- and chassis ground.
sor? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> Connector & terminal
: Repair connector. Trouble code 22 / (B100) No. 11 — Chas-
: Go to step 8I15. sis ground:
Trouble code 24 / (B100) No. 2 — Chassis
ground:
8I15 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL Trouble code 26 / Go to step 8I18.
NOISE. Trouble code 28 / Go to step 8I18.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless

transmitter properly installed?
: Go to step 8I16.
: Properly install the car telephone or the
wireless transmitter.
8I16 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

NOISE.
B4M1244A
: Are noise sources (such as an

antenna) installed near the sensor : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω?
harness? : Go to step 8I18.
: Install the noise sources apart from the : Repair shield harness.
sensor harness.
: Go to step 8I17. 8I18 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the
current diagnosis still being output?
: Go to step 8I19.
8I19 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being out-

put?
: A temporary noise interference.
41
4-4 [T8J0] BRAKES
J: TROUBLE CODE 29
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL (ANY ONE OF FOUR) —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty tone wheel
I Wheels turning freely for a long time
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
42
BRAKES [T8J7] 4-4
8J1 : CHECK IF THE WHEELS HAVE 8J6 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE

TURNED FREELY FOR A LONG TIME. WHEEL.
: Check if the wheels have been turned Tightening torque:

freely for more than one minute, such 13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb)
as when the vehicle is jacked-up, : Are the tone wheel installation bolts
under full-lock cornering or when tire tightened securely?
is not in contact with road surface.
: Go to step 8J7.
: The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble
code. : Tighten tone wheel installation bolts
securely.
NOTE:
When the wheels turn freely for a long time, such
as when the vehicle is towed or jacked-up, or when 8J7 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
steering wheel is continuously turned all the way,
this trouble code may sometimes occur. Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire
: Go to step 8J2. perimeter of the wheel.
8J2 : CHECK TIRE SPECIFICATIONS.
: Are the tire specifications correct?

: Go to step 8J3.
: Replace tire.
8J3 : CHECK WEAR OF TIRE.

G4M0700
: Is the tire worn excessively?
: Replace tire.
: Go to step 8J4.
8J4 : CHECK TIRE PRESSURE.
: Is the tire pressure correct?

: Go to step 8J5.
: Adjust tire pressure.
G4M0701
8J5 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SEN-
SOR. Front wheel Rear wheel
Tightening torque: (0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
: Are the ABS sensor installation bolts : Go to step 8J8.
tightened securely?
: Adjust the gap.
: Go to step 8J6.
NOTE:
securely.
43
4-4 [T8J8] BRAKES
8J8 : CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE. 8J10 : CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS

: Go to step 8J9. Remove disc rotor from hub.
: Go to step 8J10. : Is the ABS sensor pole piece or the
tone wheel contaminated by dirt or
other foreign matter?
8J9 : CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL.
matter.
1) Raise all four wheels of ground. : Go to step 8J11.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF.
3) Connect the oscilloscope to the connector
(B100) or connector (F1). 8J11 : CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SENSOR
4) Turn ignition switch ON. OR TONE WHEEL.
5) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at speci-
fied frequency. : Are there broken or damaged teeth in
the ABS sensor pole piece or the tone
NOTE:
wheel?
When this inspection is completed, the ABS control
module sometimes stores the trouble code 29. : Replace ABS sensor or tone wheel.
: Go to step 8J12.
(B100) No. 12 (+) — No. 13 (−) (Front RH):
(B100) No. 3 (+) — No. 4 (−) (Front LH): 8J12 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
(F1) No. 5 (+) — No. 4 (−) (Rear RH):
(F1) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 (−) (Rear LH): Measure hub runout.
20 Hz.) (0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 8J13.
: Repair hub.
8J13 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 8J14.
8J14 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

B4M1299A
put?
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
shown in figure?
: Go to step 8J13.
: Go to step 8J10.
44
BRAKES [T8J14] 4-4
MEMO:
45
4-4 [T8K0] BRAKES
K: TROUBLE CODE 31 (FRONT RH)

L: TROUBLE CODE 33 (FRONT LH)
M: TROUBLE CODE 35 (REAR RH)
N: TROUBLE CODE 37 (REAR LH)
— ABNORMAL INLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT(S) IN ABSCM&H/U —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty inlet solenoid valve in ABSCM&H/U
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
46
BRAKES [T8N5] 4-4
8N1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 8N3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. : Is there poor contact in connectors

2) Run the engine at idle. between generator, battery and
3) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
nector and chassis ground. [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal : Repair connector.
(F49) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Go to step 8N4.
8N4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1234A
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V? : Go to step 8N5.
: Go to step 8N2.
: Repair harness connector between 8N5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
battery, ignition switch and CODES APPEARANCE.
ABSCM&H/U.
8N2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF put?
ABSCM&H/U. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : A temporary poor contact.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 8N3.
47
4-4 [T8O0] BRAKES
O: TROUBLE CODE 32 (FRONT RH)

P: TROUBLE CODE 34 (FRONT LH)
Q: TROUBLE CODE 36 (REAR RH)
R: TROUBLE CODE 38 (REAR LH)
— ABNORMAL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT(S) IN ABSCM&H/U —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty outlet solenoid valve in ABSCM&H/U
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
48
BRAKES [T8R5] 4-4
8R1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 8R3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. : Is there poor contact in connectors

2) Run the engine at idle. between generator, battery and
3) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
nector and chassis ground. [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal : Repair connector.
(F49) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Go to step 8R4.
8R4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1234A
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V? : Go to step 8R5.
: Go to step 8R2.
: Repair harness connector between 8R5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
battery, ignition switch and CODES APPEARANCE.
ABSCM&H/U.
8R2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF put?
ABSCM&H/U. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : A temporary poor contact.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 8R3.
49
4-4 [T8S0] BRAKES
S: TROUBLE CODE 41
— ABNORMAL ABS CONTROL MODULE —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty ABSCM&H/U.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1246
50
BRAKES [T8S6] 4-4
8S1 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 8S4 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

ABSCM&H/U. NOISE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Are noise sources (such as an

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. antenna) installed near the sensor
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and harness?
chassis ground. : Install the noise sources apart from the
Connector & terminal sensor harness.
(F49) No. 23 — Chassis ground: : Go to step 8S5.
8S5 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1243A : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8S6.
: Go to step 8S2. 8S6 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Repair ABSCM&H/U ground harness. CODES APPEARANCE.
8S2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON- : Are other trouble codes being out-
NECTORS. put?
between battery, ignition switch and : A temporary poor contact.
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8S3.
8S3 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

NOISE.

: Go to step 8S4.
51
4-4 [T8T0] BRAKES
T: TROUBLE CODE 42
— SOURCE VOLTAGE IS ABNORMAL. —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Power source voltage of the ABSCM&H/U is low or high.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
52
BRAKES [T8T4] 4-4
8T1 : CHECK GENERATOR. 8T3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF

ABSCM&H/U.
1) Start engine.
2) Idling after warm-up. 1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
3) Measure voltage between generator B terminal 2) Run the engine at idle.
Terminal nector and chassis ground.
Generator B terminal — Chassis ground: Connector & terminal
B4M0430
B4M1234A
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 17 V?
: Go to step 8T2. : Is the voltage between 10 V and 17 V?
: Repair generator. : Go to step 8T4.
8T2 : CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL. battery, ignition switch and
ABSCM&H/U.
8T4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
: Are the positive and negative battery ABSCM&H/U.
terminals tightly clamped?
: Go to step 8T3. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Tighten the clamp of terminal. 2) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
B4M1243A

: Go to step 8T5.
53
4-4 [T8T5] BRAKES
8T5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

between generator, battery and
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8T6.
8T6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 8T7.
8T7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
54
BRAKES [T8T7] 4-4
MEMO:
55
4-4 [T8U0] BRAKES
U: TROUBLE CODE 44
— A COMBINATION OF AT CONTROL ABNORMAL —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Combination of AT control faults
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1300
56
BRAKES [T8U4] 4-4
8U1 : CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF THE 8U3 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-

ABSCM&H/U. NESS.
Check specifications of the mark to the Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector
ABSCM&H/U. and chassis ground.
B4M1248A
Mark Model B4M1250A

C1 FWD AT
C3 AWD AT : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C4 AWD MT : Go to step 8U4.
: Is an ABSCM&H/U for AT model : Repair harness between TCM and
installed on a MT model? ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8U2. 8U4 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-
NESS.
8U2 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR-
NESS. 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Disconnect two connectors from TCM. Connector & terminal
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. (F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M1250A

: Go to step 8U5.
B4M1249A : Repair harness between TCM and
ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8U3.
: Repair harness between TCM and
ABSCM&H/U.
57
4-4 [T8U5] BRAKES
8U5 : CHECK TCM. 8U7 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HAR-

NESS.
2) Connect all connectors to TCM. Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. and chassis ground.
4) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter- Connector & terminal
minal and chassis ground. (F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Connector & terminal (F49) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M1252A
B4M1251B
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V? : Go to step 8U8.
: Go to step 8U7. : Repair harness/connector between
: Go to step 8U6. TCM and ABSCM&H/U.
8U6 : CHECK AT. 8U8 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.
: Is the AT functioning normally?
: Replace TCM. : Is there poor contact in connectors
between TCM and ABSCM&H/U?
: Repair AT.
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8U9.
8U9 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 8U10.
58
BRAKES [T8U10] 4-4
8U10 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
59
4-4 [T8V0] BRAKES
V: TROUBLE CODE 51
— ABNORMAL VALVE RELAY —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty valve relay
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1253
60
BRAKES [T8V5] 4-4
8V1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 8V3 : CHECK VALVE RELAY IN

ABSCM&H/U. ABSCM&H/U.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. terminals.
3) Run the engine at idle. Terminals
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- No. 23 (+) — No. 24 (−):
B4M1272A

: Go to step 8V4.
B4M1254A
: Go to step 8V2. 8V4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
NECTORS.
: Repair harness connector between bat-
tery and ABSCM&H/U.
8V2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
ABSCM&H/U. [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8V5.
8V5 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8V6.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 8V3.
61
4-4 [T8V6] BRAKES
8V6 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
62
BRAKES [T8V6] 4-4
MEMO:
63
4-4 [T8W0] BRAKES
W: TROUBLE CODE 52
— ABNORMAL MOTOR AND/OR MOTOR RELAY —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty motor
I Faulty motor relay
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1255
64
BRAKES [T8W4] 4-4
8W1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 8W3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Run the engine at idle.

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. nector and chassis ground.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- Connector & terminal
nector and chassis ground. (F49) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M1234A
B4M1256A : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?

: Go to step 8W4.
: Go to step 8W2. battery, ignition switch and
: Repair harness/connector between bat- ABSCM&H/U.
tery and ABSCM&H/U and check fuse
SBF-6. 8W4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
ABSCM&H/U.
8W2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
MOTOR. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. connector and chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U Connector & terminal
connector and chassis ground. (F49) No. 23 — Chassis ground:
B4M1243A
B4M1257A : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω?

: Go to step 8W5.
: Go to step 8W3.
65
4-4 [T8W5] BRAKES
8W5 : CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
Operate the sequence control. <Ref. to 4-4

[W15D0].>
NOTE:
Use the diagnosis connector to operate the
sequence control.
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be
heard when carrying out the
sequence control?
: Go to step 8W6.
8W6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

: Is there poor contact in connector
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8W7.
8W7 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 8W8.
8W8 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
66
BRAKES [T8W8] 4-4
MEMO:
67
4-4 [T8X0] BRAKES
X: TROUBLE CODE 54
— ABNORMAL STOP LIGHT SWITCH —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty stop light switch
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1258
68
BRAKES [T8X5] 4-4
8X1 : CHECK STOP LIGHTS COME ON. 8X4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
Depress the brake pedal. 1) Connect all connectors.

: Do stop lights come on?
: Go to step 8X2. 4) Read out the trouble code.
: Repair stop lights circuit. : Is the same trouble code as in the
8X2 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN HARNESS. : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8X5.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. 8X5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
3) Depress brake pedal. CODES APPEARANCE.
Connector & terminal put?
(F49) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
B4M1259A

: Go to step 8X3.
: Repair harness between stop light
switch and ABSCM&H/U.
8X3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

between stop light switch and
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8X4.
69
4-4 [T8Y0] BRAKES
Y: TROUBLE CODE 56
— ABNORMAL G SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1260
70
BRAKES [T8Y3] 4-4
8Y1 : CHECK ALL FOUR WHEELS FOR 8Y3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF G SEN-
FREE TURNING. SOR.
: Have the wheels been turned freely 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
such as when the vehicle is lifted up, 2) Remove console box.
or operated on a rolling road? 3) Disconnect G sensor from body. (Do not dis-
: The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble connect connector.)
code. 4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between G sensor connector
: Go to step 8Y2.
terminals.
8Y2 : CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF Connector & terminal

ABSCM&H/U. (P11) No. 1 (+) — No. 3 (−):
Check specifications of the mark to the

ABSCM&H/U.
B4M0911B
: Is the voltage between 4.75 and 5.25

V?
B4M1248A
: Go to step 8Y4.
: Repair harness/connector between G
Mark Model
sensor and ABSCM&H/U.
C1 FWD AT
C3 AWD AT
C4 AWD MT
: Is an ABSCM for AWD model installed

on a FWD model?
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn ignition switch to OFF when
removing ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8Y3.
71
4-4 [T8Y4] BRAKES
8Y4 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SEN- 8Y6 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-
SOR OUTPUT HARNESS AND NESS.
GROUND HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. and chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U (F49) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
connector terminals.
(F49) No. 30 — No. 28:
B4M1263A

B4M1261A
: Go to step 8Y7.
: Repair harness between G sensor and
ABSCM&H/U.
kΩ?
: Go to step 8Y5.
8Y7 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-
: Repair harness/connector between G NESS.
8Y5 : CHECK GROUND SHORT IN G SEN- 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
SOR OUTPUT HARNESS. nector and chassis ground.
1) Disconnect connector from G sensor.
B4M1263A

: Go to step 8Y8.
B4M1262A
ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 8Y6.
ABSCM&H/U.
72
BRAKES [T8Y9] 4-4
8Y8 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR- 8Y9 : CHECK G SENSOR.

NESS.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U con- 2) Remove G sensor from vehicle.
nector and chassis ground. 3) Connect connector to G sensor.
Connector & terminal 4) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U.
(F49) No. 28 — Chassis ground: 5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
terminals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M1264A

: Go to step 8Y9.
S4M0074B
ABSCM&H/U.
Replace ABSCM&H/U.
B4M0915

when G sensor is horizontal?
: Go to step 8Y10.
: Replace G sensor.
73
4-4 [T8Y10] BRAKES
8Y10 : CHECK G SENSOR. 8Y12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector ter-
minals. : Is there poor contact in connector
between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor?
Connector & terminal <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 8Y13.
8Y13 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M0917A
: Is the voltage between 3.7 and 4.1 V : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
when G sensor is inclined forwards : Go to step 8Y14.
to 90°?
: Go to step 8Y11. 8Y14 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Replace G sensor. CODES APPEARANCE.
8Y11 : CHECK G SENSOR. : Are other trouble codes being out-

put?
minals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M0918A

when G sensor is inclined backwards
to 90°?
: Go to step 8Y12.
: Replace G sensor.
74
BRAKES [T9A6] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
9. Select Monitor Function I If a particular trouble code is not properly stored

in memory (due to a drop in ABSCM&H/U power
Mode supply, etc.) when a problem occurs, the trouble
Applicable cartridge of select monitor: No. code, followed by a question mark “?”, appears on
24082AA010 the select monitor display. This shows it may be an
unreliable reading.
NOTE:
For basic handling of the select monitor, refer to its
Operation Manual.
A: LIST OF FUNCTION MODE
1. ANALOG DATA ARE DISPLAYED.
Display screen Contents to be monitored
Wheel speed detected by the Front
FR wheel speed Right ABS sensor is displayed in
km/h or mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the Front S4M0076A
FL wheel speed Left ABS sensor is displayed in km/h
or mile/h. I *a* refers to the troubles in order of occurrence
Wheel speed detected by the Rear
(Latest, Old, Older and Reference).
RR wheel speed Right ABS sensor is displayed in
km/h or mile/h.
The most recent trouble code appears
Wheel speed detected by the Rear Latest
on the select monitor display.
RL wheel speed Left ABS sensor is displayed in km/h
or mile/h. The second most recent trouble code
Old
appears on the select monitor display.
Stop light switch monitor voltage is
Stop light switch The third most recent trouble code
displayed. Older
appears on the select monitor display.
Refers to vehicle acceleration
G sensor output detecting by the analog G sensor. It A specified period of time proceeding
voltage appears on the select monitor dis- Reference trouble code appears on the select
play in volts. monitor display.
2. ON/OFF DATA ARE DISPLAYED. 4. CLEAR MEMORY
Display screen Contents to be monitored Display screen Contents to be monitored

Stop light switch Stop light switch signal Function of clearing trouble code and
Clear memory?
freeze frame data.
Valve relay signal Valve relay signal
Motor relay signal Motor relay signal 5. ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL
ABS operation signal from ABS con-
ABS signal to TCM
trol module to TCM Display
Contents to be monitored Index No.
ABS warning light ABS warning light screen
Valve relay monitor Valve relay operation monitor signal Perform ABS sequence
ABS
Motor relay monitor Motor relay operation monitor signal control by operating valve <Ref. to 4-4
sequence
and pump motor sequen- [W15D0].>
ABS operation signal from ABS con- control
CCM signal tially.
trol module to TCM
3. TROUBLE CODES ARE DISPLAYED. 6. FREEZE FRAME DATA

A maximum of 3 trouble codes are displayed in NOTE:
order of occurrence. I Data stored at the time of trouble occurrence is
shown on display.
I Each time trouble occurs, the latest information
is stored in the freeze frame data in memory.
I If freeze frame data is not properly stored in
memory (due to a drop in ABSCM power supply,
etc.), a trouble code, preceded by a question mark
“?”, appears on the select monitor display. This
shows it may be an unreliable reading.
75
4-4 [T9A6] BRAKES

FR wheel speed Right ABS sensor is displayed in
km/h or mile/h.
FL wheel speed Left ABS sensor is displayed in km/h
or mile/h.
RR wheel speed Right ABS sensor is displayed in
km/h or mile/h.
RL wheel speed Left ABS sensor is displayed in km/h
or mile/h.
Power (in volts) supplied to
ABSCM power volt-
ABSCM&H/U appears on the select
age
monitor display.
Refers to vehicle acceleration
G sensor output detected by the analog G sensor. It
voltage appears on the select monitor dis-
play in volts.
Motor relay monitor Motor relay operation monitor signal
Stop light switch Stop light switch signal
ABS signal to TCM
trol module to TCM
ABS-AT control
trol module to TCM
ABS operation sig-
ABS operation signal
nal
76
BRAKES [T9A6] 4-4
MEMO:
77
4-4 [T10A0] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor

A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC CHART
S4M0180B
CAUTION:
Remove foreign matter (dust, water, etc.) from the ABSCM&H/U connector during removal and
installation.
NOTE:
I To check harness for broken wires or short circuits, shake it while holding it or the connector.
I Check list for interview, <Ref. to 4-4 [T6B0].>
78
BRAKES [T10B0] 4-4
B: LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE

Code Display screen Contents of diagnosis Index No.
— Communication for initializing impossible Select monitor communication failure <Ref. to 4-4 [T10C0].>
Although no trouble code appears on the
— No trouble code select monitor display, the ABS warning <Ref. to 4-4 [T10D0].>
light remains on.
Open or short circuit in front right ABS Open or short circuit in front right ABS
21 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10E0].>
sensor circuit sensor circuit
22 Front right ABS sensor abnormal signal Front right ABS sensor abnormal signal <Ref. to 4-4 [T10I0].>
Open or short circuit in front left ABS Open or short circuit in front left ABS
23 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10F0].>
24 Front left ABS sensor abnormal signal Front left ABS sensor abnormal signal <Ref. to 4-4 [T10J0].>
Open or short circuit in rear right ABS Open or short circuit in rear right ABS
25 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10G0].>
26 Rear right ABS sensor abnormal signal Rear right ABS sensor abnormal signal <Ref. to 4-4 [T10K0].>
Open or short circuit in rear left ABS Open or short circuit in rear left ABS
27 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10H0].>
28 Rear left ABS sensor abnormal signal Rear left ABS sensor abnormal signal <Ref. to 4-4 [T10L0].>
Abnormal ABS sensor signal on any one Abnormal ABS sensor signal on any one
29 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10M0].>
of four sensor of four
31 Front right inlet valve malfunction Front right inlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10N0].>
32 Front right outlet valve malfunction Front right outlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10R0].>
33 Front left inlet valve malfunction Front left inlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10O0].>
34 Front left outlet valve malfunction Front left outlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10S0].>
35 Rear right inlet valve malfunction Rear right inlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10P0].>
36 Rear right outlet valve malfunction Rear right outlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10T0].>
37 Rear left inlet valve malfunction Rear left inlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10Q0].>
38 Rear left outlet valve malfunction Rear left outlet valve malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10U0].>
ABS control module and hydraulic con-
41 ABS control module malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10V0].>
trol unit malfunction
42 Power supply voltage too low Power supply voltage too low <Ref. to 4-4 [T10W0].>
42 Power supply voltage too high Power supply voltage too high <Ref. to 4-4 [T10X0].>
44 ABS-AT control (Non Controlled) ABS-AT control (Non Controlled) <Ref. to 4-4 [T10Y0].>
44 ABS-AT control (Controlled) ABS-AT control (Controlled) <Ref. to 4-4 [T10Z0].>
51 Valve relay malfunction Valve relay malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AA0].>
51 Valve relay ON failure Valve relay ON failure <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AB0].>
52 Open circuit in motor relay circuit Open circuit in motor relay circuit <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AC0].>
52 Motor relay ON failure Motor relay ON failure <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AD0].>
52 Motor malfunction Motor malfunction <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AE0].>
Stop light switch signal circuit malfunc- Stop light switch signal circuit malfunc-
54 <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AF0].>
tion tion
56 Open or short circuit in G sensor circuit Open or short circuit in G sensor circuit <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AG0].>
56 Battery short in G sensor circuit Battery short in G sensor circuit <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AH0].>
56 Abnormal G sensor high µ output Abnormal G sensor high µ output <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AI0].>
56 Detection of G sensor stick Detection of G sensor stick <Ref. to 4-4 [T10AJ0].>
NOTE:
High µ means high friction coefficient against road surface.
79
4-4 [T10C0] BRAKES
C: COMMUNICATION FOR INITIALIZING IMPOSSIBLE

— SELECT MONITOR COMMUNICATION FAILURE —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I ABS warning light remains on.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1301
80
BRAKES [T10C6] 4-4
10C1 : CHECK IGNITION SWITCH. 10C5 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF

: Is ignition switch ON?
: Go to step 10C2. Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Turn ignition switch ON, and select ABS/ : Is ABSCM&H/U connector inserted
TCS mode using the select monitor. into ABSCM&H/U until the clamp
locks onto it?
10C2 : CHECK GENERATOR. : Go to step 10C6.
: Insert ABSCM&H/U connector into
1) Start the engine. ABSCM&H/U until the clamp locks onto
2) Idle the engine. it.
3) Measure voltage between generator and chas-
sis ground. 10C6 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF
Terminal ABSCM&H/U.
Generator B terminal (+) — Chassis
ground (−): 1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
2) Start engine.
3) Idle the engine.
B4M0430

: Go to step 10C3.
: Repair generator.
10C3 : CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL. B4M1234A
Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is the voltage between 10 and 15 V?

: Is there poor contact at battery termi- : Go to step 10C7.
nal? : Repair ABSCM&H/U power supply cir-
: Repair battery terminal. cuit.
: Go to step 10C4.
10C4 : CHECK COMMUNICATION OF

SELECT MONITOR.
Using the select monitor, check whether communi-

cation to other system (such as engine, AT, etc.)
can be executed normally.
: Are the name and year of the system
displayed on the select monitor?
: Go to step 10C5.
: Repair select monitor communication
cable and connector.
81
4-4 [T10C7] BRAKES
10C7 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 10C9 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is there poor contact in connectors

2) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U between ABSCM&H/U and data link
connector and chassis ground. connector? <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
(F49) No. 23 — Chassis ground: : Repair connector.
B4M1243A

: Repair harness/connector between
ABSCM&H/U and select monitor.
: Go to step 10C8.
10C8 : CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR

BETWEEN ABSCM&H/U AND DATA
LINK CONNECTOR.

connector and data link connector.
(F49) No. 20 — (B40) No. 5:
(F49) No. 5 — (B40) No. 4:
S4M0075A

: Repair harness and connector between
ABSCM&H/U and data link connector.
: Go to step 10C9.
82
BRAKES [T10C9] 4-4
MEMO:
83
4-4 [T10D0] BRAKES
D: NO TROUBLE CODE
— ALTHOUGH NO TROUBLE CODE APPEARS ON THE SELECT MONITOR DISPLAY, THE ABS
WARNING LIGHT REMAINS ON. —
DIAGNOSIS:
I ABS warning light circuit is shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I ABS warning light remains on.
I NO TROUBLE CODE displayed on the select monitor.
NOTE:
When the ABS warning light is OFF and “NO TROUBLE CODE” is displayed on the select monitor, the
system is in normal condition.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1230
84
BRAKES [T10D4] 4-4
10D1 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS. 10D3 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U termi-

2) Disconnect connector (F2) from connector nals.
(B100). Terminals
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. No. 21 — No. 23:
: Does the ABS warning light remain
off?
: Go to step 10D2.
: Repair front wiring harness.
10D2 : CHECK PROJECTION AT

ABSCM&H/U.

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. B4M1237A
3) Check for broken projection at the

ABSCM&H/U terminal. : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
: Go to step 10D4.
: Replace valve relay.
10D4 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
Measure resistance between connector (F2) and

chassis ground.
B4M1235A
: Are the projection broken?

: Go to step 10D3.
B4M1236A

: Go to step 10D5.
: Repair harness.
85
4-4 [T10D5] BRAKES
10D5 : CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
1) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U.

2) Measure resistance between connector (F2)
and chassis ground.
B4M1236A

: Go to step 10D6.
: Repair harness.
10D6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN

: Is there poor contact in ABSCM&H/U

[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
86
BRAKES [T10D6] 4-4
MEMO:
87
4-4 [T10E0] BRAKES
E: TROUBLE CODE 21 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN FRONT RIGHT ABS

SENSOR CIRCUIT
F: TROUBLE CODE 23 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN FRONT LEFT ABS
SENSOR CIRCUIT
G: TROUBLE CODE 25 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN REAR RIGHT ABS
SENSOR CIRCUIT
H: TROUBLE CODE 27 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN REAR LEFT ABS
SENSOR CIRCUIT
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT) —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty ABS sensor (Broken wire, input voltage too high)
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
88
BRAKES [T10H0] 4-4
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
89
4-4 [T10H1] BRAKES
10H1 : CHECK OUTPUT OF ABS SENSOR 10H4 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
USING SELECT MONITOR.
Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire
1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the perimeter of the wheel.
select monitor.
2) Read the ABS sensor output corresponding to
the faulty system in the select monitor data display
mode.
: Does the speed indicated on the dis-
play change in response to the
speedometer reading during
acceleration/deceleration when the
steering wheel is in the straight-
ahead position?
G4M0700
: Go to step 10H2.
: Go to step 10H9.
10H2 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS

SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
tightened securely?
G4M0701
: Go to step 10H3.
securely. Front wheel Rear wheel
(0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)
10H3 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE
WHEEL. : Is the gap within the specifications?
: Go to step 10H5.
Tightening torque: : Adjust the gap.
13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb) NOTE:
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts Adjust the gap using spacers (Part No.
tightened securely? 26755AA000). If spacers cannot correct the gap,
: Go to step 10H4. replace worn sensor or worn tone wheel.
10H5 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
securely.
Measure hub runout.

(0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 10H6.
: Repair hub.
90
BRAKES [T10H9] 4-4
10H6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON- 10H9 : CHECK ABS SENSOR.

NECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF. 2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor.
: Is there poor contact in connectors 3) Measure resistance of ABS sensor connector
between ABSCM&H/U and ABS sen- terminals.
sor? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> Terminal
: Repair connector. Front RH No. 1 — No. 2:
: Go to step 10H7. Front LH No. 1 — No. 2:
10H7 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10H8. B4M0806E
10H8 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
NOTE: B4M1036C
ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor. : Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2
kΩ?
: Go to step 10H10.
91
4-4 [T10H10] BRAKES
10H10 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS 10H11 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS
SENSOR. SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.

2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and 2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and
Terminal Terminal
Front RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Front RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Front LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Front LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Rear RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Rear RH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Rear LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Rear LH No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M0807E B4M0807E
B4M1037C B4M1037C

: Go to step 10H11. : Go to step 10H12.
: Replace ABS sensor. : Replace ABS sensor.
92
BRAKES [T10H13] 4-4
10H12 : CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR 10H13 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR-

SENSOR.
Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. and chassis ground.
2) Connect connector to ABS sensor. Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 (+) —
connector terminals. Chassis ground (−):
Connector & terminal Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 (+) — Chas-
Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 — No. 12: sis ground (−):
Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 — No. 10: Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 (+) —
Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 — No. 15: Chassis ground (−):
Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 — No. 8: Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 (+) — Chas-
sis ground (−):
B4M1239A
B4M1240A
kΩ? : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
: Go to step 10H13. : Go to step 10H14.
: Repair harness/connector between : Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U
ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor. and ABS sensor.
93
4-4 [T10H14] BRAKES
10H14 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR- 10H16 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE

NESS. WHEEL.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Tightening torque:

2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- 13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb)
nector and chassis ground. : Are the tone wheel installation bolts
Connector & terminal tightened securely?
Trouble code 21 / (F49) No. 11 (+) — : Go to step 10H17.
Chassis ground (−):
Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 (+) — Chas-
securely.
sis ground (−):
Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 (+) —
Chassis ground (−): 10H17 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 (+) — Chas-
sis ground (−): Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire
perimeter of the wheel.
B4M1240A
G4M0700
: Go to step 10H15.
: Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U
and ABS sensor.
10H15 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS

SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
G4M0701
tightened securely?
: Go to step 10H16. Specifications 0.9 — 1.4 mm 0.7 — 1.2 mm
: Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts (0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)
securely.
: Go to step 10H18.
: Adjust the gap.
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacers (Part No.
94
BRAKES [T10H21] 4-4
10H18 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT. 10H20 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR-

NESS.
Measure hub runout.
2) Connect connector to ABS sensor.
(0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 10H19. connector terminal and chassis ground.
: Repair hub.
10H19 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF ABS ground:
SENSOR. Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 9 — Chassis
ground:
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Trouble code 25 / (F49) No. 14 — Chassis
2) Measure resistance between ABS sensor and ground:
chassis ground. Trouble code 27 / (F49) No. 7 — Chassis
ground:
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Rear RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Rear LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
B4M1241A

: Go to step 10H21.
B4M0818E : Repair harness between ABSCM&H/U
and ABS sensor.
And replace ABSCM&H/U.
10H21 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

sor? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
B4M1042C
: Go to step 10H22.
: Go to step 10H20.
: Replace ABS sensor and ABSCM&H/U.
95
4-4 [T10H22] BRAKES
10H22 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10H23.
10H23 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
NOTE:
96
BRAKES [T10H23] 4-4
MEMO:
97
4-4 [T10I0] BRAKES
I: TROUBLE CODE 22 FRONT RIGHT ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL

J: TROUBLE CODE 24 FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL
K: TROUBLE CODE 26 REAR RIGHT ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL
L: TROUBLE CODE 28 REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL SIGNAL) —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
98
BRAKES [T10L7] 4-4
10L1 : CHECK OUTPUT OF ABS SENSOR 10L5 : CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.

1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the 2) Connect all connectors.
select monitor. 3) Measure resistance between shield connector
2) Read the ABS sensor output corresponding to and chassis ground.
the faulty system in the select monitor data display Connector & terminal
mode. Trouble code 22 / (B100) No. 11 — Chas-
: Does the speed indicated on the dis- sis ground:
play change in response to the Trouble code 24 / (B100) No. 2 — Chassis
speedometer reading during ground:
acceleration/deceleration when the Trouble code 26 / Go to step 10L6.
steering wheel is in the straight- Trouble code 28 / Go to step 10L6.
ahead position?
: Go to step 10L2.
: Go to step 10L8.
10L2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

B4M1244A
sor?
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10L6.
: Go to step 10L3.
: Repair shield harness.
10L3 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

NOISE. 10L6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless 1) Connect all connectors.

transmitter properly installed? 2) Erase the memory.
: Go to step 10L4. 4) Read out the trouble code.
NOISE. : Go to step 10L7.
: Are noise sources (such as an 10L7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

antenna) installed near the sensor CODES APPEARANCE.
harness?
: Install the noise sources apart from the : Are other trouble codes being out-
sensor harness. put?
: Go to step 10L5. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
99
4-4 [T10L8] BRAKES
10L8 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS 10L10 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.

SENSOR.
Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire
Tightening torque: perimeter of the wheel.
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
tightened securely?
: Go to step 10L9.
securely.
10L9 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE

WHEEL.
G4M0700
Tightening torque:
13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts
tightened securely?
: Go to step 10L10.
securely.
G4M0701

(0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)

: Go to step 10L11.
: Adjust the gap.
NOTE:
10L11 : CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE.
: Go to step 10L12.
: Go to step 10L13.
100
BRAKES [T10L15] 4-4
10L12 : CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL. 10L13 : CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS

1) Raise all four wheels of ground.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove disc rotor or drum from hub in accordance
3) Connect the oscilloscope to the connector (F1) with trouble code.
or connector (B100) in accordance with trouble : Is the ABS sensor pole piece or the
code. tone wheel contaminated by dirt or
4) Turn ignition switch ON. other foreign matter?
fied frequency. : Thoroughly remove dirt or other foreign
matter.
NOTE: : Go to step 10L14.
When this inspection is completed, the
ABSCM&H/U sometimes stores the trouble code
29. 10L14 : CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SEN-
SOR OR TONE WHEEL.
Trouble code 22 / (B100) No. 12 (+) — No.
13 (−): : Are there broken or damaged in the
Trouble code 24 / (B100) No. 3 (+) — No. ABS sensor pole piece or the tone
4 (−): wheel?
Trouble code 26 / (F1) No. 5 (+) — No. 4 : Replace ABS sensor or tone wheel.
(−): : Go to step 10L15.
Trouble code 28 / (F1) No. 2 (+) — No. 1
(−):
10L15 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
20 Hz.)
Measure hub runout.
(0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 10L16.
: Repair hub.
B4M1299A
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as

shown in figure?
: Go to step 10L16.
: Go to step 10L13.
101
4-4 [T10L16] BRAKES
10L16 : CHECK RESISTANCE OF ABS 10L17 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF ABS

SENSOR. SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch OFF. Measure resistance between ABS sensor and
2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor. chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance between ABS sensor con- Terminal
nector terminals. Front RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Terminal Front LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front RH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear RH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Front LH No. 1 — No. 2: Rear LH No. 1 — Chassis ground:
B4M0818E
B4M0806E
B4M1042C
B4M1036C : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?

: Go to step 10L18.
kΩ?
: Go to step 10L17.
102
BRAKES [T10L20] 4-4
10L18 : CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR 10L19 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR-

SENSOR.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U con-
1) Connect connector to ABS sensor. nector and chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance at ABSCM&H/U connector Trouble code 22 / (F49) No. 11 — Chassis
terminals. ground:
Connector & terminal Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 9 — Chassis
ground:
B4M1239A
B4M1241A
kΩ? : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
: Go to step 10L19. : Go to step 10L20.
: Repair harness/connector between : Repair harness/connector between
ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor. ABSCM&H/U and ABS sensor.
10L20 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

ABSCM&H/U.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and

chassis ground.
(F49) No. 23 — GND:
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10L21.
103
4-4 [T10L21] BRAKES
10L21 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON- 10L24 : CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.

NECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors 2) Measure resistance between shield connector
between ABSCM&H/U and ABS sen- and chassis ground.
sor? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> Connector & terminal
: Repair connector. Trouble code 22 / (B100) No. 11 — Chas-
: Go to step 10L22. sis ground:
Trouble code 24 / (B100) No. 2 — Chassis
ground:
Trouble code 26 / Go to step 10L25.
NOISE.
Trouble code 28 / Go to step 10L25.

: Go to step 10L23.

NOISE.
B4M1244A
: Are noise sources (such as an
antenna) installed near the sensor : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω?
harness? : Go to step 10L25.
: Install the noise sources apart from the : Repair shield harness.
sensor harness.
: Go to step 10L24.
10L25 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10L26.
10L26 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
104
BRAKES [T10L26] 4-4
MEMO:
105
4-4 [T10M0] BRAKES
M: TROUBLE CODE 29 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL ON ANY ONE OF

FOUR SENSOR
— ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL ON ANY ONE OF FOUR —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty tone wheel
I Wheels turning freely for a long time
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1298
106
BRAKES [T10M7] 4-4
10M1 : CHECK IF THE WHEELS HAVE 10M6 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE

TURNED FREELY FOR A LONG WHEEL.
TIME.
Tightening torque:
: Check if the wheels have been turned 13±3 N·m (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-lb)
freely for more than one minute, such : Are the tone wheel installation bolts
as when the vehicle is jacked-up, tightened securely?
under full-lock cornering or when tire
is not in contact with road surface. : Go to step 10M7.
: The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble : Tighten tone wheel installation bolts
code. securely.
NOTE:
When the wheels turn freely for a long time, such 10M7 : CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
as when the vehicle is towed or jacked-up, or when
steering wheel is continuously turned all the way, Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire
this trouble code may sometimes occur. perimeter of the wheel.
: Go to step 10M2.
10M2 : CHECK TIRE SPECIFICATIONS.

: Are the tire specifications correct?
: Go to step 10M3.
: Replace tire.
G4M0700
10M3 : CHECK WEAR OF TIRE.
: Is the tire worn excessively?

: Replace tire.
: Go to step 10M4.
10M4 : CHECK TIRE PRESSURE.
: Is the tire pressure correct?

: Go to step 10M5. G4M0701
: Adjust tire pressure.
10M5 : CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS Specifications 0.9 — 1.4 mm 0.7 — 1.2 mm
SENSOR. (0.035 — 0.055 in) (0.028 — 0.047 in)

Tightening torque: : Go to step 10M8.
32±10 N·m (3.3±1.0 kg-m, 24±7 ft-lb)
: Adjust the gap.
tightened securely? NOTE:
: Go to step 10M6. 26755AA000). If spacers cannot correct the gap,
: Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts replace worn sensor or worn tone wheel.
securely.
107
4-4 [T10M8] BRAKES
10M8 : CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE. 10M10 : CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS

: Go to step 10M9. Remove disc rotor from hub.
: Go to step 10M10. : Is the ABS sensor pole piece or the
tone wheel contaminated by dirt or
other foreign matter?
10M9 : CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL.
matter.
1) Raise all four wheels of ground. : Go to step 10M11.
3) Connect the oscilloscope to the connector
(B100) or connector (F1). 10M11 : CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SEN-
4) Turn ignition switch ON. SOR OR TONE WHEEL.
fied frequency. : Are there broken or damaged teeth in
the ABS sensor pole piece or the tone
NOTE:
wheel?
When this inspection is completed, the
ABSCM&H/U sometimes stores the trouble code : Replace ABS sensor or tone wheel.
29. : Go to step 10M12.
(B100) No. 12 (+) — No. 13 (−) (Front RH): 10M12 : CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
(B100) No. 3 (+) — No. 4 (−) (Front LH):
(B100) No. 5 (+) — No. 4 (−) (Rear RH): Measure hub runout.
(B100) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 (−) (Rear LH):
Specified voltage: 0.12 — 1 V (When it is : Is the runout less than 0.05 mm
20 Hz.) (0.0020 in)?
: Go to step 10M13.
: Repair hub.
10M13 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10M14.
10M14 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

B4M1299A put?
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as ing to the trouble code.
shown in figure? : A temporary poor contact.
: Go to step 10M13.
: Go to step 10M10.
108
BRAKES [T10M14] 4-4
MEMO:
109
4-4 [T10N0] BRAKES
N: TROUBLE CODE 31 FRONT RIGHT INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION

O: TROUBLE CODE 33 FRONT LEFT INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
P: TROUBLE CODE 35 REAR RIGHT INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
Q: TROUBLE CODE 37 REAR LEFT INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
— INLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty inlet solenoid valve
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
110
BRAKES [T10Q5] 4-4
10Q1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 10Q3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. between generator, battery and
3) Run the engine at idle. ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- [T3C1].>
nector and chassis ground. : Repair connector.
Connector & terminal : Go to step 10Q4.
10Q4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10Q5.
: Go to step 10Q2. 10Q5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Repair harness connector between CODES APPEARANCE.
battery, ignition switch and
ABSCM&H/U. : Are other trouble codes being out-
put?
10Q2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
ABSCM&H/U. ing to the trouble code.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10Q3.
111
4-4 [T10R0] BRAKES
R: TROUBLE CODE 32 FRONT RIGHT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION

S: TROUBLE CODE 34 FRONT LEFT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
T: TROUBLE CODE 36 REAR RIGHT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
U: TROUBLE CODE 38 REAR LEFT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION
— OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty outlet solenoid valve
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
112
BRAKES [T10U5] 4-4
10U1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 10U3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.

Connector & terminal : Go to step 10U4.
10U4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10U5.
: Go to step 10U2. 10U5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Repair harness connector between CODES APPEARANCE.
battery, ignition switch and
put?
10U2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10U3.
113
4-4 [T10V0] BRAKES
V: TROUBLE CODE 41 ABS CONTROL MODULE MALFUNCTION

— ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT MALFUNCTION—
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty ABSCM&H/U
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1246
114
BRAKES [T10V6] 4-4
10V1 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 10V4 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

ABSCM&H/U. NOISE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Are noise sources (such as an

2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. antenna) installed near the sensor
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U and harness?
chassis ground. : Install the noise sources apart from the
Connector & terminal sensor harness.
(F49) No. 23 — Chassis ground: : Go to step 10V5.
10V5 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1243A
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω? : Go to step 10V6.
: Go to step 10V2.
: Repair ABSCM&H/U ground harness. 10V6 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
CODES APPEARANCE.
10V2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
NECTORS. : Are other trouble codes being out-
put?
between battery, ignition switch and
ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD : A temporary poor contact.
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10V3.
10V3 : CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL

NOISE.

: Go to step 10V4.
115
4-4 [T10W0] BRAKES
W: TROUBLE CODE 42 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW

— POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO LOW —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Power source voltage of the ABSCM&H/U is low.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
116
BRAKES [T10W4] 4-4
10W1 : CHECK GENERATOR. 10W3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF

ABSCM&H/U.
1) Start engine.
B4M0430
B4M1234A
: Go to step 10W2. : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?
: Repair generator. : Go to step 10W4.
10W2 : CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL. battery, ignition switch and
ABSCM&H/U.
10W4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
: Go to step 10W3. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10W5.
117
4-4 [T10W5] BRAKES
10W5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10W6.
10W6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10W7.
10W7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
118
BRAKES [T10W7] 4-4
MEMO:
119
4-4 [T10X0] BRAKES
X: TROUBLE CODE 42 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

— POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Power source voltage of the ABSCM&H/U is high.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1245
120
BRAKES [T10X4] 4-4
10X1 : CHECK GENERATOR. 10X3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF

ABSCM&H/U.
1) Start engine.
B4M0430
B4M1234A
: Go to step 10X2. : Is the voltage between 10 V and 17 V?
: Repair generator. : Go to step 10X4.
10X2 : CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL. battery, ignition switch and
ABSCM&H/U.
10X4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
: Go to step 10X3. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10X5.
121
4-4 [T10X5] BRAKES
10X5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10X6.
10X6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10X7.
10X7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
122
BRAKES [T10X7] 4-4
MEMO:
123
4-4 [T10Y0] BRAKES
Y: TROUBLE CODE 44 ABS-AT CONTROL (NON CONTROLLED)

— ABS-AT CONTROL (NON CONTROLLED) —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1300
124
BRAKES [T10Y4] 4-4
10Y1 : CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF THE 10Y3 : CHECK TCM.

ABSCM&H/U.
1) Connect all connectors to TCM.
Check specifications of the mark to the 2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
ABSCM&H/U. 3) Measure voltage between TCM connector ter-
B4M1248A
Mark Model
C1 FWD AT B4M1251B
C3 AWD AT
C4 AWD MT : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?
: Is an ABSCM&H/U for AT model : Go to step 10Y5.
installed on a MT model? : Go to step 10Y4.
: Go to step 10Y2. 10Y4 : CHECK AT.
10Y2 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR- : Is the AT functioning normally?

NESS. : Replace TCM.
: Repair AT.
2) Disconnect two connectors from TCM.
B4M1249A

: Go to step 10Y3.
: Repair harness between TCM and
ABSCM&H/U.
125
4-4 [T10Y5] BRAKES
10Y5 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HAR- 10Y8 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
NESS. CODES APPEARANCE.
Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector : Are other trouble codes being out-
and chassis ground. put?
Connector & terminal : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
(F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): ing to the trouble code.
(F49) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−): : A temporary poor contact.
B4M1252A

: Go to step 10Y6.
: Repair harness/connector between AT
control module and ABSCM&H/U.
10Y6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

between AT control module and
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10Y7.
10Y7 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10Y8.
126
BRAKES [T10Y8] 4-4
MEMO:
127
4-4 [T10Z0] BRAKES
Z: TROUBLE CODE 44 ABS-AT CONTROL (CONTROLLED)

— ABS-AT CONTROL (CONTROLLED) —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1300
128
BRAKES [T10Z5] 4-4
10Z1 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR- 10Z3 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HAR-
NESS. NESS.

2) Disconnect two connectors from AT control 2) Connect all connectors to TCM.
module. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U connector and chassis ground.
nector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
(F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (F49) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M1250A B4M1252A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? : Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?

: Go to step 10Z2. : Go to step 10Z4.
: Repair harness between AT control : Repair harness/connector between
module and ABSCM&H/U. TCM and ABSCM&H/U.
10Z2 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HAR- 10Z4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
NESS. NECTORS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Turn ignition switch to OFF.

2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- : Is there poor contact in connectors
nector and chassis ground. between AT control module and
Connector & terminal ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
(F49) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10Z5.
10Z5 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1250A
: Go to step 10Z3.
: Go to step 10Z6.
: Repair harness between AT control
module and ABSCM&H/U.
129
4-4 [T10Z6] BRAKES
10Z6 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
130
BRAKES [T10Z6] 4-4
MEMO:
131
4-4 [T10AA0] BRAKES
AA: TROUBLE CODE 51 VALVE RELAY MALFUNCTION

— VALVE RELAY MALFUNCTION —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1253
132
BRAKES [T10AA5] 4-4
10AA1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 10AA3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.

Connector & terminal : Go to step 10AA4.
10AA4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1254A : Go to step 10AA5.

10AA5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Go to step 10AA2. CODES APPEARANCE.
: Repair harness connector between bat-
tery and ABSCM&H/U. : Are other trouble codes being out-
put?
10AA2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
B4M1243A

: Go to step 10AA3.
133
4-4 [T10AB0] BRAKES
AB: TROUBLE CODE 51 VALVE RELAY ON FAILURE

— VALVE RELAY ON FAILURE —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1253
134
BRAKES [T10AB4] 4-4
10AB1 : CHECK VALVE RELAY IN 10AB4 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

ABSCM&H/U. CODES APPEARANCE.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U termi- : Are other trouble codes being out-
nals. put?
Terminals : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
No. 23 (+) — No. 24 (−): ing to the trouble code.
B4M1272A

: Go to step 10AB2.
10AB2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10AB3.
10AB3 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10AB4.
135
4-4 [T10AC0] BRAKES
AC: TROUBLE CODE 52 OPEN CIRCUIT IN MOTOR RELAY CIRCUIT

— OPEN CIRCUIT IN MOTOR RELAY CIRCUIT —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty motor
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1255
136
BRAKES [T10AC6] 4-4
10AC1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 10AC3 : CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.

ABSCM&H/U.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. [W15D0].>
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. NOTE:
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- Use the diagnosis connector to operate the
nector and chassis ground. sequence control.
Connector & terminal : Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be
(F49) No. 25 (+) — Chassis ground (−): heard when carrying out the check
sequence?
: Go to step 10AC4.
10AC4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

B4M1256A
between hydraclic unit, relay box and
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V? [T3C1].>
: Go to step 10AC2. : Repair connector.
: Repair harness/connector between bat-
: Go to step 10AC5.
SBF6.
10AC5 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
10AC2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
MOTOR. 1) Connect all connectors.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 3) Perform inspection mode.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U 4) Read out the trouble code.
connector and chassis ground. : Is the same trouble code as in the
Connector & terminal current diagnosis still being output?
(F49) No. 26 — Chassis ground: : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 10AC6.
10AC6 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
B4M1257A
: Go to step 10AC3.
137
4-4 [T10AD0] BRAKES
AD: TROUBLE CODE 52 MOTOR RELAY ON FAILURE

— MOTOR RELAY ON FAILURE —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty motor
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1255
138
BRAKES [T10AD5] 4-4
10AD1 : CHECK MOTOR RELAY IN 10AD3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

ABSCM&H/U. NECTORS.
Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U termi- Turn ignition switch to OFF.

nals.
Terminals between hydraulic unit, relay box and
No. 25 — No. 26: ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10AD4.
10AD4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1270A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Is the same trouble code as in the
: Go to step 10AD2. current diagnosis still being output?
: Replace ABSCM&H/U. : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
: Go to step 10AD5.
10AD2 : CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
10AD5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
Operate the sequence control. <Ref. to 4-4 CODES APPEARANCE.
[W15D0].>
NOTE: : Are other trouble codes being out-
Use the diagnosis connector to operate the put?
sequence control. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be ing to the trouble code.
heard when carrying out the : A temporary poor contact.
sequence control?
: Go to step 10AD3.
139
4-4 [T10AE0] BRAKES
AE: TROUBLE CODE 52 MOTOR MALFUNCTION

— MOTOR MALFUNCTION —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty motor
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1255
140
BRAKES [T10AE4] 4-4
10AE1 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF 10AE3 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Run the engine at idle.

3) Turn ignition switch to ON. nector and chassis ground.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- Connector & terminal
nector and chassis ground. (F49) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B4M1234A
B4M1256A : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?

: Go to step 10AE4.
: Go to step 10AE2. battery, ignition switch and
: Repair harness/connector between bat- ABSCM&H/U.
SBF6. 10AE4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
ABSCM&H/U.
10AE2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
MOTOR. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. connector and chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U Connector & terminal
connector and chassis ground. (F49) No. 23 — Chassis ground:
B4M1243A
B4M1257A : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Ω?

: Go to step 10AE5.
: Go to step 10AE3.
141
4-4 [T10AE5] BRAKES
10AE5 : CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.

[W15D0].>
NOTE:
Use the diagnosis connector to operate the
sequence control.
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be
heard when carrying out the
sequence control?
: Go to step 10AE6.
: Replace hydraulic unit.
10AE6 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

[T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
: Go to step 10AE7.
10AE7 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10AE8.
10AE8 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
142
BRAKES [T10AE8] 4-4
MEMO:
143
4-4 [T10AF0] BRAKES
AF: TROUBLE CODE 54 STOP LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION
— STOP LIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty stop light switch
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1258
144
BRAKES [T10AF6] 4-4
10AF1 : CHECK OUTPUT OF STOP LIGHT 10AF4 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN HAR-
SWITCH USING SELECT MONI- NESS.
TOR.
1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the 2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
select monitor. 3) Depress brake pedal.
2) Release the brake pedal. 4) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
3) Read the stop light switch output in the select nector and chassis ground.
monitor data display. Connector & terminal
: Is the reading indicated on monitor (F49) No. 2 — Chassis ground:
display less than 1.5 V?
: Go to step 10AF2.
: Go to step 10AF3.
10AF2 : CHECK OUTPUT OF STOP LIGHT

SWITCH USING SELECT MONI-
TOR.
1) Depress the brake pedal.

2) Read the stop light switch output in the select B4M1259A
monitor data display.
: Is the reading indicated on monitor : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?
display between 10 V and 15 V? : Go to step 10AF5.
: Go to step 10AF5. : Repair harness between stop light
: Go to step 10AF3. switch and ABSCM&H/U connector.
10AF3 : CHECK IF STOP LIGHTS COME 10AF5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
ON. NECTORS.
Depress the brake pedal. : Is there poor contact in connector

between stop light switch and
: Do stop lights turn on? ABSCM&H/U? <Ref. to FOREWORD
: Go to step 10AF4. [T3C1].>
: Repair stop lights circuit. : Repair connector.
: Go to step 10AF6.
10AF6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10AF7.
145
4-4 [T10AF7] BRAKES
10AF7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
146
BRAKES [T10AF7] 4-4
MEMO:
147
4-4 [T10AG0] BRAKES
AG: TROUBLE CODE 56 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR CIRCUIT

— OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR CIRCUIT —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1260
148
BRAKES [T10AG8] 4-4
10AG1 : CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF 10AG4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

ABSCM&H/U.
Check specifications of the mark to the 2) Erase the memory.
ABSCM&H/U. 3) Perform inspection mode.
: Go to step 10AG5.
10AG5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.
B4M1248A
put?
Mark Model
C1 FWD AT
C3 AWD AT
C4 AWD MT
: Is an ABSCM for AWD model installed 10AG6 : CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
on a FWD model?
: Replace ABSCM&H/U. 1) Select “Freeze frame data” on the select moni-
CAUTION: tor.
Be sure to turn ignition switch to OFF when 2) Read front right wheel speed on the select
removing ABSCM&H/U. monitor display.
: Go to step 10AG2. : Is the front right wheel speed on
monitor display 0 km?
10AG2 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR
: Go to step 10AG7.
: Go to step 10AG15.
1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the
select monitor. 10AG7 : CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
2) Read the G sensor output in select monitor data
display. Read front left wheel speed on the select monitor
: Is the G sensor output on the monitor display.
display between 2.1 and 2.5 V when : Is the front left wheel speed on moni-
the G sensor is in horizontal posi- tor display 0 km?
tion? : Go to step 10AG8.
: Go to step 10AG3. : Go to step 10AG15.
: Go to step 10AG6.
10AG8 : CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
10AG3 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
NECTORS.
Read rear right wheel speed on the select monitor
display.
between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor? : Is the rear right wheel speed on moni-
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> tor display 0 km?
: Repair connector. : Go to step 10AG9.
149
4-4 [T10AG9] BRAKES
10AG9 : CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA. 10AG12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN

CONNECTORS.
Read rear left wheel speed on the select monitor
display. : Is there poor contact in connector
: Is the rear left wheel speed on moni- between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor?
tor display 0 km? <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
: Repair connector.
10AG10 : CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA. 10AG13 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
Read G sensor output on the select monitor dis- 1) Connect all connectors.
play. 2) Erase the memory.
: Is the G sensor output on monitor 4) Read out the trouble code.
display more than 3.65 V?
: Go to step 10AG11. current diagnosis still being output?
: Go to step 10AG15. : Replace ABSCM&H/U.
10AG11 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G
SENSOR OUTPUT HARNESS
AND GROUND HARNESS. 10AG14 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
CODES APPEARANCE.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. : Are other trouble codes being out-
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U put?
connector terminals. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
(F49) No. 30 — No. 28: : A temporary poor contact.
B4M1261A

kΩ?
150
BRAKES [T10AG17] 4-4
10AG15 : CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF G 10AG16 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G

SENSOR. SENSOR OUTPUT HARNESS
AND GROUND HARNESS.
2) Remove console box. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
3) Disconnect G sensor from body. (Do not dis- 2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
connect connector.) 3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
4) Turn ignition switch to ON. connector terminals.
5) Measure voltage between G sensor connector Connector & terminal
terminals. (F49) No. 30 — No. 28:
(P11) No. 1 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M1261A
B4M0911B : Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9

kΩ?
: Is the voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 : Go to step 10AG17.
V? : Repair harness/connector between G
: Go to step 10AG16. sensor and ABSCM&H/U.
sensor and ABSCM&H/U. 10AG17 : CHECK GROUND SHORT IN G
SENSOR OUTPUT HARNESS.

B4M1262A

ABSCM&H/U.
151
4-4 [T10AG18] BRAKES
10AG18 : CHECK G SENSOR. 10AG19 : CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Connect connector to G sensor. Measure voltage between G sensor connector ter-

2) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U. minals.
4) Measure voltage between G sensor connector (P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
terminals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M0917A

S4M0074B when G sensor is inclined forwards
to 90°?
: Replace G sensor.
10AG20 : CHECK G SENSOR.

minals.
B4M0915 (P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):

: Replace G sensor.
B4M0918A

to 90°?
: Replace G sensor.
152
BRAKES [T10AG23] 4-4
10AG21 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN 10AG23 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CONNECTORS. CODES APPEARANCE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Are other trouble codes being out-
: Is there poor contact in connector put?
between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor? : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].> ing to the trouble code.
: Repair connector. : A temporary poor contact.
10AG22 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

153
4-4 [T10AH0] BRAKES
AH: TROUBLE CODE 56 BATTERY SHORT IN G SENSOR CIRCUIT

— BATTERY SHORT IN G SENSOR CIRCUIT —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1260
154
BRAKES [T10AH5] 4-4
10AH1 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR 10AH3 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF

USING SELECT MONITOR. HARNESS.
1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
select monitor. 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con-
2) Read G sensor output on the select monitor nector and chassis ground.
display. Connector & terminal
: Is the G sensor output on monitor (F49) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
display between 2.1 and 2.5 V when
the G sensor is in horizontal posi-
tion?
: Go to step 10AH2.
10AH2 : CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF

HARNESS.
B4M1263A
2) Remove console box.
4) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. : Go to step 10AH4.
5) Measure voltage between ABSCM&H/U con- : Repair harness between G sensor and
nector and chassis ground. ABSCM&H/U.
(F49) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 10AH4 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

B4M1263A
: Go to step 10AH5.
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? 10AH5 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

: Go to step 10AH3. CODES APPEARANCE.
put?
155
4-4 [T10AI0] BRAKES
AI: TROUBLE CODE 56 ABNORMAL G SENSOR HIGH µ OUTPUT

— ABNORMAL G SENSOR HIGH µ OUTPUT —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1260
156
BRAKES [T10AI6] 4-4
10AI1 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR 10AI5 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SEN-

USING SELECT MONITOR. SOR OUTPUT HARNESS AND
GROUND HARNESS.
select monitor. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Read G sensor output on the select monitor 2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U.
display. 3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U
: Is the G sensor output on monitor connector terminals.
display 2.3±0.2 V when the G sensor Connector & terminal
is in horizontal position? (F49) No. 30 — No. 28:
: Go to step 10AI2.
: Go to step 10AI6.
10AI2 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTORS.

between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor? B4M1261A
: Repair connector. : Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9
: Go to step 10AI3. kΩ?
: Go to step 10AI6.
10AI3 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U. : Repair harness/connector between G
2) Erase the memory. 10AI6 : CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HAR-
3) Perform inspection mode. NESS.
: Is the same trouble code as in the Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U con-
current diagnosis still being output? nector and chassis ground.
: Replace ABSCM&H/U. Connector & terminal
: Go to step 10AI4. (F49) No. 28 — Chassis ground:
10AI4 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
B4M1264A

: Go to step 10AI7.
ABSCM&H/U.
Replace ABSCM&H/U.
157
4-4 [T10AI7] BRAKES
10AI7 : CHECK G SENSOR. 10AI8 : CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Remove console box. Measure voltage between G sensor connector ter-

2) Remove G sensor from vehicle. minals.
3) Connect connector to G sensor. Connector & terminal
4) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U. (P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
terminals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M0917A

when G sensor is inclined forwards
to 90°?
S4M0074B
: Go to step 10AI9.
: Replace G sensor.
10AI9 : CHECK G SENSOR.

minals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 3 (−):
B4M0915

: Go to step 10AI8.
: Replace G sensor.
B4M0918A

to 90°?
: Replace G sensor.
158
BRAKES [T10AI11] 4-4
10AI10 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

10AI11 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.

put?
159
4-4 [T10AJ0] BRAKES
AJ: TROUBLE CODE 56 DETECTION OF G SENSOR STICK

— DETECTION OF G SENSOR STICK —
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B4M1260
160
BRAKES [T10AJ7] 4-4
10AJ1 : CHECK ALL FOUR WHEELS FOR 10AJ4 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR
FREE TURNING. USING SELECT MONITOR.
: Have the wheels been turned freely Read the select monitor display.
such as when the vehicle is lifted up,
or operated on a rolling road?
: The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble
code.
: Go to step 10AJ2.
10AJ2 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR

1) Select “Current data display & Save” on the B4M0918A
select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display. : Is the G sensor output on the monitor
display between 0.5 and 0.9 V when G
: Is the G sensor output on the monitor
sensor is inclined backwards to 90°?
display between 2.1 and 2.5 V when
the vehicle is in horizontal position? : Go to step 10AJ5.
: Go to step 10AJ3. : Replace G sensor.
: Go to step 10AJ8.
10AJ5 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-
NECTORS.
10AJ3 : CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. : Is there poor contact in connector
2) Remove console box. between ABSCM&H/U and G sensor?
3) Remove G sensor from vehicle. (Do not discon- <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
nect connector.) : Repair connector.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON. : Go to step 10AJ6.
select monitor.
6) Read the select monitor display. 10AJ6 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.

: Go to step 10AJ7.
B4M0917A
10AJ7 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE
: Is the G sensor output on the monitor CODES APPEARANCE.
display between 3.7 and 4.1 V when G
sensor is inclined forwards to 90°? : Are other trouble codes being out-
: Go to step 10AJ4. put?
: Replace G sensor. : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
161
4-4 [T10AJ8] BRAKES
10AJ8 : CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SEN- 10AJ9 : CHECK G SENSOR.

SOR OUTPUT HARNESS AND
GROUND HARNESS. 1) Remove console box.
2) Remove G sensor from vehicle.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 3) Connect connector to G sensor.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM&H/U. 4) Connect connector to ABSCM&H/U.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM&H/U 5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
connector terminals. 6) Measure voltage between G sensor connector
Connector & terminal terminals.
(F49) No. 30 — No. 28: Connector & terminal
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 (−):
B4M1261A
S4M0074B
kΩ?
: Go to step 10AJ9.
B4M0915

: Go to step 10AJ10.
: Replace G sensor.
162
BRAKES [T10AJ13] 4-4
10AJ10 : CHECK G SENSOR. 10AJ12 : CHECK ABSCM&H/U.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector ter- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
minals. 2) Connect all connectors.
Connector & terminal 4) Perform inspection mode.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 (−): 5) Read out the trouble code.
10AJ13 : CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE

CODES APPEARANCE.
B4M0917A
put?
: Is the voltage between 3.7 and 4.1 V : Proceed with the diagnosis correspond-
when G sensor is inclined forwards ing to the trouble code.
to 90°? : A temporary poor contact.
: Replace G sensor.
10AJ11 : CHECK G SENSOR.

minals.
(P11) No. 2 (+) — No. 1 (−):
B4M0918A

to 90°?
: Replace G sensor.
163
4-4 [T11A0] BRAKES
11. General Diagnostics Table

A: SYMPTOMS AND PROBABLE CAUSES
Symptom Probable faulty units/parts
I ABSCM&H/U (solenoid valve)
I ABS sensor
I Brake (caliper & piston, pads)
Vehicle pulls to either side. I Wheel alignment
I Tire specifications, tire wear and air pressures
I Incorrect wiring or piping connections
Vehicle instability during braking I Road surface (uneven, camber)
I ABS sensor
Vehicle spins. I Brake (pads)
I Brake (pads)
Long braking/stopping dis-
I Air in brake line
tance
I ABSCM&H/U (solenoid valve, motor)
Wheel locks. I ABS sensor
I ABS sensor
I Master cylinder
Brake dragging I Brake (caliper & piston)
I Parking brake
Poor braking I Axle & wheels
I Brake pedal play
I Air in brake line
Long brake pedal stroke
I Brake pedal play
I Suspension play or fatigue (reduced damping)
Vehicle pitching I Incorrect wiring or piping connections
I Road surface (uneven)
I ABS sensor
I Brake (caliper & piston, pads)
Unstable or uneven braking
Excessive pedal vibration
I ABSCM&H/U (mount bushing)
Noise from ABSCM&H/U I ABS sensor
I Brake piping
I ABSCM&H/U (mount bushing)
I ABS sensor
I Master cylinder
Vibration and/or noise (while driv-
Noise from front of vehicle I Brake (caliper & piston, pads, rotor)
ing on slippery roads)
I Brake piping
I Brake booster & check valve
I Suspension play or fatigue
I ABS sensor
I Brake (caliper & piston, pads, rotor)
Noise from rear of vehicle I Parking brake
I Brake piping
I Suspension play or fatigue
164
BRAKES [T11B1] 4-4
B: CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC

UNIT OPERATION
11B1 : PREPARING THE BRAKE TESTER.
: Is the brake tester available?

: CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT
ABS OPERATION WITH BRAKE
TESTER <Ref. to 4-4 [W15C2].>
: CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT
ABS OPERATION BY PRESSURE
GAUGE <Ref. to 4-4 [W15C1].>
165
4-4 BRAKES
MEMO:
166
5-5 [T100] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
B5M0521A
Connector No. (AB1) (AB2) (AB3) (AB6) (AB7) (AB8) (AB9) (AB10) (AB11)
Pole 7 2 2 20 2 2 2 2 2
Color Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue
Male/Female Male Male Male Female Female Female Female Male Female
Connector No. (AB12) (AB13) (AB14) (AB15) (AB16) (AB17) (AB18) (AB19) (AB20)
Pole 2 2 2 2 2 12 12 2 2
Color Blue Yellow Blue Blue Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Male/Female Male Female Female Male Female Female Female Female Male
Connector No. (AB21) (AB22) (AB23) (AB24) (AB25) (AB26) (AB27) (AB28)
Pole 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 4
Color Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Male/Female Female Male Female Female Male Female Male Female
2
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T200] 5-5
2. Schematic
2. Schematic
B5M0522A
3
5-5 [T300] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
3. Tools for Diagnostics

CAUTION:
Be sure to use specified test harness A, E, F, G and H when measuring voltage, resistance, etc. of
AIRBAG system component parts.
A: TEST HARNESS A
B5M0112A
4
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T3B0] 5-5
B: TEST HARNESS E
S5M0246A
5
5-5 [T3C0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C: TEST HARNESS F
S5M0247A
6
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T3D0] 5-5
D: TEST HARNESS G
S5M0248A
7
5-5 [T3E0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
E: TEST HARNESS H
B5M0553A
8
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T3F0] 5-5
F: AIRBAG RESISTOR
The airbag resistor is used during diagnostics. The airbag resistor has the same resistance as the airbag
module and thus provides safety when used instead of the airbag module. It also makes it possible to finish,
diagnostics in less time.
B5M0114A
9
5-5 [T4A1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
4. Diagnostics Chart for On- 4A4 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT

board Diagnostic System ILLUMINATES.
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS Check airbag warning light illuminates.

PROCEDURE : Does airbag warning light come ON
for about 7 seconds, then go out and
4A1 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT stay out?
ILLUMINATES.
: Perform clear memory. <Ref. to 5-5
[T4C0].>
1) Airbag warning light comes ON. : Go to step 4A1.
3) Check airbag warning light illuminates. B: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
: Does airbag warning light stay ON When the airbag system is in functioning condition,
after about 7 seconds or remain OFF, the airbag warning light will remain on for about 7
or come back ON after 30 seconds? seconds and go out when the ignition switch is set
: Repair and replace. <Ref. to 5-5 to ON.
[T4D0].> If there is any malfunction, the airbag warning light
: Go to step 4A2. will either stay on or off continuously. In such
cases, perform on-board diagnostic in accordance
with the specified procedure to determine trouble
4A2 : CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES. codes.
1) Turn ignition switch ON (with engine OFF).
Perform ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS. 2) Connect DIAG. terminal (A) to No. 1 terminal of
<Ref. to 5-5 [T4B0].> diagnosis connector (B) located below lower cover.
: Does trouble code indicate? <Ref. to
5-5 [T5A0].>
: Repair and replace. <Ref. to 5-5
[T5AA0].> Go to step 4A3.
[T5AB0].> Go to step 4A3.
4A3 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT

ILLUMINATES. B5M0115F
1) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF). 3) Check in accordance with the trouble code indi-
2) Check airbag warning light illuminates. cated by the AIRBAG warning light, and record the
trouble codes.
: Does airbag warning light stay ON 4) Turn the ignition switch “OFF” and remove the
after about 7 seconds or come back DIAG. terminal from No.1 terminal of diagnosis
ON after 30 seconds? connector.
[T4D0].>
: Go to step 4A4.
10
C: CLEAR MEMORY D: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE

After eliminating problem as per trouble code, clear
memory as follows: 4D1 : CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
1) Make sure ignition switch is ON (and engine
off). Connect one DIAG. terminal “A” (A) on diag- 1) Perform on-board diagnostic. <Ref. to 5-5
nosis connector (C) terminal No. 1. [T4B0].>
While warning light is flashing, connect the other 2) Check trouble code indicates.
DIAG. terminal “B” (B) on terminal No. 2 for at least
three seconds. : Are trouble codes 4, 12, 13, 22, 34, 41,
42, or 43 indicated? <Ref. to 5-5
[T5A2].>
: Go to step 4D2.
: Perform diagnostics and repair accord-
ing to indicated trouble code. <Ref. to
5-5 [T5A0].> Go to step 4D10.
4D2 : CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
B5M0116F Check trouble code indicates.

2) After memory is cleared, normal warning light : Are trouble codes 4, 22, 34, 42 indi-
flashing rate resumes. (Warning light flashes every cated? <Ref. to 5-5 [T5A2].>
0.6 seconds ON-OFF operation.) Memory cannot : Go to step 4D3.
be cleared if any problem exists. : Go to step 4D7.
3) After clear memory and then DIAG. terminals
“A” and “B”, extract from diagnosis connector.
4D3 : CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
Check trouble code indicates.

: Are trouble codes 12, 13, 41, 43 indi-
cated? <Ref. to 5-5 [T5A2].>
: Go to step 4D4.
: Go to step 4D8.
11
5-5 [T4D4] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
4D4 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT 4D5 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATES. ILLUMINATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery
ground cable, and wait 20 seconds. ground cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Disconnect passenger’s airbag module con- 2) Connect passenger’s airbag module connector
nector (AB9) to (AB10). <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2].> (AB9) to (AB10).
3) Connect test harness F connector (1F) to 3) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
(AB9). switch to ON.
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness F con- 4) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
nector (3F). NOTE:
In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF
after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within
30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with
the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code
procedures.
: Does airbag warning light go off after
about 7 seconds and remain off for
more than 30 seconds?
: Go to step 4D6.
S5M0249A : Replace with a new passenger’s airbag
5) Remove lower cover panel <Ref. to 5-4 module. <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2].> Go to
[W1A0].> and connect test harness F connector step 4D5.
(1F) to (AB8) with airbag resistor attached to test
harness F connector (3F).
S5M0250A
6) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition

switch to ON.
7) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF
after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within
30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with
the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code
procedures.
: Go to step 4D5.
ing to indicated trouble code. <Ref. to
5-5 [T5A0].> Go to step 4D10.
12
1) Turn ignition switch to “OFF”. Disconnect bat- 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery
tery ground cable, and wait 20 seconds. ground cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Connect connector (AB8) to (AB3). 2) Remove lower cover panel and connect test
3) Remove driver’s airbag module and connect harness F connector (1F) to (AB8) <Ref. to 5-4
test harness F connector (1F) to (AB7). <Ref. to [W1A0].> with airbag resistor attached to test har-
5-5 [W3A1].> ness F connector (3F).
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness F con-
nector (3F).
S5M0250A
S5M0251A
switch to ON.
5) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition 4) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
switch to ON. NOTE:
6) Check airbag warning light illuminates. In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF
NOTE: after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within
In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF 30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with
after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code
30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with procedures.
the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code : Does airbag warning light go off after
procedures. about 7 seconds and remain off for
: Does airbag warning light go off after more than 30 seconds?
about 7 seconds and remain off for : Go to step 4D6.
: Replace with a new driver’s airbag mod- ing to indicated trouble code. <Ref. to
ule. <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A1].> Go to step 5-5 [T5A0].> Go to step 4D10.
4D10.
: Replace with a new combination switch.
<Ref. to 5-5 [W6A0].> and install driver’s
airbag module. <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A1].>
Go to step 4D9.
13
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery 1) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
ground cable, and wait 20 seconds. switch to ON.
2) Disconnect passenger’s airbag module con- 2) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
nector (AB9) to (AB10). <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2].> NOTE:
3) Connect test harness F connector (1F) to In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF
(AB9). after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness F con- 30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with
nector (3F). the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code
procedures.
[T4C0].>
: Replace with a new driver’s airbag mod-
ule. <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A1].> Go to step
4D10.
S5M0249A
4D10 : CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT
5) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition ILLUMINATES.
switch to ON.
6) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
NOTE: switch to ON.
In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF 2) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within NOTE:
30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF
the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code after about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within
procedures. 30 seconds. In this case continue diagnostics with
: Does airbag warning light go off after the basic diagnostics procedures or trouble code
about 7 seconds and remain off for procedures.
more than 30 seconds? : Does airbag warning light go off after
: Replace with a new passenger’s airbag about 7 seconds and remain off for
module. <Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2].> Go to more than 30 seconds?
step 4D10. : Perform clear memory. <Ref. to 5-5
: Perform diagnostics and repair accord- [T4C0].>
ing to indicated trouble code. <Ref. to : Go to step 4D1.
5-5 [T5A0].> Go to step 4D10.
14
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5A1] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code

A: TROUBLE CODES
1. LIST OF TROUBLE CODES
Trouble code/
Memory function Contents of diagnosis Index No.
Contents of troubles
I Front sub sensor harness is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
03 Provided.
I Front sub sensor is faulty. [T5B0].>
I Airbag main harness circuit is shorted.
I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is <Ref. to 5-5
04 Provided.
shorted. [T5C0].>
I Airbag control module is faulty.
I Airbag control module is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
08 Provided.
I Airbag main harness is faulty. [T5D0].>
I Airbag control module is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
09 Provided.
I Airbag main harness is faulty. [T5E0].>
I Airbag main harness circuit is open. <Ref. to 5-5
11 Provided.
I Fuse No. 8 is blown. [T5F0].>
I Body harness circuit is open.
I Airbag main harness circuit is open.
I Driver’s airbag module harness circuit is open. <Ref. to 5-5
12 Provided.
I Roll connector circuit is open. [T5G0].>
I Driver’s airbag module harness is shorted. <Ref. to 5-5
13 Provided.
I Roll connector circuit is shorted. [T5H0].>
(AB6), (AB17) and (AB18) are not connected prop- <Ref. to 5-5
14 Not provided.
erly to airbag control module. [T5I0].>
I Side airbag sensor (RH) is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
15 Provided.
I Airbag main harness is faulty. [T5J0].>
I Side airbag sensor (RH) is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
16 Provided.
I Side airbag sensor is different. [T5K0].>
<Ref. to 5-5
21 Provided. Airbag control module is faulty.
[T5L0].>
I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is <Ref. to 5-5
22 Provided.
open. [T5M0].>
I Side airbag sensor (LH) is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
25 Provided.
I Airbag main harness is faulty. [T5N0].>
I Side airbag sensor (LH) is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
26 Provided
I Side airbag sensor is different. [T5O0].>
I Airbag main harness circuit is open. <Ref. to 5-5
31 Not provided.
I Fuse No. 16 is blown. [T5P0].>
<Ref. to 5-5
33 Provided. Front airbag module is inflated.
[T5Q0].>
I Passenger’s airbag main harness circuit is
shorted to power supply.
<Ref. to 5-5
34 Provided. I Passenger’s airbag module harness is shorted
[T5R0].>
to power supply.
15
5-5 [T5A1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Trouble code/
Memory function Contents of diagnosis Index No.
Contents of troubles
I Driver’s airbag main harness circuit is shorted to
ground.
I Driver’s airbag module harness circuit is shorted <Ref. to 5-5
41 Provided.
to ground. [T5S0].>
I Roll connector circuit is shorted to ground.
shorted to ground.
<Ref. to 5-5
42 Provided. I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is
[T5T0].>
shorted to ground.
power supply.
I Driver’s airbag module harness is shorted to <Ref. to 5-5
43 Provided.
power supply. [T5U0].>
I Roll connector is shorted to power supply.
<Ref. to 5-5
44 Provided. Side airbag module is inflated.
[T5V0].>
I Airbag main harness is faulty.
<Ref. to 5-5
51 Provided. I Side airbag module (RH) is faulty.
[T5W0].>
<Ref. to 5-5
52 Provided. I Side airbag module (LH) is faulty.
[T5X0].>
I Airbag warning light is faulty.
I Airbag control module to airbag warning light
harness circuit is shorted or open.
Airbag warning light remains I Grounding circuit is faulty. <Ref. to 5-5
Not provided.
on. I Airbag control module is faulty. [T5Y0].>
I (AB1) and (B31) are not connected properly.
I (AB6) is not connected properly to airbag con-
trol module.
I Fuse No. 15 is blown.
Airbag warning light remains <Ref. to 5-5
Not provided. I Airbag warning light is faulty.
off. [T5Z0].>
Warning light indicates trouble
<Ref. to 5-5
code, then normal code. Provided. Airbag system component parts are faulty.
[T5AA0].>
(Flashing trouble code.)
I Airbag connector is faulty.
Warning light indicates trouble I Fuse No. 16 is blown.
<Ref. to 5-5
code, then normal code. Not provided. I Airbag main harness is faulty.
[T5AB0].>
(Flashing normal code.) I Airbag control module is faulty.
I Body harness is faulty.
16
2. HOW TO READ TROUBLE CODES

The AIRBAG warning light flashes a code corresponding to the faulty parts.
The long segment (1.2 sec on) indicates a “ten”, and the short segment (0.3 sec on) indicates a “one”.
B5M0117A
B: TROUBLE CODE 03 5B1 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) AND

DIAGNOSIS: FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
(RH) INSPECTION
I Front sub sensor harness is faulty.
I Front sub sensor is faulty.
1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
CAUTION: module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to
Before performing diagnostics on airbag test harness E connector (1E).
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect 2) Measure resistance between test harness E
battery ground terminal, and then wait at least connector (3E) terminal.
20 seconds.
(3E) No. 2 — (3E) No. 4:
B5M0554A
: Is the resistance between 750 Ω and

1 kΩ?
: Go to step 5B2.
: Go to step 5B2.
17
5-5 [T5B2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5B2 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) AND 5B4 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) AND
FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS (LH)
(RH) INSPECTION INSPECTION
Measure resistance across test harness E connec- Measure resistance between test harness E con-
tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground. nector (3E) terminal.
(3E) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (3E) No. 1 — (3E) No. 3:
B5M0555A B5M0557A
: Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ? : Is the resistance between 750 Ω and
: Go to step 5B3. 1 kΩ?
: Go to step 5B5.
5B3 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) AND
FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS 5B5 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) AND
(RH) INSPECTION FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS (LH)
INSPECTION
Measure resistance across test harness E connec-
tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground. Measure resistance across test harness E connec-
Connector & terminal tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground.
(3E) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
(3E) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B5M0556A
B5M0558A
: Go to step 5B4. : Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ?
: Go to step 5B6.
18
5B6 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) AND 5B8 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS (LH) TION
INSPECTION
Measure resistance between test harness E con-
Measure resistance across test harness E connec- nector (3E) terminal and test harness F connector
tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground. (3F) terminal.
(3E) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (3E) No. 4 — (3F) No. 5:
B5M0559A B5M0561A
: Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ? : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to : Go to step 5B9.
5-5 [W5A0].> : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
: Go to step 5B7. 5-5 [W4A0].>
5B7 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5B9 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
1) Disconnect connector (AB14) and (AB15), then Measure resistance across test harness E connec-
connect test harness F connector (2F) and con- tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground.
nector (AB14). Connector & terminal
2) Measure resistance between test harness E (3E) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
connector (3E) terminal and test harness F con-
nector (3F) terminal.
(3E) No. 2 — (3F) No. 6:
B5M0555A

: Go to step 5B10.
B5M0560A
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
5-5 [W4A0].>
: Go to step 5B8.
5-5 [W4A0].>
19
5B10 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5B12 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
TION (RH) INSPECTION
Measure resistance across test harness E connec- Measure resistance between test harness F con-
tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground. nector (3F) terminal and test harness H connector
Connector & terminal (3H) terminal.
(3E) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
(3F) No. 4 — (3H) No. 6:
B5M0556A
B5M0563A
: Go to step 5B11. : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to : Go to step 5B13.
5-5 [W4A0].> : Replace front sub sensor harness (RH).
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
5B11 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
(RH) INSPECTION 5B13 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
(RH) INSPECTION
1) Connect test harness F connector (1F) and
connector (AB15). Measure resistance across test harness F connec-
2) Disconnect connector (AB16) from front sub tor (3F) terminal and chassis ground.
sensor (RH) <Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].> and then test Connector & terminal
harness H connector (1H) and connector (AB16). (3F) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
3) Measure resistance between test harness F
connector (3F) terminal and test harness H con-
nector (3H) terminal.
(3F) No. 3 — (3H) No. 5:
B5M0564A

: Go to step 5B14.
B5M0562A : Replace front sub sensor harness (RH).
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
: Go to step 5B12.
: Replace front sub sensor harness (RH).
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
20
5B14 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS 5B16 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) INSPEC-
(RH) INSPECTION TION
Measure resistance across test harness F connec- Measure resistance across test harness H connec-
tor (3F) terminal and chassis ground. tor (3H) terminal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (3H) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B5M0565A B5M0567A
: Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ? : Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ?
: Replace front sub sensor harness (RH). : Replace front sub sensor (RH). <Ref. to
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].> 5-5 [W7A0].>
5B15 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) INSPEC- 5B17 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (RH) INSPEC-
TION TION
1) Connect test harness H connector (2H) and Measure resistance across test harness H connec-
front sub sensor (RH). tor (3H) terminal and chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance between test harness H Connector & terminal
connector (3H) terminal. (3H) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
(3H) No. 3 — (3H) No. 4:
B5M0568A
B5M0566A : Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ?

: Go to step 5B18.
: Replace front sub sensor (RH). <Ref. to
1 k Ω?
5-5 [W7A0].>
: Go to step 5B16.
: Replace front sub sensor (RH). <Ref. to
5-5 [W7A0].>
21
5B18 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5B20 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
1) Disconnect connector (AB11) and (AB12), then Measure resistance across test harness E connec-
connect test harness F connector (2F) and con- tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground.
nector (AB11). Connector & terminal
2) Measure resistance between test harness E (3E) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
connector (3E) terminal and test harness F con-
nector (3F) terminal.
(3E) No. 3 — (3F) No. 6:
B5M0559A

: Go to step 5B21.
B5M0569A
5-5 [W4A0].>
: Go to step 5B19.
5B21 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to TION
5-5 [W4A0].>
Measure resistance across test harness E connec-
5B19 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- tor (3E) terminal and chassis ground.
TION
Measure resistance between test harness E con-
nector (3E) terminal and test harness F connector
(3F) terminal.
(3E) No. 1 — (3F) No. 5:
B5M0558A

: Go to step 5B22.
B5M0570A
5-5 [W4A0].>
: Go to step 5B20.
5-5 [W4A0].>
22
5B22 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS 5B23 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
(LH) INSPECTION (LH) INSPECTION
1) Connect test harness F connector (1F) and Measure resistance between test harness F con-
connector (AB12). nector (3F) terminal and test harness H connector
2) Disconnect connector (AB13) from front sub (3H) terminal.
sensor (LH) <Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].> and then test Connector & terminal
harness H connector (1H) and connector (AB13). (3F) No. 4 — (3H) No. 6:
3) Measure resistance between test harness F
connector (3F) terminal and test harness H con-
nector (3H) terminal.
(3F) No. 3 — (3H) No. 5:
B5M0563A

: Go to step 5B24.
: Replace front sub sensor harness (LH).
B5M0562A
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
: Go to step 5B23. 5B24 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS
(LH) INSPECTION
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
Measure resistance across test harness F connec-
tor (3F) terminal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B5M0564A

: Go to step 5B25.
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
23
5B25 : FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS 5B27 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) INSPEC-
(LH) INSPECTION TION
Measure resistance across test harness F connec- Measure resistance across test harness H connec-
tor (3F) terminal and chassis ground. tor (3H) terminal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (3H) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B5M0565A B5M0567A
: Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ? : Is the resistance more than 10 kΩ?
: Replace front sub sensor harness (LH). : Replace front sub sensor (LH). <Ref. to
5-5 [W7A0].>
<Ref. to 5-5 [W7A0].>
5B28 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) INSPEC-

5B26 : FRONT SUB SENSOR (LH) INSPEC- TION
TION
Measure resistance across test harness H connec-

1) Connect test harness H connector (2H) and tor (3H) terminal and chassis ground.
front sub sensor (LH).
2) Measure resistance between test harness H Connector & terminal
connector (3H) terminal. (3H) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
(3H) No. 3 — (3H) No. 4:
B5M0568A

B5M0566A
[T4C0].>
: Replace front sub sensor (LH). <Ref. to
1 k Ω? 5-5 [W7A0].>
: Go to step 5B27.
: Replace front sub sensor (LH). <Ref. to
5-5 [W7A0].>
24
C: TROUBLE CODE 04 D: TROUBLE CODE 08

DIAGNOSIS: DIAGNOSIS:
I Airbag main harness circuit is shorted. I Airbag control module is faulty.
I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is I Airbag main harness is faulty.
shorted. CAUTION:
I Airbag control module is faulty. Before performing diagnostics on airbag
CAUTION: system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
Before performing diagnostics on airbag battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect seconds.
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20 After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument
seconds. panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument (AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10). 5D1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION
5C1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION 1) Disconnect connector (AB18) from airbag con-
trol module and connect it to test harness E con-
1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control nector (1E).
module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to 2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
test harness E connector (1E). switch ON. (engine off)
2) Measure resistance between test harness E 3) Measure voltage across connector (3E) termi-
connector (2E) terminal. nal and chassis ground.
(2E) No. 2 — (2E) No. 5: (3E) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
S5M0252A B5M0523A
: Is resistance more than 10 kΩ? : Is the voltage less than 1 V?

: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to : Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to
5-5 [W5A0].> 5-5 [W5A0].>
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to : Go to step 5D2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
25
5D2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- E: TROUBLE CODE 09

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure voltage across connector (3E) terminal I Airbag main harness is faulty.
and chassis ground.
CAUTION:
Connector & terminal Before performing diagnostics on airbag
(3E) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
5E1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
B5M0524A 1) Disconnect connector (AB17) from airbag con-

: Is the voltage less than 1 V? nector (1E).
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to 2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
5-5 [W5A0].> switch ON. (engine off)
3) Measure voltage across connector (3E) termi-
nal and chassis ground.
5-5 [W4A0].>
B5M0525A

: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to
5-5 [W5A0].>
: Go to step 5E2.
26
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5F1] 5-5
5E2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- F: TROUBLE CODE 11

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure voltage across connector (3E) terminal I Airbag main harness circuit is open.
and chassis ground. I Fuse No. 8 is blown. (In joint box)
Connector & terminal I Body harness circuit is open.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect
seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
5F1 : AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE

INSPECTION
B5M0526A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].> and connect it to test
5-5 [W5A0].> harness E connector (1E).
switch “ON”. (engine off)
5-5 [W4A0].>
S5M0253A

5-5 [W5A0].>
: Go to step 5F2.
27
5-5 [T5F2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5F2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5F3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
1) Go to following procedure after performing Measure resistance between (5A) connector termi-
diagnostics on airbag system as per diagnosis pro- nal and chassis ground.
cedure under “5F1: AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE Connector & terminal
INSPECTION” <Ref. to 5-5 [T5F1].> previously (5A) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
outlined.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect battery
ground terminal and then wait at least 20 seconds.
3) Disconnect body harness connector (B31) from
connector (AB1) at front lower pillar, and connect
connector (AB1) to test harness A connector (2A).
S5M0255A
: Is resistance more than 10 kΩ?

: Go to step 5F4.
B5M0119B 5-5 [W4A0].>
4) Measure resistance between test harness A
connector (5A) terminal and test harness E con- 5F4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
nector (2E) terminal. TION

Measure resistance between (2E) connector termi-
(5A) No. 1 — (2E) No. 6:
S5M0254A

S5M0256A
: Go to step 5F3.
5-5 [W4A0].>
: Go to step 5F5.
5-5 [W4A0].>
28
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5G1] 5-5
5F5 : FUSE NO. 8 (IN JOINT BOX) INSPEC- G: TROUBLE CODE 12

TION DIAGNOSIS:
1) Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Driver’s airbag module harness circuit is open.
2) Remove and visually check fuse No. 8 (in joint I Roll connector circuit is open.
box).
CAUTION:
seconds.
5G1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
G5M0444 1) Remove lower cover panel <Ref. to 5-4

[W1A0].>, and connect connector (AB8) below
: Is fuse No. 8 blown? steering column to test harness F connector (1F).
: Replace fuse No. 8 if fuse No. 8 blows
again, repair body harness.
: Repair body harness.
S5M0258A
2) Disconnect connector (AB6) <Ref. to 5-5

[W5A0].> from airbag control module, and connect
it to test harness E connector (1E) terminal.
3) Measure resistance between test harness E
connector (2E) and test harness F connector (3F)
terminals.
(2E) No. 1 — (3F) No. 3:
S5M0259A

: Go to step 5G2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
29
5-5 [T5G2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5G2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- H: TROUBLE CODE 13

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure resistance between test harness E con- I Driver’s airbag module harness is shorted.
nector (2E) and test harness F connector (3F) ter- I Roll connector circuit is shorted.
minals. I Airbag control module is faulty.
(2E) No. 4 — (3F) No. 4: Before performing diagnostics on airbag
seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
5H1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
S5M0260A 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control

module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to
: Is resistance less than 10 Ω? test harness E connector (1E).
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to 2) Measure resistance between test harness E
5-5 [W5A0].> connector (2E) terminal.
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to Connector & terminal
5-5 [W4A0].> (2E) No. 1 — (2E) No. 4:
S5M0261A

5-5 [W5A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
30
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5J1] 5-5
I: TROUBLE CODE 14 J: TROUBLE CODE 15

(AB6), (AB17) and (AB18) are not connected prop- I Side airbag sensor (RH) is faulty.
erly to airbag control module. I Airbag main harness is faulty.
CAUTION: CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag Before performing diagnostics on airbag
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20 battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
seconds. seconds.
5I1 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNEC- panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and
TORS (AB6), (AB17) AND (AB18). (AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
Check connectors (AB6), (AB17) and (AB18) con- 5J1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
nected to airbag control module. <Ref. to 5-5 TION
[W5A0].>
: Is there poor contact in connectors 1) Disconnect connector (AB18) from airbag con-
(AB6), (AB17) and (AB18)? trol module and connect it to test harness E con-
: Repair poor contact in connectors nector (1E).
(AB6), (AB17) and (AB18). 2) Disconnect connector (AB28) from airbag con-
trol module and connect it to test harness G con-
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to nector (1G).
5-5 [W5A0].>
connector (3E) terminal and test harness G con-
nector (3G) terminal.
(3E) No. 17 — (3G) No. 2:
B5M0527A

: Go to step 5J2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
31
5-5 [T5J2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5J2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5J4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
Measure resistance between test harness E con- Measure resistance between connector (3G) termi-
nector (3E) terminal and test harness G connector nal and chassis ground.
(3G) terminal. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (3G) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
(3E) No. 19 — (3G) No. 5:
B5M0530A
B5M0528A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Go to step 5J5.
: Go to step 5J3. : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to 5-5 [W4A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
5J5 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
5J3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- TION
TION
Measure resistance between connector (3E) termi-
Measure resistance between connector (3G) terminal and chassis ground.
nal and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (3E) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
(3G) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0531A
B5M0529A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step 5J6.
: Go to step 5J4. : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
5-5 [W4A0].>
32
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5K1] 5-5
5J6 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- K: TROUBLE CODE 16

TION DIAGNOSIS:
I Side airbag sensor (RH) is faulty.
Measure resistance between connector (3E) termi- I Side airbag sensor is different.
nal and chassis ground. CAUTION:
(3E) No. 19 (+) — Chassis ground (–): system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
seconds.
5K1 : CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 16 IS

INDICATED.
Confirm flashing trouble code according to “BASIC

DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE”. <Ref. to 5-5
[T4A0].>
: Is airbag warning light trouble code
B5M0532A 16 indicated?
: Replace side airbag sensor (RH). <Ref.
to 5-5 [W8A0].>
: Replace side airbag sensor. <Ref. to 5-5
[W8A0].>
[T4C0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
33
5-5 [T5L0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
L: TROUBLE CODE 21 M: TROUBLE CODE 22

Airbag control module is faulty. I Airbag main harness circuit is open.
CAUTION: I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is
Before performing diagnostics on airbag open.
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect I Airbag control module is faulty.
battery ground terminal, and then wait at least CAUTION:
20 seconds. Before performing diagnostics on airbag
5L1 : CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 21 IS battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
INDICATED. seconds.
Confirm flashing trouble code according to “BASIC 5M1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE”. <Ref. to 5-5 TION
[T4A0].>
: Is airbag warning light trouble code 1) Remove front pillar lower trim (Passenger side).
21 indicated? <Ref. to 5-3 [W5A1].>
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to 2) Disconnect connector (AB9) and (AB10) <Ref.
5-5 [W5A0].> to 5-5 [W3A2].> and connect connector (AB9) to
: Perform clear memory. <Ref. to 5-5 test harness F connector (1F).
[T4C0].> 3) Disconnect connector (AB6) <Ref. to 5-5
[W5A0].> from airbag control module, and connect
it to test harness E connector (1E) terminal.
connector (2E) and test harness F connector (3F)
terminals.
(2E) No. 2 — (3F) No. 3:
S5M0262A

: Go to step 5M2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
34
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5N1] 5-5
5M2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- N: TROUBLE CODE 25

TION DIAGNOSIS:
I Side airbag sensor (LH) is faulty.
Measure resistance between test harness E con- I Airbag main harness is faulty.
nector (2E) and test harness F connector (3F) ter- CAUTION:
minals.
Connector & terminal system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
(2E) No. 5 — (3F) No. 4: battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
5N1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
1) Disconnect connector (AB17) from airbag con-

S5M0263A
nector (1E).
2) Disconnect connector (AB23) from airbag con-
trol module and connect it to test harness G con-
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to nector (1G).
5-5 [W5A0].> 3) Measure resistance between test harness E
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to connector (3E) terminal and test harness G con-
5-5 [W4A0].> nector (3G) terminal.
(3E) No. 14 — (3G) No. 5:
B5M0533A

: Go to step 5N2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
35
5-5 [T5N2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5N2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5N4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
Measure resistance between test harness E con- Measure resistance between connector (3G) termi-
nector (3E) terminal and test harness G connector nal and chassis ground.
(3G) terminal. Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal (3G) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
(3E) No. 16 — (3G) No. 2:
B5M0536A
B5M0534A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Go to step 5N5.
: Go to step 5N3. : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
5-5 [W4A0].>
5N5 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
5N3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- TION
TION
Measure resistance between connector (3G) terminal and chassis ground.
nal and chassis ground. Connector & terminal
(3G) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0537A
B5M0535A
: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Go to step 5N6.
: Go to step 5N4. : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
5-5 [W4A0].>
36
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5O1] 5-5
5N6 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- O: TROUBLE CODE 26

TION DIAGNOSIS:
I Side airbag sensor (LH) is faulty.
Measure resistance between connector (3E) termi- I Side airbag sensor is different.
nal and chassis ground. CAUTION:
(3E) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (–): system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
seconds.
5O1 : CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 26 IS

INDICATED.

[T4A0].>
B5M0538A 26 indicated?
: Replace side airbag sensor (LH). <Ref.
to 5-5 [W8A0].>
: Replace side airbag sensor (LH). <Ref.
to 5-5 [W8A0].>
[T4C0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
37
5-5 [T5P0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
P: TROUBLE CODE 31 5P2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

DIAGNOSIS: TION
I Airbag main harness circuit is open. 1) Go to following procedure after performing
I Fuse No. 16 is blown. (In joint box) diagnostics on airbag system as per diagnosis pro-
I Body harness circuit is open. cedure under “5P1 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
INSPECTION” <Ref. to 5-5 [T5P1].> previously
CAUTION: outlined.
Before performing diagnostics on airbag 2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect battery
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20 3) Disconnect connector (AB1) from body harness
seconds. connector (B31) at front lower pillar (driver side),
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument and connect connector (AB1) to test harness A
panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and connector (2A).
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10). 4) Measure resistance between test harness A
connector (5A) and test harness E connector (2E)
5P1 : AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE terminals.
INSPECTION
(5A) No. 9 — (2E) No. 3:
test harness E connector (1E).
switch “ON” (engine off).
S5M0265A

: Go to step 5P3.
5-5 [W4A0].>
S5M0264A

5-5 [W5A0].>
: Go to step 5P2.
38
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5P5] 5-5
5P3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5P5 : FUSE NO. 16 (IN JOINT BOX)
TION INSPECTION
Measure resistance between each terminal of con- Make sure ignition switch is turned “OFF”, then
nectors (5A) and chassis ground. remove and visually check fuse No. 16 (in joint
box).
(5A) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
G5M0453
S5M0266A
: Is fuse No. 16 blown?
: Replace fuse No. 16. If fuse No. 16
blows again, repair body harness.
: Go to step 5P4. : Repair body harness.
5-5 [W4A0].>
5P4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
Measure resistance between each terminal of con-

nectors (2E) and chassis ground.
S5M0267A

: Go to step 5P5.
5-5 [W4A0].>
39
5-5 [T5Q0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Q: TROUBLE CODE 33 R: TROUBLE CODE 34

Front airbag module is inflated. I Passenger’s airbag main harness circuit is
CAUTION: shorted to power supply.
Before performing diagnostics on airbag I Passenger’s airbag module harness is shorted
system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect to power supply.
battery ground terminal, and then wait at least I Airbag control module is faulty.
20 seconds. CAUTION:
5Q1 : CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 33 IS system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect
INDICATED. battery ground terminal and then wait at least
20 seconds.
Confirm flashing trouble code according to “BASIC After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument
DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE”. <Ref. to 5-5 panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and
[T4A0].> (AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
33 indicated? 5R1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to TION
5-5 [W5A0].>
: Perform clear memory. <Ref. to 5-5 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
[T4C0].> module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to
3) Measure voltage across each test harness E
connector (2E) terminal and chassis ground.
S5M0274A

: Go to step 5R2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
40
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5S1] 5-5
5R2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- S: TROUBLE CODE 41

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure voltage across each test harness E con- ground.
nector (2E) terminal and chassis ground. I Driver’s airbag module harness circuit is shorted
Connector & terminal to ground.
(2E) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−): I Roll connector circuit is shorted to ground.
CAUTION:
seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
S5M0275A
5S1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION
5-5 [W5A0].> 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
5-5 [W4A0].>
connector (2E) terminals and chassis ground.
S5M0276A
: Is resistance more than 200 Ω?

: Go to step 5S2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
41
5-5 [T5S2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5S2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- T: TROUBLE CODE 42

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure resistance between test harness E con- shorted to ground.
nector (2E) terminals and chassis ground. I Passenger’s airbag module harness circuit is
Connector & terminal shorted to ground.
(2E) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): I Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
5T1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

S5M0277A
TION
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
5-5 [W5A0].> module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to
5-5 [W4A0].>
connector (2E) terminals and chassis ground.
S5M0278A

: Go to step 5T2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
42
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5U1] 5-5
5T2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- U: TROUBLE CODE 43

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Measure resistance between test harness E con- power supply.
nector (2E) terminals and chassis ground. I Driver’s airbag module harness is shorted to
Connector & terminal power supply.
(2E) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−): I Roll connector is shorted to power supply.
CAUTION:
battery ground terminal and then wait at least
20 seconds.
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10).
S5M0279A 5U1 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
: Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to 1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control
5-5 [W5A0].> module <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to test harness E connector (1E).
5-5 [W4A0].> 2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
3) Measure voltage across each test harness E
connector (2E) terminal and chassis ground.
S5M0280A

: Go to step 5U2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
43
5-5 [T5U2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5U2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- V: TROUBLE CODE 44

TION DIAGNOSIS:
Side airbag module is inflated.
Measure voltage across each test harness E con- CAUTION:
nector (2E) terminal and chassis ground. Before performing diagnostics on airbag
Connector & terminal system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect
(2E) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): battery ground cable and then wait at least 20
seconds.
5V1 : CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 44 IS

INDICATED.

[T4A0].>
44 indicated?
S5M0281A
: Replace front seat with side airbag mod-
ule (Operating side). <Ref. to 5-3
[W1A0].>
5-5 [W5A0].>
[T4C0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
44
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5W3] 5-5
W: TROUBLE CODE 51 5W2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

DIAGNOSIS: TION
I Side airbag module (RH) is faulty. 1) Turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery
I Airbag control module is faulty. ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
CAUTION: 2) Disconnect test harness F and airbag resistor.
Before performing diagnostics on airbag 3) Disconnect connector (AB18) from airbag con-
system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect trol module and connect it to test harness E con-
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20 nector (1E).
seconds. 4) Measure resistance of test harness E connec-
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument tor (3E) terminal.
panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and Connector & terminal
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10). (3E) No. 7 — (3E) No. 9:
5W1 : SIDE AIRBAG MODULE INSPECTION
1) Disconnect connector (AB26) and (AB27), and

then connect connector (AB26) and test harness F
connector (1F).
2) Connect test harness F connector (2F) and air-
bag resistor <Ref. to 5-5 [T3C0].>.
3) Connect battery ground cable and then turn
ignition switch ON.
B5M0539A
: Does the airbag warning light come
on?
: Go to step 5W3.
ule (RH). <Ref. to 5-3 [W1A0].>
: Go to step 5W2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
5W3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
Measure resistance of test harness E connector

(3F) terminal.
(3F) No. 3 — (3F) No. 4:
B5M0540A

: Go to step 5W4.
5-5 [W4A0].>
45
5-5 [T5W4] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5W4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5W6 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
Measure resistance between connector (3F) termi- Measure resistance between connector (3E) termi-
nal and chassis ground. nal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (–): (3E) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0541A B5M0543A
: Go to step 5W5. : Go to step 5W7.
: Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to : Replace airbag main harness. <Ref. to
5-5 [W4A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
5W7 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

5W5 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- TION
TION

Measure resistance between connector (3F) terminal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0544A
B5M0542A

: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to
: Go to step 5W6. 5-5 [W5A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].> 5-5 [W4A0].>
46
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5X3] 5-5
X: TROUBLE CODE 52 5X2 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

DIAGNOSIS: TION
I Side airbag module (LH) is faulty. 1) Turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery
I Airbag control module is faulty. ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
CAUTION: 2) Disconnect test harness F and airbag resistor.
Before performing diagnostics on airbag 3) Disconnect connector (AB17) from airbag con-
system, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect trol module and connect it to test harness E con-
battery ground cable and then wait at least 20 nector (1E).
seconds. 4) Measure resistance of test harness E connec-
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument tor (3E) terminal.
panel lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and Connector & terminal
(AB8), (AB9) and (AB10). (3E) No. 10 — (3E) No. 12:
5X1 : SIDE AIRBAG MODULE INSPECTION
1) Disconnect connector (AB21) and (AB22), and

then connect connector (AB21) and test harness F
connector (1F).
2) Connect test harness F connector (2F) and air-
bag resistor. <Ref. to 5-5 [T3C0].>
3) Connect battery ground cable and then turn
ignition switch ON.
B5M0545A
on?
: Go to step 5X3.
ule (LH). <Ref. to 5-3 [W1A0].>
: Go to step 5X2.
5-5 [W4A0].>
5X3 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

TION
Measure resistance of test harness E connector

(3F) terminal.
(3F) No. 3 — (3F) No. 4:
B5M0546A

: Go to step 5X4.
5-5 [W4A0].>
47
5-5 [T5X4] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5X4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- 5X6 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-
TION TION
Measure resistance between connector (3F) termi- Measure resistance between connector (3E) termi-
nal and chassis ground. nal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (–): (3E) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0547A B5M0549A
: Go to step 5X5. : Go to step 5X7.
5-5 [W4A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
5X7 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC-

5X5 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- TION
TION

Measure resistance between connector (3F) terminal and chassis ground.
(3F) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
B5M0550A
B5M0548A

: Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ? : Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to
: Go to step 5X6. 5-5 [W5A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].> 5-5 [W4A0].>
48
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5Y2] 5-5
Y: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT 5Y2 : INSPECTION OF AIRBAG WARNING

REMAINS ON. LIGHT
DIAGNOSIS:
1) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and connect body
I Airbag warning light is faulty. harness connector (B31) to test connector A con-
I Airbag control module to airbag warning light nector (1A).
harness circuit is shorted or open.
I Grounding circuit is faulty.
I (AB1) and (B31) are not connected properly.
I (AB6) is not connected properly to airbag control
module.
CAUTION:
seconds. S5M0282A
5Y1 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON- 2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition
NECTORS (AB1) AND (B31). switch “ON”, (engine off) and connect connectors
(3A) and (4A).
1) Remove front pillar lower trim (Driver side).
2) Check poor contact in connectors (AB1) and
(B31).
G5M0455

off?
B5M0122B
: Go to step 5Y4.
: Is there poor contact in double lock : Go to step 5Y3.
of connectors (AB1) and (B31)?
: Repair poor contact in double lock of
connectors (AB1) and (B31).
: Go to step 5Y2.
49
5-5 [T5Y3] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5Y3 : INSPECTION OF BODY HARNESS 5Y5 : INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HAR-

NESS
Check body harness.
NOTE:
ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds,
After problem has been eliminated, disconnect
and re-connect connectors (AB1) and (B31).
connectors (3A) and (4A).
2) Remove instrument panel lower cover and dis-
connect (AB3) with (AB8), then disconnect con-
nector (AB6) from airbag control module, <Ref. to
5-5 [W5A0].> and connect it to test harness E con-
nector (1E).
switch “ON”, (engine off) and connect connectors
(4E) and (5E).
NOTE:
After problem has been eliminated, disconnect
B5M0124B connectors (4E) and (5E).
: Is there anything unusual to body

harness?
: Replace airbag warning light module.
5Y4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CON-

NECTOR (AB6).
Check connector (AB6) connected to airbag con- S5M0268A
trol module. <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>

: Is there poor contact in connector on?
(AB6)?
: Go to step 5Y6.
: Repair poor contact in connector (AB6).
: Go to step 5Y5. 5-5 [W4A0].>
50
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5Y9] 5-5
5Y6 : GROUNDING CIRCUIT INSPECTION 5Y8 : INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HAR-

NESS
ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds. 1) Connect connectors (AB1) and (B31). Discon-
2) Disconnect connector (AB1) from body harness nect connector (AB6) from airbag control module
connector (B31), and connect connector (B31) to <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>, and connect it to test har-
test harness A connector (1A). ness E connector (1E).
3) Measure resistance between connector (5A) 2) Measure resistance between each test harness
terminal and chassis ground. E connector (2E) terminal and chassis ground.
(5A) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (2E) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
S5M0271A
S5M0269A

: Go to step 5Y9.
: Go to step 5Y7.
: Repair body grounding circuit. 5-5 [W4A0].>
5Y7 : GROUNDING CIRCUIT INSPECTION 5Y9 : INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HAR-

NESS
Measure resistance between connector (5A) termi-
nal and chassis ground. Measure resistance between each test harness E
Connector & terminal connector (2E) terminal and chassis ground.
(5A) No. 18 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Connector & terminal
S5M0270A
S5M0272A
: Go to step 5Y8. : Is resistance less than 10 Ω?
: Repair body grounding circuit. : Replace airbag control module. <Ref. to
5-5 [W5A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
51
5-5 [T5Z0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Z: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT 5Z3 : AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT MODULE

REMAINS OFF. (IN COMBINATION METER) INSPEC-
TION
DIAGNOSIS:
I Fuse No. 15 is blown. (In joint box) 1) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect battery
I Body harness circuit is open. ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
I Airbag warning light is faulty. 2) Disconnect body harness connector (B31) from
I Airbag main harness is faulty. connector (AB1).
CAUTION:
battery ground terminal, and then wait at least
20 seconds.
5Z1 : FUSE NO. 15 (IN JOINT BOX)

INSPECTION
Remove and visually check fuse No. 15 (In joint B5M0122B
box). 3) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition

switch “ON” (engine off) to make sure airbag warn-
ing light illuminates.
G5M0460
: Is fuse No. 15 blown? B5M0124B

: Replace fuse No. 15. If fuse No. 15
blows again, Go to step 5Z2. : Does the airbag warning light come
: Go to step 5Z2. on?
: Go to step 5Z4.
5Z2 : BODY HARNESS INSPECTION : Replace airbag warning light module.
Turn ignition switch “ON” (engine off) to make sure

other warning lights (in combination meter) illumi-
nate.
: Do all the warning lights (in combina-
tion meter) except airbag warning
light come on?
: Go to step 5Z3.
52
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5AA1] 5-5
5Z4 : AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPEC- AA: WARNING LIGHT INDICATES

TION TROUBLE CODE, THEN NORMAL
CODE. (FLASHING TROUBLE
1) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect battery CODE.)
ground cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
2) Connect body harness connector (B31) and DIAGNOSIS:
connector (AB1). Airbag system component parts are faulty.
3) Disconnect connectors (AB3) and (AB8) below
steering column. <Ref. to 5-5 [M2F2].> CAUTION:
battery ground cable, and then wait at least 20
seconds.
5AA1 : AIRBAG COMPONENT PARTS

APPEARANCE INSPECTION
1) Conduct on-board diagnostic and call up

trouble codes stored in memory. <Ref. to 5-5
G5M0312 [T4B0].>
2) Select trouble code required to check airbag
component parts from those listed in table and
module. <Ref. to 5-5 [W5A0].>
reproduce symptom.
switch “ON” to make sure airbag warning light illu-
minates.
on?
5-5 [W5A0].>
5-5 [W4A0].>
53
5-5 [T5AA1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Trouble codes Check parts Index. No.

I Airbag main harness <Ref. to 5-5 [W400].>
03
I Front sub sensor and front sub sensor harness (Both sides) <Ref. to 5-5 [W700].>
I Airbag module (Passenger) <Ref. to 5-5 [W300].>
04 I Airbag main harness <Ref. to 5-5 [W400].>
I Airbag control module <Ref. to 5-5 [W500].>
08
I Side airbag module RH in front seat <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
09
I Side airbag module LH in front seat <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
I Fuse No. 8 <Ref. to 5-5 [T5F5].>
11
I Body harness <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
I Roll connector <Ref. to 5-5 [W600].>
I Airbag module (Driver) <Ref. to 5-5 [W300].>
12
13
15 Side airbag sensor RH <Ref. to 5-5 [W800].>
16 Side airbag sensor RH <Ref. to 5-5 [W800].>
21 Airbag control module <Ref. to 5-5 [W500].>
25 Side airbag module LH in front seat <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
33 Airbag control module <Ref. to 5-5 [W500].>
34 I Airbag module (Passenger) <Ref. to 5-5 [W300].>
41
43
44 Side airbag module in front seat <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
51 Side airbag module RH in front seat <Ref. to 5-3 [W100].>
3) Conduct appearance inspection on parts : Is there anything unusual about the

selected. appearance of airbag component
NOTE: parts?
Also check connector terminals, wiring harness, : Replace faulty airbag component parts.
case, etc. for damage. : Go to step 5AA2.
54
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5AB2] 5-5
5AA2 : AIRBAG COMPONENT PARTS AB: WARNING LIGHT INDICATES

VIBRATION INSPECTION TROUBLE CODE, THEN NORMAL
CODE. (FLASHING NORMAL CODE.)
1) Gently shake check parts (to determine faults.). DIAGNOSIS:
2) To check airbag module or roll connector, turn
and tilt steering wheel. I Airbag connector is faulty.
I Fuse No. 16 is blown. (In joint box)
CAUTION:
Do not shake or vibrate airbag control module. I Airbag main harness is faulty.
: Does the component malfunction I Body harness is faulty.
again when shaking?
CAUTION:
: Replace faulty airbag component parts.
: Go to step 5AA3. system, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect
battery ground cable, and then wait at least 20
5AA3 : SHOWERING INSPECTION TO seconds.
BODY
5AB1 : AIRBAG CONNECTOR APPEAR-
Spray water on vehicle body. ANCE INSPECTION
CAUTION:
Do not directly spray water on airbag compo- Conduct appearance inspection on airbag connec-
nents. tors (AB2) through (AB28). <Ref. to 5-5 [T100].>
NOTE: NOTE:
Also check wiring harnesses as water may leak Check terminals, case and wiring harnesses for
along them and get airbag component parts wet. damage.
: Is there anything unusual about the
appearance of connectors (AB2)
through (AB28)?
: Go to step 5AB2.
5AB2 : AIRBAG CONNECTOR VIBRATION

INSPECTION
G5M0461
Conduct vibration inspection on airbag connectors
(AB2) through (AB28). <Ref. to 5-5 [T100].>
: Does water leak into the passenger
compartment when showering NOTE:
vehicle? Gently shake each airbag connector.
: Replace faulty airbag component parts. : Do the connectors (AB2) through
: Perform clear memory. <Ref. to 5-5 (AB28) malfunction again when shak-
[T4C0].> ing?
: Go to step 5AB3.
55
5-5 [T5AB3] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5AB3 : SHOWERING INSPECTION TO 5AB5 : FUSE NO. 16 (IN JOINT BOX), AIR-
BODY BAG MAIN HARNESS, BODY HAR-
NESS VIBRATION INSPECTION
Spray water on vehicle body.
CAUTION: Conduct vibration inspection on fuse No. 16, air-
Do not directly spray water on airbag compo- bag main harness and body harness.
nents. CAUTION:
NOTE: Do not shake or vibrate airbag control module.
If leaks are noted, also check wiring harnesses as NOTE:
water may leak along them and wet airbag connec- Gently shake each part.
tors. : Do fuse No. 16, airbag main harness
or body harness malfunction again
when shaking?
: Go to step 5AB6.
5AB6 : SHOWERING INSPECTION TO

BODY
Spray water on vehicle body.

G5M0461
CAUTION:
: Does water leak into the passenger Do not directly spray water on each part.
compartment when showering NOTE:
vehicle? If leaks are noted, check wiring harnesses as water
: Replace faulty airbag component parts. may leak along them and get parts wet.
: Go to step 5AB4.
5AB4 : FUSE NO. 16 (IN JOINT BOX), AIR-

BAG MAIN HARNESS, AIRBAG
CONTROL MODULE, BODY HAR-
NESS APPEARANCE INSPECTION
Conduct appearance inspection on fuse No. 16

<Ref. to 5-5 [T5P5].>, airbag main harness <Ref.
to 5-5 [W4A0].>, airbag control module <Ref. to 5-5 G5M0461
[W5A0].> and body harness.
NOTE: : Does water leak into the passenger
Also check connectors, terminals, wiring harness compartment when showering
and case for damage. vehicle?
: Is there anything unusual about the : Replace faulty airbag component parts.
appearance of fuse No. 16, airbag : Go to step 5AB7.
main harness, airbag control module
or body harness?
: Go to step 5AB5.
56
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5AB7] 5-5
5AB7 : WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATION

CHECK
Turn ignition switch “ON” (engine off) and observe

airbag warning light.
on for about 7 seconds, then go out
and stay out?
[T4C0].>
: Go to “DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE”.
<Ref. to 5-5 [T4D0].>
57
5-5 [T5AB7] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
MEMO:
58
6-2a [T100] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)

System “Airbag” A: FUNCTION TESTS
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the Conduct road tests by selecting a smooth, flat road
cruise control module and cruise control command or use free rollers for road test simulation.
switch.
CAUTION: 1. CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH
I All Airbag system wiring harness and con- 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri- 2) Check that cruise control main switch indicator
cal test equipment on these circuits. light comes on when main switch is pressed (ON).
I Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir- 3) Check that main switch indicator light goes out
ing harness when servicing the cruise control when main switch is pressed again (OFF).
module and cruise control command switch. 4) Turn ignition switch to OFF with main switch ON
(indicated by illumination). Turn ignition switch ON
again to ensure that main switch indicator light
remains OFF.
2. CRUISE CONTROL COMMAND SWITCH
1) Check that cruise control command switch is
properly set in “SET/COAST”, “RESUME/ACCEL”,
or “CANCEL” mode.
2) Also check that command switch returns to the
original position when released.
3. CONSTANT SPEED TEST
1) Turn cruise control main switch to ON.
2) Drive the vehicle at a speed greater than 40
km/h (25 MPH).
3) Press command switch to set in “SET/COAST”
mode.
4) Ensure that vehicle is maintained at the speed
set when command switch was pressed.
4. ACCELERATION TEST
1) Set vehicle speed at a speed greater that 40
km/h (25 MPH).
2) Ensure that vehicle continues to accelerate
while holding command switch in “RESUME/
ACCEL” mode, and that vehicle maintains that
optional speed when command switch is released.
5. DECELERATION TEST
1) Set vehicle speed at an optional speed greater
than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
2) Ensure that vehicle continues to decelerate
while holding command switch in “SET/COAST”
mode, and that it maintains that optional speed
when command switch is released.
NOTE:
When vehicle speed reaches the lower speed limit
of 30 km/h (19 MPH) during deceleration, cruise
control will be released.
2

System “Airbag” A: FUNCTION TESTS
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the Conduct road tests by selecting a smooth, flat road
cruise control module and cruise control command or use free rollers for road test simulation.
switch.
CAUTION: 1. CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH
I All Airbag system wiring harness and con- 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri- 2) Check that cruise control main switch indicator
cal test equipment on these circuits. light comes on when main switch is pressed (ON).
I Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir- 3) Check that main switch indicator light goes out
ing harness when servicing the cruise control when main switch is pressed again (OFF).
module and cruise control command switch. 4) Turn ignition switch to OFF with main switch ON
(indicated by illumination). Turn ignition switch ON
again to ensure that main switch indicator light
remains OFF.
2. CRUISE CONTROL COMMAND SWITCH
1) Check that cruise control command switch is
properly set in “SET/COAST”, “RESUME/ACCEL”,
or “CANCEL” mode.
2) Also check that command switch returns to the
original position when released.
3. CONSTANT SPEED TEST
2) Drive the vehicle at a speed greater than 40
km/h (25 MPH).
3) Press command switch to set in “SET/COAST”
mode.
4) Ensure that vehicle is maintained at the speed
set when command switch was pressed.
4. ACCELERATION TEST
1) Set vehicle speed at a speed greater that 40
km/h (25 MPH).
2) Ensure that vehicle continues to accelerate
while holding command switch in “RESUME/
ACCEL” mode, and that vehicle maintains that
optional speed when command switch is released.
5. DECELERATION TEST
1) Set vehicle speed at an optional speed greater
than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
2) Ensure that vehicle continues to decelerate
while holding command switch in “SET/COAST”
mode, and that it maintains that optional speed
when command switch is released.
NOTE:
When vehicle speed reaches the lower speed limit
of 30 km/h (19 MPH) during deceleration, cruise
control will be released.
2
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T2C1] 6-2a
2. Pre-inspection
B: CRUISE CONTROL CABLE 2B4 : CHECK CABLE FREE PLAY.
2B1 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL CABLE.

Ensure that throttle cam-to-lever clearance is
within specifications.
Check cruise control cable installation.
B6M0241A
B6M0171A
: Is throttle cam-to-lever clearance

: Is the cruise control cable securely
between 0 and 1 mm (0 and 0.04 in)?
installed to the left of the accelerator
cable? : Go to step 2C1.
: Go to step 2B2. : Adjust cable end by adjusting nuts. Go
: Install cruise control cable securely. Go to step 2C1.
to step 2B2. NOTE:
Ensure that cap is positioned in groove.
2B2 : CHECK ACCELERATOR CABLE. C: VACUUM HOSE AND PIPE
Check function of accelerator cable. 2C1 : CHECK VACUUM HOSE VISUALLY.
Check vacuum hose and pipe (which connect

actuator and vacuum pump).
B6M0171A
: Does the accelerator cable throttle

cam move when the cruise control
B6M0269A
throttle is moved by hand?
: Repair accelerator cable throttle cam.
: Is there disconnection or cracks in
Go to step 2B3.
vacuum hose?
: Go to step 2B3.
: Replace vacuum hose. Go to step 2D1.
: Go to step 2D1.
2B3 : CHECK THROTTLE CAM.
Check function of throttle cam.

: Does the throttle cam move
smoothly?
: Go to step 2B4.
: Repair throttle cam. Go to step 2B4.
3
6-2a [T2D1] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
2. Pre-inspection
D: ACTUATOR E: VACUUM PUMP AND VALVE

2D1 : CHECK FUNCTION OF ACTUATOR. 2E1 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VALVE.
1) Disconnect vacuum hose from actuator. 1) Disconnect connector from vacuum pump and
valve.
vacuum pump and valve.
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 3:
B6M0270A
2) Connect vacuum pump as shown in figure.
B6M0271

: Go to step 2E2.
: Replace vacuum pump and valve.
B6M0174
2E2 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VALVE.
3) Make sure that cruise control cable moves Measure resistance between terminals of vacuum
smoothly and quickly when a vacuum pressure of pump and valve.
40.0 kPa (300 mmHg, 11.81 inHg) is applied to
actuator. Terminals
No. 2 — No. 1:
: Does cruise control cable have a
stroke of 35 mm (1.38 in)?
: Go to step 2E1.
: Replace actuator. Go to step 2E1.
NOTE:
I When vacuum pressure is released from condi-
tion 3) above, make sure the cable returns to its
original position smoothly and quickly.
I After inspection, disconnect vacuum pump and
connect vacuum hose.
B6M0271

: Go to step 2E3.
4
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T2E6] 6-2a
2. Pre-inspection
2E3 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VALVE. 2E5 : CHECK FOR LEAKAGE AND STICK-
ING OF VALVES.
Measure resistance between terminals of vacuum
pump and valve. When the battery cable is disconnected from
Terminals former condition <Ref. to 6-2a [T2E4].>, make sure
No. 2 — No. 4: the cable returns to its original position smoothly.
: Does cruise control cable get back to
its original position within 1.5 sec-
onds?
: Go to step 2E6.
: Replace vacuum pump and valve. Go to
step 2E6.
2E6 : CHECK CABLE MOVEMENT.
B6M0271 Connect + (positive) battery cable to terminal No.

2 and − (negative) battery cable to terminals No. 1,
: Is resistance less than 69 Ω? 3 and 4 of vacuum pump and valve connector.
: Go to step 2E4.
2E4 : CHECK FOR LEAKAGE AND STICK-

ING OF VALVES.
Make sure that cruise control cable moves

smoothly when connecting + (positive) battery
cable to terminal No. 2 and − (negative) battery
cable to terminals No. 1, 3 and 4 of vacuum pump B6M0272
and valve connector.
: Does cruise control perform pull
operation?
: Go to step 2E7.
step 2E7.
B6M0272
: Does cruise control cable have a

stroke of 35 mm (1.38 in) within 3 sec-
onds?
: Go to step 2E5.
step 2E5.
5
6-2a [T2E7] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
2. Pre-inspection
2E7 : CHECK CABLE MOVEMENT. F: POWER SUPPLY

2F1 : CHECK BATTERY.
Connect + (positive) battery cable to terminal No.
2 and − (negative) battery cable to terminals No. 1
and 4 of vacuum pump and valve connector. Measure battery specific gravity of electrolyte.
: Is battery specific gravity more than
1.260?
: Go to step 2F2.
: Charge or replace battery. Go to step
2F2.
2F2 : CHECK FUSES, CONNECTORS AND

HARNESSES.
B6M0272
Check the condition of the main and other fuses,
: Does cruise control perform hold and harnesses and connectors. Also check for
operation? proper grounding.
: Go to step 2E8. : Is there anything unusual about the
: Replace vacuum pump and valve. Go to appearance of main fuse, fuse,
step 2E8. harness, connector and grounding?
: Repair or replace faulty parts. End of
2E8 : CHECK CABLE MOVEMENT. pre-inspection.
: End of pre-inspection.
Connect + (positive) battery cable to terminal No.
2 and − (negative) battery cable to terminal No. 4
of vacuum pump and valve connector.
B6M0272
: Does cruise control perform release

operation?
: Go to step 2F1.
step 2F1.
6
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T300] 6-2a
B6M0273C
(1) Actuator (4) Cruise control main switch (7) Stop and brake switch
(2) Vacuum pump and valve (5) Cruise control command switch (8) Clutch switch (MT)
(3) Inhibitor switch (AT) (6) Cruise control module
7
4. Schematic
4. Schematic
B6M0274
8
4. Schematic
MEMO:
9
G6M0015
Measuring conditions and I/O signals (ignition switch ON and engine

Content Terminal No.
idling)
Main power supply 2 I Battery voltage is present when main power is turned ON.
I “0” volt is present when main power is turned OFF.
Inhibitor switch (AT) (U.S.A.)/ 4 I Battery voltage is present when selector lever is other than “P” or “N”
N position switch (AT) (CANADA) position (CANADA: “N” position only).
I “0” volt is present when selector lever is set to “P” or “N” position
(CANADA: “N” position only).
Air valve 5 I ON-and-OFF (“0”-and-battery voltage) operation is alternately repeated
while cruise control is operating.
I “0” volt is present when vehicle is stopped.
Ground 6 —
Vacuum pump motor 7 I ON-and-OFF (“0”-and-battery voltage) operation is alternately repeated
Data link connector 8 —
RESUME/ACCEL switch 9 I Battery voltage is present when command switch is turned to
RESUME/ACCEL position.
I “0” volt is present when command switch is released.
SET/COAST switch 10 I Battery voltage is present when command switch is turned to SET/
COAST position.
I “0” volt is present when command switch is released.
Ignition switch 12 I Battery voltage is present when ignition switch is turned ON.
I “0” volt is present when ignition switch is turned OFF.
Release valve 13 I ON-and-OFF (“0”-and-battery voltage) operation is alternately repeated
Power supply to vacuum pump 14 I Battery voltage is present while cruise control is operating.
motor, air valve, and release valve I “0” volt is present when vehicle is stopped.
Cruise control main switch 15 I Battery voltage is present during pressing the cruise control main
switch, and then battery voltage is present while switch is turned ON.
I “0” volt is present when switch is turned OFF.
Brake switch 16 Leave clutch pedal released (MT), while cruise control main switch is
turned ON.
Then check that;
I Battery voltage is present when brake pedal is released.
I “0” volt is present when brake pedal is depressed.
Additionally only in MT vehicle, keep the cruise control main switch to ON
and leave brake pedal released.
Then check that;
I Battery voltage is present when clutch pedal is released.
I “0” volt is present when clutch pedal is depressed.
10
Measuring conditions and I/O signals (ignition switch ON and engine

idling)
Vehicle speed sensor 2 19 Lift-up the vehicle until all four wheels are raised off ground, and then
rotate any wheel manually.
Approx. “5” and “0” volt pulse signals are alternately input to cruise con-
trol module.
Stop light switch 20 Turn ignition switch to OFF.
Then check that;
I Battery voltage is present when brake pedal is depressed.
I “0” volt is present when brake pedal is released.
NOTE:
Voltage at terminals 5, 7, 13 and 14 cannot be checked unless vehicle is driving by cruise control operation.
11
6-2a [T6A1] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
6. Diagnostics Chart for On- 6A5 : CHECK RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH.

board Diagnosis System
: Does RESUME/ACCEL switch func-
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC tion properly?
PROCEDURE : Go to step 6A6.
: Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble
6A1 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
SWITCH.
6A6 : CHECK SET/COAST SWITCH.

1) Trouble occurs.
2) Perform pre-inspection.
<Ref. to 6-2a [T200].> : Does SET/COAST switch function
3) Check cruise control main switch. properly?
: Go to step 6A7.
: Does cruise control main switch turn
ON? : Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble
Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
: Go to step 6A2.
: Go to “Diagnostics Chart for Power
6A7 : CHECK CANCEL SWITCH.
Line”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T700].>
: Does CANCEL switch function prop-

6A2 : CHECK CRUISE SPEED IS SET. erly?
: Go to step 6A8.
: Does cruise speed properly set while : Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble
driving at minimum of 40 km/h (25 Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
MPH)?
: Go to step 6A3.
6A8 : CHECK CRUISE SPEED IS
: Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble RELEASED.
Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
: Does cruise speed release when
6A3 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL IS brake pedal is depressed?
RELEASED. : Go to step 6A9.
: Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble
: Does cruise control properly release Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
during operation?
: Go to step 6A4. 6A9 : CHECK CRUISE SPEED IS
: Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble RELEASED.
Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
: Does cruise speed release when
6A4 : CHECK CRUISE SPEED IS HELD clutch pedal is depressed (MT) or
WITHIN SET SPEED. when selector lever is set to N (AT)?
: Cruise control system is in correct order.
: Does cruise speed hold within set : Go to “Diagnostics Chart with Truoble
speed ±3 km/h (2 MPH)? Code”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T800].>
: Go to step 6A5.
: Go to pre-inspection of actuator,
vacuum pump and valve. <Ref. to 6-2a
[T2D0].> <Ref. to 6-2a [T2E0].>
12
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T6B3] 6-2a
B: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS WITH 4) Drive vehicle at least 40 km/h (25 MPH) with
cruise speed set.
SELECT MONITOR 5) If cruise speed is canceled itself (without doing
1. GENERAL any cancel operations), a diagnostic trouble code
will appear on select monitor display.
The on-board diagnosis function of the cruise con-
trol system uses an external select monitor. CAUTION:
The on-board diagnosis function operates in two I A diagnostic trouble code will also appear
categories, which are used depending on the type when cruise cancel is effected by driver. Do not
of problems; confuse.
I Have a co-worker ride in vehicle to assist in
NOTE: diagnosis during driving.
Select monitor cartridge:
No. 24082AA010 NOTE:
Diagnostic trouble code will be cleared by turning
1) Cruise cancel conditions diagnosis ignition switch or cruise control main switch to OFF.
(1) This category of diagnosis requires actual
vehicle driving in order to determine the cause,
3. REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS
(as when cruise speed is cancelled during driv- 1) Connect select monitor.
ing although cruise cancel condition is not 2) Turn ignition switch and cruise control main
entered). switch to ON.
(2) Cruise control module memory stores the 3) Select the “Current Data Display & Save” mode
cancel condition (Code No.) which occurred on the select monitor “Cruise Control Diagnosis”
during driving. When there are plural cancel screen.
conditions (Code No.), they are shown on the 4) Ensure that normal indication is displayed when
select monitor. controls are operated as indicated below:
I Depress/release the brake pedal. (Stop light
CAUTION: switch and brake switch turn ON.)
I The cruise control memory stores not only I Turn ON the “SET/COAST” switch.
the cruise “cancel” which occurred (although I Turn ON the “RESUME/ACCEL” switch.
“cancel” operation is not entered by the I Depress/release the clutch pedal. (MT)
driver), but also the “cancel” condition input by I Set the selector lever to N. (AT)
the driver.
I The content of memory is cleared when igni-
tion switch or cruise main switch is turned OFF.
2) Real-time diagnosis
The real-time diagnosis function is used to deter-
mine whether or not the input signal system is in
good order, according to signal emitted from
switches, sensors, etc.
(1) Vehicle cannot be driven at cruise speed
because problems occurs in the cruise control
system or its associated circuits.
(2) Monitor the signal conditions from switches
and sensors.
2. CRUISE CANCEL CONDITIONS
DIAGNOSIS
1) Connect select monitor.
2) Start the engine and turn cruise control main
switch to ON.
3) Set select monitor in “All System Diagnosis”
mode.
NOTE:
The diagnostic trouble code is also shown in the
“Each System Check” mode. This mode is called
up on the “Cruise Control Diagnosis” screen by
selecting the item “Cancel Code(s) Display”.
13
7. Diagnostics Chart for Power Line
7. Diagnostics Chart for Power

Line
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS
PROCEDURE
7A1 : DRIVE AT CRUISE SPEED.
: Can cruise speed be set?

: Go to “CHECK INDICATOR AND CIR-
CUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL MAIN
SWITCH”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T7B0].>
: Go to “CHECK CRUISE CONTROL
MAIN SWITCH”. <Ref. to 6-2a [T7C0].>
B: CHECK INDICATOR AND CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH
DIAGNOSIS:
I Bulb failure or open harness of the indicator circuit in the cruise control main switch.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control can be set, normally indicator does not come on. (When main switch is pressed.)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0275
14
7B1 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN 7B3 : CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN CRUISE
SWITCH. CONTROL MODULE AND CRUISE
CONTROL MAIN SWITCH INDICATOR
LIGHT.
1) Remove cruise control main switch.
2) Measure resistance between cruise control
main switch terminals. 1) Turn the ignition switch and cruise control main
switch to OFF.
Terminals 2) Remove the connector from the cruise control
No. 1 — No. 6: main switch.
3) Measure resistance of ground circuit between
the cruise control main switch connector and chas-
sis ground.
B6M0180
: Is resistance between 10 and 80 Ω?

: Go to step 7B2.
: Replace switch illumination bulb.
B6M0531A
7B2 : CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN CRUISE

CONTROL MODULE AND CRUISE
CONTROL MAIN SWITCH INDICATOR : Replace cruise control module.
LIGHT. : Repair or replace wiring harness.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3) Measure voltage between cruise control main
switch connector and the chassis ground.
B6M0528A

: Go to step 7B3.
: Repair or replace wiring harness.
15
6-2a [T7C0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
C: CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH

DIAGNOSIS:
I Faulty cruise control main switch, or open harness.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control main switch is not turned ON and cruise control cannot be set.
NOTE:
When the main relay (built-in cruise control module) operates, the main switch circuit is in normal condi-
tion.
The main relay operation can be checked by hearing the operation sounds.
This operation sounds will be heard when ignition switch and cruise control main switch is turned to ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0275
16
7C1 : CHECK FUSE. 7C3 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN

SWITCH.
Check fuse No. 18.
2) Remove cruise control main switch and discon-
nect connector.
4) Measure voltage between cruise control main
G6M0181
: Is fuse No. 18 blown?

: Replace fuse No. 18. Go to step 7C2.
: Go to step 7C2.
7C2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY.

B6M0183B
2) Measure voltage between fuse & relay box con- : Is voltage more than 10 V?
nector and chassis ground. : Go to step 7C4.
Connector & terminal : Replace cruise control main switch.
: Is voltage more than 10 V? 7C4 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN
: Go to step 7C3. SWITCH.
: Replace fuse No. 18. When fuse No. 18
is blown again, repair shorted parts of Measure resistance between cruise control main
circuit. switch terminals.
Terminals
No. 3 — No. 5:
G6M0244
: Is resistance less than 10 Ω? (When

switch is ON.)
: Go to step 7C5.
: Replace cruise control main switch.
17
7C5 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN 7C7 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

SWITCH. CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH
CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS
GROUND.
Measure resistance between cruise control main
switch terminals.
Measure voltage between terminal of cruise con-
Terminals trol main switch chassis ground.
No. 3 — No. 5:
G6M0244
: Is resistance more than 1 MΩ? (When B6M0184B
switch is OFF.)
: Go to step 7C6.
: Go to step 7C8.
: Replace cruise control main switch.
7C6 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 7C8 : CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN

CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL MODULE CON-
CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS NECTOR AND CHASSIS GROUND.
GROUND.
Measure voltage between terminal of cruise con-

1) Connect connector. trol module and chassis ground.
3) Turn cruise control main switch to ON. Connector & terminal
4) Measure voltage between terminal of cruise (B94) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
control main switch and chassis ground.
B6M0184B

: Replace cruise control module.
B6M0184B
: Is voltage more than 10 V? NOTE:
: Go to step 7C7. Depress cruise control main switch with fingers
while measuring voltage between (i19) No. 5 and
: Repair or replace wiring harness. chassis ground.
18
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T8A0] 6-2a

A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE LIST
Diagnostic
Item Contents of diagnosis Index No.
trouble code
11 BRAKE SWITCH/ I Input signals from brake switch OFF, stop light switch <Ref. to 6-2a
STOP LIGHT SWITCH/ ON. (Brake pedal is depressed.) [T8B0].>
CLUTCH SWITCH (MT)/ I Input signals from clutch switch OFF, or inhibitor
INHIBITOR SWITCH (AT) switch is in “N” position. [Clutch pedal is depressed (MT),
or selector lever is set to N position (AT).]
12 NO SET SPEED Out of cruise speed range <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8C0].>
13 LOW SPEED LIMIT Low-speed control limiter <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8C0].>
14 CANCEL SWITCH Input signal from cancel switch <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8D0].>
15 NO MEMORY No memorized cruise speed —
21 SPEED SENSOR NG Faulty vehicle speed sensor 2 <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8C0].>
22 COMMAND SWITCH NG Faulty SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ACCEL switch <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8D0].>
23 RELAY NG Faulty safety relay included in cruise control module <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8E0].>
24 CPU RAM NG Faulty CPU RAM included in cruise control module <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8E0].>
31 VACUUM MOTOR NG Faulty vacuum motor or motor drive system <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8F0].>
32 AIR VALVE NG Faulty air valve or valve drive system <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8F0].>
33 REL VALVE NG Faulty release valve or valve drive system <Ref. to 6-2a
[T8F0].>
19
6-2a [T8B0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
B: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 11 (BRAKE SWITCH, STOP LIGHT

SWITCH, CLUTCH SWITCH (MT), INHIBITOR SWITCH (AT))
DIAGNOSIS:
I Failure or disconnection of the stop light switch and brake switch.
I Failure or disconnection of the clutch switch (MT).
I Failure or disconnection of the inhibitor switch (AT).
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control cannot be set.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0895
20
8B1 : CHECK BRAKE SWITCH. 8B2 : CHECK BRAKE SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Check circuit between brake switch terminal.
2) Turn cruise control main switch to ON. Terminals
3) Apply parking brake securely. No. 1 — No. 4: (Brake switch)
4) Set select monitor in “Current Data Display &
Save” mode.
5) Release the clutch pedal. (MT)
6) Depress the brake pedal and check signals for
proper operation.
(1) The Stop Lamp Switch shown on the dis-
play turns from “OFF” to “ON”.
(2) The Brake Switch shown on the display
turns from “OFF” to “ON”.
7) Release the brake pedal.
8) Remove connector of stop and brake switch. G6M0183
9) Check circuit between brake switch terminal.
Terminals : Is resistance more than 1 MΩ? (When
No. 1 — No. 4: (Brake switch) brake pedal is depressed.)
: Go to step 8B3.
: Replace brake and stop light switch.
8B3 : CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH.
Check circuit between stop light switch terminal.

Terminals
No. 2 — No. 3: (Stop light switch)
G6M0183

brake pedal is released.)
: Go to step 8B2.
G6M0183
: Is resistance more than 1 MΩ? (When

brake pedal is released.)
: Go to step 8B4.
21
6-2a [T8B4] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
8B4 : CHECK STOP LIGHT SWITCH. 8B5 : CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. (MT)
Check circuit between stop light switch terminal. 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
Terminals 2) Turn cruise control main switch to ON.
No. 2 — No. 3: (Stop light switch) 3) Apply parking brake securely.
Save” mode.
5) Depress the clutch pedal and check signal for
proper operation.
The Clutch/Inhibitor Switch shown on the display
turns from “ON” to “OFF”.
6) Disconnect connector of clutch switch.
7) Check continuity of the clutch switch.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
G6M0183

brake pedal is depressed.)
: (MT) Go to step 8B5. (AT) Go to step
8B7.
G6M0184

clutch pedal is released.)
: Go to step 8B6.
8B6 : CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. (MT)
Check continuity of the clutch switch.

Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
G6M0184

clutch pedal is depressed.)
22
8B7 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. (AT) 8B8 : CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. (AT)
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. Check continuity of the inhibitor switch.

2) Turn cruise control main switch to ON. Terminals
3) Apply parking brake securely. No. 11 — No. 12:
Save” mode.
5) Set the selector lever from P or N position to D
position and check signal for proper operation.
The Clutch/Inhibitor Switch shown on the display
turns from “ON” to “OFF”.
6) Set the selector lever to P or N position.
7) Disconnect connector of inhibitor switch.
8) Check continuity of the inhibitor switch.
Terminals
No. 11 — No. 12: B6M0242

selector lever is not in P or N.)
: Replace inhibitor switch. Repair inhibitor
switch wiring harness.
B6M0242

selector lever is in P or N.)
: Go to step 8B8.
: Replace inhibitor switch. Repair inhibitor
switch wiring harness.
23
C: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 12, 13 AND 21 (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

2 SYSTEM)
DIAGNOSIS:
I Disconnection or short circuit of vehicle speed sensor 2 system.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control cannot be set. (Cancelled immediately.)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0285
24
8C1 : CHECK OPERATION OF SPEEDOM- NOTE:

ETER. I If the vehicle speed increases, the width of
amplitude (W) decreases.
Make sure that speedometer indicates the vehicle
speed by driving the vehicle.
: Does speedometer indicate vehicle
speed by driving vehicle?
: Go to step 8C2.
: Repair combination meter circuit.
8C2 : CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR CRUISE

CONTROL MODULE. G2M0931
I If oscilloscope is not available, check input sig-

WARNING: nal (vehicle speed signal) by using a select moni-
Be careful not to be caught up by the running tor. (Refer to the procedure as described below.)
wheels. I Using the select monitor:
1) Set the vehicle on free roller, or lift-up the 1) Set the vehicle on free roller, or lift-up the
vehicle and support with safety stands. vehicle and support with safety stands.
2) Set oscilloscope to cruise control module con- 2) Turn ignition switch to OFF and set select moni-
nector terminals. tor.
3) Start the engine. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Shift on the gear position, and keep the vehicle 4) Turn cruise control main switch to ON.
speed at constant. 5) Set select monitor in “Current Data Display &
5) Measure signal voltage. Save” mode.
Connector & terminal 6) Drive the vehicle at speed greater than 40 km/h
(B94) No. 19 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (25 MPH).
7) Check that vehicle speed indication on select
monitor and speedometer are equal.
I When there is a disconnection or short circuit in
the harness between the meter and the cruise con-
trol module, the indicated value will be 0 to 1.0
km/h (0 to 0.6 MPH).
B6M0247B

: Go to step 8C3.
25
8C3 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST 8C4 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST

BETWEEN COMBINATION METER BETWEEN COMBINATION METER
AND CRUISE CONTROL MODULE. AND CRUISE CONTROL MODULE.

2) Remove combination meter. cruise control module and chassis ground to make
sure that circuit does not short.
B3M0250
3) Disconnect connector from cruise control mod-

ule.
B6M0248B
between combination meter and cruise control : Is resistance more than 1 MΩ?
module.
: Go to step 8C5.
Connector & terminal : Repair or replace harness connector.
(i10) No. 10 — (B94) No. 19:
8C5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.

sor 2.
vehicle speed sensor 2.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B6M0194B

: Go to step 8C4.
: Repair or replace harness connector.
B3M0289
: Is resistance between 350 and 450 Ω?

: Go to step 8C6.
26
8C6 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
1) Set the vehicle on free roller, or lift-up the

vehicle and support with safety stands.
WARNING:
wheels.
2) Drive the vehicle at speed greater than 20 km/h
(12 MPH). B3M0257
speed sensor 2. : Is voltage more than 2 V (AC range)?
NOTE: : Repair or replace combination meter cir-
Using an oscilloscope: cuit.
(1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
(2) Set oscilloscope to vehicle speed sensor 2.
(3) Drive the vehicle at speed greater than 20
km/h (12 MPH).
(4) Measure signal voltage.
B3M0254A
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B3M0256
27
D: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 14 AND 22 (SET/COAST SWITCH,

RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH, CANCEL SWITCH)
DIAGNOSIS:
I Short circuit inside the SET/COAST SW and RESUME/ACCEL SW.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control cannot be set. (Cancelled immediately.)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0896
28
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T8D3] 6-2a
8D1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY. 8D2 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM-

MAND SWITCH.
2) Turn cruise control main switch to ON. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
3) Set select monitor in “Current Data Display & 2) Connect connector of cruise control command
Save” mode. switch.
4) Check signals for proper operation. 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
(1) When pushing the SET/COAST switch: 4) Measure voltage between cruise control com-
The SET/COAST switch shown on the display mand switch connector and chassis ground.
turns from “OFF” to “ON”. Terminals
(2) When pushing the RESUME/ACCEL (S1) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
switch:
The RESUME/ACCEL switch shown on the dis-
play turns from “OFF” to “ON”.
6) Disconnect connector from cruise control com-
mand switch.
8) Measure voltage between cruise control com-
mand switch connector and chassis ground.
Terminals
(S1) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−): B6M0872A
: Is voltage more than 10 V? (When

SET/COAST switch is ON.)
: Go to step 8D3.
: Replace cruise control command
switch.
8D3 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM-

MAND SWITCH.
B6M0871A
Measure voltage between cruise control command

: Is voltage more than 10 V? switch connector and chassis ground.
: Go to step 8D2. Terminals
: Repair or replace wiring harness (S1) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
between fuse & relay box and cruise
control command switch.
B6M0872A

RESUME/ACCEL switch is ON.)
: Go to step 8D4.
switch.
29
8D4 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM- 8D6 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM-
MAND SWITCH. MAND SWITCH.
Measure voltage between cruise control command 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
switch connector and chassis ground. 2) Disconnect connector from cruise control com-
Terminals mand switch.
(S1) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 3) Measure resistance between terminals of
cruise control command switch connector (switch
side) to check the switch operation.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B6M0872A

CANCEL switch is ON.)
B6M0873
: Go to step 8D5.
switch.
SET/COAST switch is ON.)
: Go to step 8D7.
8D5 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM-
MAND SWITCH. : Replace cruise control command
switch.
Measure voltage between cruise control command
Terminals
(S1) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0872A

CANCEL switch is ON.)
: Go to step 8D6.
switch.
30
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T8D10] 6-2a
8D7 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM- 8D9 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM-
MAND SWITCH. MAND SWITCH.
Measure resistance between terminals of cruise Measure resistance between terminals of cruise
control command switch connector (switch side) to control command switch connector (switch side) to
check the switch operation. check the switch operation.
Terminals Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2: No. 1 — No. 3:
B6M0873 B6M0873
: Is resistance more than 1 MΩ? (When : Is resistance more than 1 MΩ? (When
SET/COAST switch is OFF.) RESUME/ACCEL switch is OFF.)
: Go to step 8D8. : Go to step 8D10.
: Replace cruise control command : Replace cruise control command
switch. switch.
8D8 : CHECK CRUISE CONTROL COM- 8D10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

MAND SWITCH. BETWEEN CRUISE CONTROL COM-
MAND SWITCH AND CRUISE CON-
Measure resistance between terminals of cruise TROL MODULE.
control command switch connector (switch side) to
check the switch operation. 1) Disconnect connector from cruise control mod-
ule.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 3:
between cruise control command switch and
cruise control module.
(S1) No. 2 — (B94) No. 10:
B6M0873

RESUME/ACCEL switch is ON.)
B6M0874A
: Go to step 8D9.
: Replace cruise control command : Is resistance less than 10 Ω?
switch. : Go to step 8D11.
31
8D11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR E: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE

BETWEEN CRUISE CONTROL COM- 23 AND 24 (CRUISE CONTROL
MAND SWITCH AND CRUISE CON- MODULE BUILT-IN RELAY, CPU
TROL MODULE.
RAM)
Measure resistance of harness connector between DIAGNOSIS:
cruise control command switch and cruise control I Poor welding of built-in relay of cruise control
module. module.
I Failure of built-in CPU RAM of cruise control
Connector & terminal module.
(S1) No. 3 — (B94) No. 9: TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control is canceled and memorized
cruise speed is also canceled.
I Once cruise control is canceled, cruise control
cannot be set until the ignition switch and cruise
control main switch turns OFF, and then turns ON
again.
NOTE:
Check input/output signal and vehicle speed signal
with select monitor. When signals are in good
condition, failure is in cruise control module.
B6M0875A (Check power supply and ground conditions of
cruise control module.)
32
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T8E0] 6-2a
MEMO:
33
6-2a [T8F0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
F: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 31, 32 AND 33 (VACUUM PUMP, AIR

VALVE, RELEASE VALVE)
DIAGNOSIS:
I Open or poor contact of vacuum pump motor, air valve and release valve.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
I Cruise control cannot be set. (Cancels immediately.)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
B6M0292
34
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL) [T8F4] 6-2a
8F1 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VACUUM 8F3 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VACUUM

PUMP MOTOR, AIR VALVE AND PUMP MOTOR, AIR VALVE AND
RELEASE VALVE. RELEASE VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from vacuum pump and Measure resistance of vacuum pump motor, air
valve. valve and release valve.
2) Measure resistance of vacuum pump motor, air Terminals
valve and release valve. No. 2 — No. 4:
Terminals
No. 2 — No. 3:
B6M0271
B6M0271 : Is resistance appoximately 69 Ω?

: Go to step 8F4.
: Is resistance approximately 46 Ω?
: Go to step 8F2.
: Replace vacuum pump and valve. 8F4 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST IN HAR-
NESS BETWEEN VACUUM PUMP &
8F2 : MEASURE RESISTANCE OF VACUUM VALVE AND CRUISE CONTROL MOD-
PUMP MOTOR, AIR VALVE AND ULE.
RELEASE VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from cruise control mod-
Measure resistance of vacuum pump motor, air ule.
valve and release valve. 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
Terminals between cruise control module, vacuum pump
No. 2 — No. 1: motor, air valve and release valve.
(B7) No. 1 — (B94) No. 5:
B6M0271
: Is resistance approximately 69 Ω? B6M0876A
: Go to step 8F3.
: Replace vacuum pump and valve. : Go to step 8F5.
: Repair or replace wiring harness
between vacuum pump & valve and
cruise control module.
35
6-2a [T8F5] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CRUISE CONTROL)
8F5 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST IN HAR- 8F6 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST IN HAR-
NESS BETWEEN VACUUM PUMP & NESS BETWEEN VACUUM PUMP &
VALVE AND CRUISE CONTROL MOD- VALVE AND CRUISE CONTROL MOD-
ULE. ULE.
Measure resistance of harness connector between Measure resistance of harness connector between
cruise control module, vacuum pump motor, air cruise control module, vacuum pump motor, air
valve and release valve. valve and release valve.
(B7) No. 2 — (B94) No. 14: (B7) No. 3 — (B94) No. 7:
B6M0877A B6M0878A
: Is resistance less than 10 Ω? : Is resistance less than 10 Ω?

: Go to step 8F6. : Go to step 8F7.
: Repair or replace wiring harness : Repair or replace wiring harness
between vacuum pump & valve and between vacuum pump & valve and
cruise control module. cruise control module.
36
8F7 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST IN HAR- 9. Diagnostics Chart with

NESS BETWEEN VACUUM PUMP & Select Monitor
VALVE AND CRUISE CONTROL MOD-
ULE. A: FUNCTION MODE
NOTE:
Measure resistance of harness connector between Applicable select monitor cartridge:
cruise control module, vacuum pump motor, air No. 24082AA010
valve and release valve.
Select the “Cruise Control” system using the select
Connector & terminal monitor and set the “Current Data Display & Save”
(B7) No. 4 — (B94) No. 13: mode. The following parameters will then appear
on the display.
I Vehicle Speed
The current vehicle speed is shown on the display.
I Stop Lamp Switch
When the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lamp
switch shown on the display turns from “OFF” to
“ON”.
I Brake Switch
When the brake pedal is depressed, the brake
B6M0879A
“ON”.
I “SET/COAST” Switch
: Is resistance less than 10 Ω? When the cruise control command switch is placed
in the “SET/COAST” position, the SET/COAST
: Replace cruise control module. switch shown on the display turns from “OFF” to
: Repair or replace wiring harness “ON”.
between vacuum pump & valve and I “RESUME/ACCEL” Switch
cruise control module. When the cruise control command switch is placed
in the “RESUME/ACCEL” position, the RESUME/
ACCEL switch shown on the display turns from
“OFF” to “ON”.
I Clutch/Inhibitor Switch
When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch/
inhibitor switch shown on the display turns from
“ON” to “OFF”. (MT)
When the selector lever is moved from the “N” or
“P” position to any other position, the clutch/
“ON” to “OFF”. (AT)
37
8F7 : PERFORM A CIRCUIT TEST IN HAR- 9. Diagnostics Chart with

NESS BETWEEN VACUUM PUMP & Select Monitor
VALVE AND CRUISE CONTROL MOD-
ULE. A: FUNCTION MODE
NOTE:
Measure resistance of harness connector between Applicable select monitor cartridge:
cruise control module, vacuum pump motor, air No. 24082AA010
valve and release valve.
Select the “Cruise Control” system using the select
Connector & terminal monitor and set the “Current Data Display & Save”
(B7) No. 4 — (B94) No. 13: mode. The following parameters will then appear
on the display.
I Vehicle Speed
The current vehicle speed is shown on the display.
I Stop Lamp Switch
When the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lamp
“ON”.
I Brake Switch
When the brake pedal is depressed, the brake
B6M0879A
“ON”.
I “SET/COAST” Switch
: Is resistance less than 10 Ω? When the cruise control command switch is placed
in the “SET/COAST” position, the SET/COAST
: Replace cruise control module. switch shown on the display turns from “OFF” to
: Repair or replace wiring harness “ON”.
between vacuum pump & valve and I “RESUME/ACCEL” Switch
cruise control module. When the cruise control command switch is placed
in the “RESUME/ACCEL” position, the RESUME/
ACCEL switch shown on the display turns from
“OFF” to “ON”.
I Clutch/Inhibitor Switch
When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch/
“ON” to “OFF”. (MT)
When the selector lever is moved from the “N” or
“P” position to any other position, the clutch/
“ON” to “OFF”. (AT)
37
MEMO:
38
6-2b [T1A1] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
1. Starter Interlock System (MT Model)
1. Starter Interlock System (MT 1A3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR

Model) STARTER INTERLOCK RELAY.
A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE 1) Disconnect all connectors from starter motor.

2) Disconnect connector of starter interlock relay.
1A1 : CHECK MAIN POWER SUPPLY FOR 3) Turn ignition switch to ST (START).
STARTER MOTOR. 4) Measure voltage between starter interlock relay
Measure voltage between starter motor terminal B Connector & terminal
and chassis ground. (B105) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Terminal B (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0385A
B6M0383A : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

: Go to step 1A4.
: Go to step 1A2.
: Repair wiring harness. 1A4 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
STARTER INTERLOCK RELAY.
1A2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR MAG-
NET COIL OF STARTER MOTOR. Measure voltage between starter interlock relay
1) Disconnect all connectors from starter motor. Connector & terminal
2) Turn ignition switch to ST (START).
3) Depress clutch pedal.
4) Measure voltage between starter motor termi-
nal S connector and chassis ground.
(B14) (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0385A

: Go to step 1A5.
B6M0384A : Repair wiring harness. Go to step 1A5.

: Go to step 1A3.
: Repair or replace starter motor.
2
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T1A8] 6-2b
1A5 : CHECK STARTER INTERLOCK 2) Check continuity between terminals when

RELAY. clutch pedal is released.
Terminals
1) Disconnect connector of starter interlock relay. No. 1 — No. 2:
2) Connect battery to terminal No. 2 and ground
terminal No. 1.
3) Check continuity between terminals.
When current flows. Between termi- Continuity
nals No. 3 and exists.
No. 4
When current does not Between termi- Continuity does
flow. nals No. 3 and not exist.
No. 4
Between termi- Continuity
G6M0184
No. 2
(With pedal released)
: Go to step 1A7.
: Adjust or replace clutch switch.
1A7 : CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH.
Check continuity between terminals when clutch

pedal is depressed.
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2:
B6M0386A
G6M0184
: Is starter interlock relay normal?
: Go to step 1A6. : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
(With pedal depressed)
: Replace starter interlock relay.
: Go to step 1A8.
1A6 : CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. : Adjust or replace clutch switch.
1) Disconnect connector of clutch switch. 1A8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

BETWEEN STARTER INTERLOCK
RELAY AND STARTER MOTOR.
1) Disconnect connectors of starter interlock relay

and starter motor.
3
2) Measure resistance of harness connector : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

between starter interlock relay and starter motor. : Go to step 1A10.
Connector & terminal : Repair wiring harness.
(B105) No. 3 — (B14):
1A10 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
CLUTCH SWITCH.
1) Disconnect connector of clutch switch.

between clutch switch and chassis ground.
B6M0387A

: Go to step 1A9.

BETWEEN STARTER INTERLOCK
RELAY AND CLUTCH SWITCH.
B6M0389A
1) Disconnect connectors of starter interlock relay

and clutch switch.
2) Measure resistance of harness connector : System is normal.
between starter interlock relay and clutch switch. : Repair wiring harness.
(B105) No. 1 — (B106) No. 2:
B6M0388A
4
2. AT Shift Lock System

A: WIRING DIAGRAM
B6M0466
5
6-2b [T2B0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
B: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS CHART
B6M0723A
6
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T2C0] 6-2b
C: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE NO. 1
B6M0724
7
6-2b [T2D0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
D: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE NO. 2 (SHIFT LOCK DOES NOT RELEASE.)
B6M0725
8
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T2E0] 6-2b
E: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE NO. 3 (KEY INTERLOCK DOES NOT

OPERATE.)
B6M0726
9
6-2b [T2F0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
F: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE NO. 4 (KEY INTERLOCK DOES NOT

RELEASE.)
B6M0727
10
3. Combination Meter
3. Combination Meter 2) Measure resistance of harness connector

between combination meter and chassis ground.
A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE Connector & terminal
If speedometer does not operate, or operates (i12) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
abnormally, check combination meter circuit.
CAUTION:
Make sure that trouble code of vehicle speed
sensor 2 system appears in electrical system
on-board diagnosis.
3A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COM-

BINATION METER.
1) Remove combination meter. B6M0252B

3) Measure voltage at combination meter connec- : Is the voltage less than 10 Ω?
tor terminal.
: Go to step 3A3.

BETWEEN COMBINATION METER
AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.

sor 2.
between vehicle speed sensor 2 and combination
meter.
B6M0530A
(B17) No. 1 — (i11) No. 2:
: Go to step 3A2.
3A2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF COM-

BINATION METER.
B6M0294B

: Go to step 3A4.
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 3A4.
11
3. Combination Meter
3A4 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR : Is the resistance between 350 and

BETWEEN COMBINATION METER 450 Ω?
AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2. : Go to step 3A6.
vehicle speed sensor 2 and combination meter. 3A6 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
(B17) No. 2 — (i11) No. 3: 1) Set the vehicle on free roller, or lift-up the
vehicle and support with safety stands.
WARNING:
wheels.
(12 MPH).
speed sensor 2.
Terminals
B6M0294B
No. 1 — No. 2:
: Go to step 3A5.
3A5 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
NOTE:
I If resistance between terminals of vehicle speed
sensor 2 is out of specification, the sensor may B3M0256
have a failure.
I If resistance is OK and voltage between termi- : Is the voltage more than 5 V? (AC
nals of vehicle speed sensor 2 is out of range)
specification, mechanical trouble may be present : Repair or replace speedometer.
between vehicle speed sensor 2 and speedometer
shaft in transmission. : Replace vehicle speed sensor 2.

3A7 : CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2.
sor 2.
vehicle speed sensor 2. NOTE:
Using an oscilloscope:
Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2: 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Set oscilloscope to vehicle speed sensor 2.
(12 MPH).
B3M0289
12
4. Power Window
4) Measure signal voltage. 4. Power Window

Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2: A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE-1
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
All door windows do not operate.
4A1 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY.
1) Check fuse No. 15.

2) Disconnect connector of power window relay.
4) Measure voltage between power window relay
B3M0257 connector and chassis ground.
B3M0254A
: Repair or replace speedometer.

: Go to step 4A2.
: Repair wiring harness or replace fuse or
circuit breaker. Go to step 4A2.
Measure voltage between power window relay

B6M0390A

: Go to step 4A3.
13
4. Power Window
4) Measure signal voltage. 4. Power Window

Terminals
No. 1 — No. 2: A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE-1
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
All door windows do not operate.

4) Measure voltage between power window relay
B3M0257 connector and chassis ground.
B3M0254A
: Repair or replace speedometer.

: Go to step 4A2.
: Repair wiring harness or replace fuse or
circuit breaker. Go to step 4A2.
Measure voltage between power window relay

B6M0390A

: Go to step 4A3.
13
4. Power Window
: Repair wiring harness or replace fuse or 2) Measure resistance of harness connector

circuit breaker. between power window relay and chassis ground.
4A3 : CHECK POWER WINDOW RELAY. (B42) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

2) Connect battery to terminal No. 1 and ground
terminal No. 3.
3) Check continuity between terminals.
When current flows. Between termi- Continuity
No. 4
When current does not Between termi- Continuity does
flow. nals No. 2 and not exist. B6M0392A
No. 4
Between termi- Continuity
No. 3 : Go to step 4A5.

BETWEEN POWER WINDOW RELAY
AND POWER WINDOW MAIN
SWITCH (DRIVER’S DOOR SWITCH).
1) Disconnect connectors of power window relay

and power window main switch.
between power window relay and power window
main switch.
(B42) No. 4 — (D7) No. 7:
B6M0391A
: Is power window relay normal?

: Go to step 4A4.
B6M0393A
: Replace power window relay.
4A4 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF : Go to step 4A6.
POWER WINDOW RELAY.
14
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T4B3] 6-2b
4. Power Window
4A6 : CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN 3) Measure voltage between power window main
SWITCH. switch connector and chassis ground.
Perform inspection of power window main switch. (D7) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
<Ref. to 6-2 [W17B1].>
: Is power window main switch nor-
mal?
: Go to step 4A7.
: Replace power window main switch.
4A7 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH.
B6M0395A
1) Disconnect connector of power window main
switch. : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
: Go to step 4B2.
between power window main switch and chassis
ground. : Go to diagnostics procedure-1. <Ref. to
6-2b [T4A0].>
(D7) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
4B2 : CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN
SWITCH (DRIVER’S DOOR SWITCH).
Perform inspection of power window main switch.

<Ref. to 6-2 [W17B1].>
: Is power window main switch nor-
mal?
: Go to step 4B3.
: Replace power window main switch.
B6M0394A
4B3 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF

: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH.
: System circuit is normal.
: Repair wiring harness. 1) Disconnect connector of power window main
switch.
B: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE-2 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM ground.
Only driver’s door window does not operate.
4B1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH.
1) Disconnect connector of power window main

switch.
B6M0394A
15
6-2b [T4B4] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
4. Power Window
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? 4B6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

: Go to step 4B4. BETWEEN POWER WINDOW MAIN
: Repair wiring harness. SWITCH AND DRIVER’S DOOR WIN-
DOW MOTOR.
4B4 : CHECK DRIVER’S DOOR WINDOW
MOTOR. Measure resistance of harness connector between
power window main switch and power window
motor.
1) Disconnect connector of power window motor
(driver’s door). Connector & terminal
2) Make sure that power window motor rotates (D7) No. 13 — (D3) No. 1:
properly when battery voltage is applied to termi-
nals of motor connector.
3) Change polarity of battery connections to termi-
nals to ensure that motor rotates in reverse direc-
tion.
: Is driver side power window motor
normal?
: Go to step 4B5.
: Replace driver side power window
motor. B6M0396A
4B5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

BETWEEN POWER WINDOW MAIN : System circuit is normal but mechanical
SWITCH AND DRIVER’S DOOR WIN- trouble may be caused in door window
DOW MOTOR. system such as break of window regu-
lator.
1) Disconnect connectors of power window main : Repair wiring harness.
switch and power window motor (driver’s door).
2) Measure resistance of harness connector C: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE-3
between power window main switch and power TROUBLE SYMPTOM
window motor. One or more of passenger’s door window do not
Connector & terminal operate.
(D7) No. 8 — (D3) No. 2:
4C1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH
WHICH IS OUT OF ORDER.
1) Disconnect connector of power window sub

switch.
B6M0396A

: Go to step 4B6.
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4B6.
16
4. Power Window
3) Measure voltage between power window sub 4C3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
switch connector and chassis ground. POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH
Connector & terminal WHICH IS OUT OF ORDER.
Measure voltage between power window sub
B6M0397A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Front

passenger side)
: Go to step 4C2. B6M0397A
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C2.
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Rear
4C2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR LH side)
POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH : Go to step 4C4.
WHICH IS OUT OF ORDER. : Repair wiring harness.
Measure voltage between power window sub 4C4 : CHECK POWER WINDOW SUB
switch connector and chassis ground. SWITCH WHICH IS OUT OF ORDER.
(D31) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−): Perform inspection of power window sub switch.
<Ref. to 6-2 [W17B2].>
: Is power window sub switch normal?
: Go to step 4C5.
: Replace power window sub switch.
4C5 : CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR

WHICH IS OUT OF ORDER.
B6M0397A 1) Disconnect connector of power window motor.

2) Make sure that power window motor rotates
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Rear properly when battery voltage is applied to termi-
RH side) nals of motor connector.
3) Change polarity of battery connections to termi-
: Go to step 4C3.
nals to ensure that motor rotates in reverse direc-
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C3. tion.
: Is passenger side power window
motor normal?
: Go to step 4C6.
: Replace passenger side power window
motor.
17
6-2b [T4C6] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
4. Power Window
4C6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR : Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C8.

BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB
SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW 4C8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
MOTOR. BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB
SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW
1) Disconnect connectors of power window sub MOTOR.
switch and power window motor.
2) Measure resistance of harness connector Measure resistance of harness connector between
between power window sub switch and power win- power window sub switch and power window
dow motor. motor.
(D17) No. 2 — (D13) No. 1: (D31) No. 2 — (D30) No. 1:
B6M0398A B6M0398A

(Front passenger side) (Rear RH side)
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C7. : Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C9.

BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB
SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW
MOTOR. MOTOR.
Measure resistance of harness connector between Measure resistance of harness connector between
power window sub switch and power window power window sub switch and power window
motor. motor.
(D17) No. 4 — (D13) No. 2: (D31) No. 4 — (D30) No. 2:
B6M0398A B6M0398A

(Front passenger side) (Rear RH side)
18
4. Power Window
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C10. : Repair wiring harness.

BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB
SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH.
MOTOR.
1) Disconnect connectors of power window sub
Measure resistance of harness connector between switch and main switch.
power window sub switch and power window 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
motor. between power window sub switch and main
Connector & terminal switch.
(D25) No. 2 — (D24) No. 1: Connector & terminal
(D17) No. 1 — (D7) No. 9:
B6M0398A
B6M0399A
(Rear LH side)
: Go to step 4C11. (Front passenger side)
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C11. : Go to step 4C13.
SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW 4C13 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
MOTOR. BETWEEN POWER WINDOW SUB
SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH.
power window sub switch and power window Measure resistance of harness connector between
motor. power window sub switch and main switch.
(D25) No. 4 — (D24) No. 2: (D17) No. 3 — (D7) No. 14:
B6M0398A B6M0399A

(Rear LH side) (Front passenger side)
19
4. Power Window
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C14. 4C16 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

4C14 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH.
SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH. Measure resistance of harness connector between
power window sub switch and main switch.
(D25) No. 1 — (D7) No. 10:
(D31) No. 1 — (D7) No. 6:
B6M0468A

(Rear LH side)
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Go to step 4C17.
(Rear RH side)
: Go to step 4C15.
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 4C15. 4C17 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
4C15 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH.
SWITCH AND MAIN SWITCH. Measure resistance of harness connector between
Measure resistance of harness connector between Connector & terminal
(D25) No. 3 — (D7) No. 5:
(D31) No. 3 — (D7) No. 11:
B6M0468A

(Rear LH side)
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Go to step 4C18.
(Rear RH side)
: Go to step 4C16.
20
5. Remote Controlled Rearview Mirror
4C18 : CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN 5. Remote Controlled Rearview

SWITCH. Mirror
Perform inspection of power window main switch. A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
<Ref. to 6-2 [W17B1].>
5A1 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY
: Is power window main switch nor- FOR REMOTE CONTROLLED REAR-
mal? VIEW MIRROR SWITCH.
: Go to step 4C19.
: Replace power window main switch. 1) Check fuse No. 3.
2) Disconnect connector of rearview mirror switch.
4C19 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH. 4) Measure voltage between rearview mirror
1) Disconnect connector of power window main Connector & terminal
switch. (i6) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
ground.
B6M0400A

: Go to step 5A2.
: Replace fuse or repair wiring harness.
B6M0394A
5A2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF REAR-

: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? VIEW MIRROR SWITCH.
: System circuit is normal but mechanical
trouble may be caused in door window
system such as break of window regu- 1) Disconnect connector of rearview mirror switch.
lator. 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
between rearview mirror switch and chassis
: Repair wiring harness. ground.
(i6) No.2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0401A
21
4C18 : CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN 5. Remote Controlled Rearview

SWITCH. Mirror
Perform inspection of power window main switch. A: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
<Ref. to 6-2 [W17B1].>
5A1 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY
: Is power window main switch nor- FOR REMOTE CONTROLLED REAR-
mal? VIEW MIRROR SWITCH.
: Go to step 4C19.
: Replace power window main switch. 1) Check fuse No. 3.
2) Disconnect connector of rearview mirror switch.
4C19 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH. 4) Measure voltage between rearview mirror
1) Disconnect connector of power window main Connector & terminal
switch. (i6) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
ground.
B6M0400A

: Go to step 5A2.
B6M0394A
5A2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF REAR-

: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? VIEW MIRROR SWITCH.
: System circuit is normal but mechanical
trouble may be caused in door window
system such as break of window regu- 1) Disconnect connector of rearview mirror switch.
lator. 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
between rearview mirror switch and chassis
: Repair wiring harness. ground.
(i6) No.2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0401A
21
: Go to step 5A3. 5A5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

: Repair wiring harness. BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR
SWITCH AND REARVIEW MIRROR
5A3 : CHECK REARVIEW MIRROR (RH AND LH).
SWITCH.
Perform inspection of rearview mirror switch. <Ref. rearview mirror switch and rearview mirror.
to 6-2 [W19B1].> Connector & terminal
: Is rearview mirror switch normal? (i6) No. 8 — (D15) No. 2:
: Go to step 5A4.
: Replace rearview mirror switch.

BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR
(RH AND LH).
1) Disconnect connectors of rearview mirror

B6M0402A
switch and rearview mirror.
between rearview mirror switch and rearview mir- : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (RH
ror. side)
Connector & terminal : Go to step 5A6.
(i6) No. 1 — (D15) No. 1: : Repair wiring harness. Go to step 5A6.

BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR
(RH AND LH).

rearview mirror switch and rearview mirror.
B6M0402A (i6) No. 6 — (D15) No. 3:
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (RH

side)
: Go to step 5A5.
B6M0402A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (RH

side)
: Go to step 5A7.
22
5A7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (LH

BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR side)
SWITCH AND REARVIEW MIRROR : Go to step 5A9.
(RH AND LH). : Repair wiring harness. Go to step 5A9.
Measure resistance of harness connector between 5A9 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

rearview mirror switch and rearview mirror. BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR
Connector & terminal SWITCH AND REARVIEW MIRROR
(i6) No. 1 — (D5) No. 1: (RH AND LH).

rearview mirror switch and rearview mirror.
(i6) No. 7 — (D5) No. 3:
B6M0469A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (LH

side)
: Go to step 5A8.
: Repair wiring harness. Go to step 5A8. B6M0469A
5A8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? (LH

BETWEEN REARVIEW MIRROR side)
SWITCH AND REARVIEW MIRROR : Go to step 5A10.
(RH AND LH).
rearview mirror switch and rearview mirror. 5A10 : CHECK REARVIEW MIRROR
MOTOR.
(i6) No. 9 — (D5) No. 2:
Perform inspection of rearview mirror motor. <Ref.
to 6-2 [W19B2].>
: Is rearview mirror motor normal?
: System circuit is normal.
: Replace rearview mirror assembly.
B6M0469A
23
6. Security System
6. Security System
A: ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
B6M0403C
(1) Security control module (7) Trunk lid switch (SEDAN) (14) Engine hood switch
(2) Security indicator light (8) Rear gate key cylinder lock/ (15) Horn
(3) RH door key cylinder lock/unlock unlock switch (WAGON) (16) Headlight
switch (built-in tamper switch) (9) Rear gate switch (WAGON)
(4) Door switch (10) LH door key cylinder lock/unlock
(5) Door lock/unlock switch switch (built-in tamper switch)
(6) Trunk lid key cylinder unlock (11) Starter interrupt relay
switch (SEDAN) (built-in tamper (12) Headlight alarm relay
switch) (13) Ignition switch (ACC position)
24
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6B0] 6-2b
6. Security System
B: SCHEMATIC
B6H0319
25
6. Security System
C: CONTROL MODULE I/O SIGNAL
B6M0405
Measuring conditions and I/O signals

(Ignition switch ACC position)
I Battery voltage is present when all doors and rear gate (WAGON) are
1
Door lock/unlock switch locked.
(INPUT)
I “0” volt is present when one of the doors or rear gate (WAGON) is unlocked.
2 I “0” volt is present when key cylinder is turned to LOCK position.
Key cylinder lock switch
(INPUT) I Battery voltage is present when key cylinder is in positions other than LOCK.
I Battery voltage is present when key cylinder switch is installed to key cylin-
3
Tamper switch der.
(INPUT)
I “0” volt is present when key cylinder switch is removed from key cylinder.
4 I Battery voltage is present when all doors are closed.
Door switch
(INPUT) I “0” volt is present when one of the door is open.
5 I Battery voltage is present when ignition switch is turned ACC or ON.
Starter interrupt relay
(OUTPUT) I “0” volt is present when security system is in alarm state.
6 I Battery voltage is present when ignition switch is turned ACC or ON.
Ignition switch (ACC)
(INPUT) I “0” volt is present when ignition switch is turned OFF.
7 I Battery voltage is present when indicator light goes off.
Security indicator light
(OUTPUT) I “0” volt is present when indicator light illuminates.
Power supply (back-up) 8 Battery voltage is constantly present.
Ground 9 —
10 I Battery voltage is present when engine hood is closed.
Engine hood switch
(INPUT) I “0” volt is present when engine hood is open.
Trunk lid switch (SEDAN) 11 I Battery voltage is present when trunk lid or rear gate is closed.
Rear gate switch (WAGON) (INPUT) I “0” volt is present when trunk lid or rear gate is open.
I Battery voltage is present when ignition switch is turned ACC or ON.
12
Headlight alarm relay I “0” volt and battery voltage repeats in alarm state. (Headlights flash intermit-
(OUTPUT)
tently at 0.2 sec. ON and 0.6 sec. OFF intervals).
I Battery voltage is present when ignition switch is turned ACC or ON.
13
Horn relay I “0” volt and battery voltage repeats in alarm state. (Horn sounds intermit-
(OUTPUT)
tently at 0.2 sec. ON and 0.6 sec. OFF intervals.)
I “0” volt is present when key cylinder is turned to UNLOCK position.
14
Key cylinder unlock switch I Battery voltage is present when key cylinder is in positions other than
(INPUT)
UNLOCK.
I “0” volt is present when trunk lid key cylinder is turned to UNLOCK position.
Trunk lid key cylinder unlock 15
I Battery voltage is present when trunk lid key cylinder is in positions other
switch (SEDAN) (INPUT)
than UNLOCK.
26
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6D0] 6-2b
6. Security System
D: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
B6M0734
27
6-2b [T6D0] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
B6M0735
28
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6D0] 6-2b
6. Security System
B6M0736
29
6-2b [T6E1] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
E: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE : Replace fuse or repair wiring harness.

FOR SECURITY CONTROL MODULE Go to step 6E3.
POWER SUPPLY/GROUND CIRCUIT
6E3 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY
6E1 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
CIRCUIT.
1) Check fuse No. 25. 2) Turn ignition switch to ACC.
2) Measure voltage between main fuse box con- 3) Measure voltage between fuse and relay box
nector and chassis ground. connector and chassis ground.
(F35) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (i5) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0505A
B6M0504A

: Go to step 6E2. : Go to step 6E4.
: Replace fuse or repair wiring harness. : Replace fuse or repair wiring harness.
Go to step 6E2. Go to step 6E4.
6E2 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY 6E4 : CHECK FUSE AND POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT.
1) Disconnect connector from security control 1) Disconnect connector from security control
module. module.
2) Measure voltage between security control mod- 2) Measure voltage between security control mod-
ule connector and chassis ground.
B6M0452A
B6M0448A

: Go to step 6E5.
: Go to step 6E3.
30
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6F3] 6-2b
6. Security System
6E5 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT BETWEEN : Go to step 6F2.

SECURITY CONTROL MODULE AND : Replace indicator light.
BODY.
6F2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR INDI-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. CATOR LIGHT.
2) Disconnect connector of security control mod-
ule. 1) Disconnect connector of security indicator light.
3) Measure resistance of harness connector 2) Measure voltage between security indicator
between security control module and chassis light connector and chassis ground.
ground.
Connector & terminal (i8) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
B6M0443A
B6M0497A
: Is the resistance less than 10 Ω? : Is the voltage more than 10 V?

: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE- : Go to step 6F3.
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].>. : Repair wiring harness.
6F3 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
F: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE BETWEEN SECURITY INDICATOR
FOR SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT LIGHT AND SECURITY CONTROL
AND INDICATOR LIGHT CIRCUIT MODULE.
6F1 : CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR 1) Disconnect connectors of security indicator light

LIGHT. and security control module.
1) Remove security indicator light. between security indicator light and security con-
2) Measure resistance between security indicator trol module.
light connector terminals. Connector & terminal
Terminals (i8) No. 4 — (B93) No. 7:
No. 2 — No. 4:
B6M0498A
B6M0382A
: Is the resistance approx. 120 Ω? : Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
31
6-2b [T6G1] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].>. 6G2 : CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIG-
: Repair wiring harness. NAL FOR SECURITY CONTROL
MODULE.
G: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
FOR DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL Turn door switch ON/OFF and measure voltage
between security control module connector and
6G1 : CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIG- chassis ground.
NAL FOR SECURITY CONTROL
MODULE. Connector & terminal
1) Remove security control module without dis-
connecting connector.
2) Turn door switch ON/OFF and measure voltage
between security control module connector and
chassis ground.
B6M0453A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? (Door

opened)
: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].>.
: Go to step 6G3.
B6M0453A NOTE:
When one of the doors is open, the voltage may be
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Door 1 V, max.
closed)
6G3 : CHECK DOOR SWITCH.
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> Go to
step 6G2. Perform inspection of door switch. <Ref. to 6-2
: Go to step 6G2. [W9B1].>
NOTE:
The door switch is used for interior light also.
: Is door switch normal?
: Repair wiring harness between door
switch and security control module.
: Replace door switch.
H: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
FOR ENGINE HOOD SWITCH
SIGNAL
6H1 : CHECK ENGINE HOOD SWITCH
INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
TROL MODULE.

32
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6I1] 6-2b
6. Security System
2) Turn engine hood switch ON/OFF and measure 6H3 : CHECK ENGINE HOOD SWITCH.
voltage between security control module connector
and chassis ground.
Perform inspection of engine hood switch. <Ref. to
Connector & terminal 6-2 [W23B3].>
: Is engine hood switch normal?
: Repair wiring harness between engine
hood switch and security control mod-
ule.
: Replace engine hood switch.
I: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE FOR

TRUNK LID SWITCH (SEDAN) OR
REAR GATE SWITCH (WAGON)
B6M0451A SIGNAL
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Hood 6I1 : CHECK TRUNK LID SWITCH (SEDAN)
closed) OR REAR GATE SWITCH (WAGON)
TROL MODULE.
step 6H2.
: Go to step 6H2. 1) Remove security control module without dis-
2) Turn trunk lid switch (or rear gate switch)
6H2 : CHECK ENGINE HOOD SWITCH ON/OFF and measure voltage between security
INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- control module connector and chassis ground.
TROL MODULE.
Turn engine hood switch ON/OFF and measure
voltage between security control module connector
and chassis ground.
B6M0450A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Lid or

gate closed)
B6M0451A
step 6I2.
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? (Hood
: Go to step 6I2.
opened)
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].>
: Go to step 6H3.
33
6-2b [T6I2] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
6I2 : CHECK TRUNK LID SWITCH (SEDAN) J: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE FOR

OR REAR GATE SWITCH (WAGON) DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- SIGNAL
TROL MODULE.
6J1 : CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK
Turn trunk lid switch (or rear gate switch) ON/OFF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECU-
and measure voltage between security control RITY CONTROL MODULE.
module connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal 1) Remove security control module without dis-
(B93) No. 11 (+) — Chassis ground (−): connecting connector.
2) Close all the doors and rear gate (WAGON),
and lock with ignition key.
3) Measure voltage between security control mod-
B6M0450A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? (Lid or

gate opened)
: Go to step 6I3. B6M0407A

6I3 : CHECK TRUNK LID SWITCH (SEDAN)
OR REAR GATE SWITCH (WAGON). : Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
step 6J2.
Perform inspection of trunk lid switch/rear gate
switch. <Ref. to 6-2 [W9B2].> — <Ref. to 6-2 : Go to step 6J2.
[W9B3].> NOTE:
NOTE: When one of the door (driver, passenger or rear
The trunk lid switch/rear gate switch is used for gate) lock knobs is in unlocked position, the volt-
both trunk room light/luggage room light. age may be 1 V, max.
: Is trunk lid or rear gate switch nor- 6J2 : CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK
mal? SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECU-
: Repair wiring harness between trunk lid RITY CONTROL MODULE.
or rear gate switch and security control
module. 1) Unlock the door with ignition key.
: Replace trunk lid or rear gate switch.
34
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6K2] 6-2b
6. Security System
2) Measure voltage between security control mod- 2) Measure voltage between security control mod-
ule connector and chassis ground. ule connector and chassis ground while turning
Connector & terminal key cylinder with ignition key.
B6M0407A
B6M0499A
: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE- : Is the voltage less than 1 V? (LOCK
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> position)
: Go to step 6J3. : Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
step 6K2.
6J3 : CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK
SWITCH. : Go to step 6K2.
Perform inspection of door lock/unlock switch. 6K2 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
<Ref. to 6-2 [W23B5].> INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
TROL MODULE (ALL DOORS AND
: Is door lock/unlock switch normal? REAR GATE).
: Repair wiring harness between door
lock/unlock switch and security control Measure voltage between security control module
module. connector and chassis ground while turning key
: Replace door lock/unlock switch. cylinder with ignition key.
K: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE (B93) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
FOR KEY CYLINDER
LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH AND
TAMPER SWITCH SIGNAL
NOTE:
Key cylinder lock switch, key cylinder unlock switch
and tamper switch are combined as a control mod-
ule.
6K1 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- B6M0499A
REAR GATE).
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Other
than LOCK position)
1) Remove security control module without dis- : Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
connecting connector. DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> Go to
step 6K3.
: Go to step 6K3.
35
6-2b [T6K3] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
6K3 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> Go to

INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- step 6K5.
TROL MODULE (ALL DOORS AND : Go to step 6K5.
REAR GATE).
6K5 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
Measure voltage between security control module INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
connector and chassis ground while turning key TROL MODULE (TRUNK LID).
cylinder with ignition key.
Connector & terminal Measure voltage between security control module
(B93) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground (−): connector and chassis ground while turning key
cylinder with ignition key.
B6M0447A

(UNLOCK position) B6M0446A
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> Go to : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
step 6K4. (UNLOCK position)
: Go to step 6K4. : Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE-
6K4 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH step 6K6.
INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- : Go to step 6K6.
REAR GATE). 6K6 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
Measure voltage between security control module TROL MODULE (TRUNK LID).
connector and chassis ground while turning key
cylinder with ignition key. Measure voltage between security control module
Connector & terminal connector and chassis ground while turning key
(B93) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground (−): cylinder with ignition key.
B6M0447A
: Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Other B6M0446A

than UNLOCK position)
: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE- : Is the voltage more than 10 V? (Other
36
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6L1] 6-2b
6. Security System
than UNLOCK position) 6K8 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE- INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
DURE”. <Ref. to 6-2b [T6D0].> Go to TROL MODULE.
step 6K7.
: Go to step 6K7. Measure voltage between security control module
connector and chassis ground while removing key
6K7 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH cylinder switch from door outer handle.
INPUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- Connector & terminal
TROL MODULE. (B93) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Measure voltage between security control module

connector and chassis ground while installing key
cylinder switch to door outer handle.
B6M0409A
: Is the voltage less than 1 V? (Switch

is removed.)
B6M0409A : Go to step 6K9.
NOTE:
For SEDAN vehicles, remove key cylinder switch
(Switch is installed.) from trunk lid key cylinder to perform the above
: Go to “BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCE- inspection.
step 6K8. 6K9 : CHECK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH.
: Go to step 6K8.
Perform inspection of key cylinder lock/unlock
switch and tamper switch. <Ref. to 6-2 [W23B4].>
: Is key cylinder switch normal?
: Repair wiring harness between key cyl-
inder switch and security control mod-
ule.
: Replace key cylinder switch.
L: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
FOR STARTER INTERRUPT SIGNAL
6L1 : CHECK STARTER INTERRUPT OUT-
PUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
TROL MODULE.

37
6-2b [T6L2] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
2) Measure voltage between security control mod- 2) Measure voltage between starter interrupt relay
ule connector and chassis ground. connector and chassis ground.
B6M0445A B6M0506A

: Go to step 6L6. : Go to step 6L4.
: Go to step 6L2. : Repair wiring harness between starter
interrupt relay and battery.
6L2 : CHECK STARTER INTERRUPT OUT-
PUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- 6L4 : CHECK CONTINUITY OF STARTER
TROL MODULE. INTERRUPT RELAY.
1) Set security system in armed state. 1) Remove starter interrupt relay.

2) Open the door without ignition key to operate 2) Check continuity between terminals No. 1 and
the security system (alarm state). No. 2 of starter interrupt relay.
3) Measure voltage between security control mod-
ule and chassis ground during alarm state.
B6M0445A

: Go to step 6L6.
: Go to step 6L3.
6L3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR B6M0455
STARTER INTERRUPT RELAY.

: Is starter interrupt relay normal?
1) Remove starter interrupt relay without discon- : Go to step 6L5.
necting connector. : Replace starter interrupt relay.
38
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6M2] 6-2b
6. Security System
6L5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 2) Measure voltage between security control mod-
BETWEEN STARTER INTERRUPT ule connector and chassis ground.
RELAY AND SECURITY CONTROL Connector & terminal
MODULE. (B93) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
1) Disconnect connectors of starter interrupt relay

and security control module.
between starter interrupt relay and security control
module.
(B59) No. 2 — (B93) No. 5:
B6M0461A

: Go to step 6M6.
: Go to step 6M2.
6M2 : CHECK HORN ALARM OUTPUT SIG-

NAL FOR SECURITY CONTROL
B6M0500A MODULE.

1) Set security system in armed state.
: Replace security control module. 2) Open the door without ignition key to operate
: Repair wiring harness between starter the security system (alarm state).
interrupt relay and security control mod- 3) Measure voltage between security control mod-
ule. ule and chassis ground during alarm state.
6L6 : CHECK STARTER INTERRUPT (B93) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
RELAY.
Perform inspection of starter interrupt relay. <Ref.

to 6-2 [W23B1].>
: Is starter interrupt relay normal?
: Repair wiring harness of starter motor
circuit.
: Replace starter interrupt relay.
M: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE B6M0461A
FOR HORN ALARM SIGNAL

: Does the voltage interval repeat
6M1 : CHECK HORN ALARM OUTPUT SIG- between less than 1 V (0.2 sec.) and
NAL FOR SECURITY CONTROL more than 10 V (0.6 sec.)?
MODULE. : Go to step 6M6.
: Go to step 6M3.
39
6-2b [T6M3] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
6M3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR HORN 6M5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
RELAY. BETWEEN HORN RELAY AND SECU-
RITY CONTROL MODULE.
2) Remove horn relay without disconnecting con- 1) Disconnect connectors of horn relay and secu-
nector. rity control module.
3) Measure voltage between horn relay connector 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
and chassis ground. between horn relay and security control module.
(B49) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−): (B49) No. 1 (+) — (B93) No. 13:
B6M0507A B6M0501A

: Go to step 6M4. : Replace security control module.
: Repair wiring harness between horn : Repair wiring harness between horn
relay and battery. relay and security control module.
6M4 : CHECK CONTINUITY OF HORN 6M6 : CHECK HORN RELAY.

RELAY.
Perform inspection of horn relay. <Ref. to 6-2
1) Remove horn relay. [W16B2].>
2) Check continuity between terminals No. 1 and : Is horn relay normal?
No. 2 of horn relay.
: Repair wiring harness of horn circuit.
: Replace horn relay.
N: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
FOR HEADLIGHT ALARM SIGNAL
6N1 : CHECK HEADLIGHT ALARM OUT-
PUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON-
TROL MODULE.
B6M0459
: Is horn relay normal?
: Go to step 6M5.
: Replace horn relay.
40
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS) [T6N4] 6-2b
6. Security System
2) Measure voltage between security control mod- 6N3 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR HEAD-
ule connector and chassis ground. LIGHT ALARM RELAY.
(B93) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−): 1) Remove headlight alarm relay without discon-
necting connector.
2) Measure voltage between headlight alarm relay
B6M0457A

: Go to step 6N6.
: Go to step 6N2.
B6M0508A
6N2 : CHECK HEADLIGHT ALARM OUT-

PUT SIGNAL FOR SECURITY CON- : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
TROL MODULE. : Go to step 6N4.
: Repair wiring harness between head-
1) Set security system in armed state. light alarm relay and battery.
2) Open the door without ignition key to operate
the security system (alarm state). 6N4 : CHECK CONTINUITY OF HEADLIGHT
3) Measure voltage between security control mod- ALARM RELAY.
ule and chassis ground during alarm state.
Connector & terminal 1) Remove headlight alarm relay.
B6M0457A
: Does the voltage interval repeat

between less than 1 V (0.2 sec.) and
more than 10 V (0.6 sec.)?
: Go to step 6N6.
: Go to step 6N3.
41
6-2b [T6N5] BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ELECTRICAL PARTS)
6. Security System
2) Check continuity between terminals No. 1 and 2) Measure resistance of harness connector
No. 2 of headlight alarm relay. between headlight alarm relay and security control
module.
(B58) No. 2 — (B93) No. 12:
B6M0502A

: Replace security control module.
: Repair wiring harness between head-
light alarm relay and security control
module.
B6M0455A
6N6 : CHECK HEADLIGHT ALARM RELAY.

: Is headlight alarm relay normal?
: Go to step 6N5.
Perform inspection of headlight alarm relay. <Ref.
: Replace headlight alarm relay. to 6-2 [W23B2].>
: Is headlight alarm relay normal?
6N5 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
BETWEEN HEADLIGHT ALARM : Repair wiring harness of headlight cir-
RELAY AND SECURITY CONTROL cuit.
MODULE. : Replace headlight alarm relay.
1) Disconnect connectors of headlight alarm relay

and security control module.
42
DIAGNOSTICS [T100] FOREWORD
1. Important Safety Notice
1. Important Safety Notice

I Providing appropriate service and repair is a matter of great importance in the serviceman’s safety
maintenance and safe operation, function and performance which the SUBARU vehicle possesses.
I In case the replacement of parts or replenishment of consumables is required, genuine SUBARU parts
whose parts numbers are designated or their equivalents must be utilized.
I It must be made well known that the safety of the serviceman and the safe operation of the vehicle would
be jeopardized if he used any service parts, consumables, special tools and work procedure manuals which
are not approved or designated by SUBARU.
3
FOREWORD [T200] DIAGNOSTICS
2. How to Use This Manual

I This Service Manual is divided into four volumes by section so that it can be used with ease at work.
Refer to the Table of Contents, select and use the necessary section.
I GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION

I REPAIR SECTION
I DIAGNOSTICS SECTION
I WIRING DIAGRAM SECTION
I The description of each area is provided with four types of titles different in size as shown below. The
Title No. or Symbol prefixes each title in order that the construction of the article and the flow of explana-
tion can be easily understood.
[Example of each title]
I Area title: T. DIAGNOSTICS

I Large title (Heading): 1. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor (to denote the main item of explanation.)
I Medium title (Section): A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS CHART (to denote the type of work in principle.)
I Small title (Sub-section): 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (to denote a derivative item of explanation.)
4
DIAGNOSTICS [T200] FOREWORD
I The Title Index No. is indicated on the top left (or right) side of the page as the book is opened. This is
useful for retrieving the necessary portion.
B0M0001
5
FOREWORD [T200] DIAGNOSTICS
I In this manual, the following symbols are used.

Character Description
Circuit tester
I Voltage measurement
B0M0002
Circuit tester
I Resistance measurement
B0M0003
The arrow indicates that insertion of the probe or numbering of the connector pins
is made from the side.
B0M0004
The arrow indicates that insertion of the probe or numbering of the connector pins
is made from the side.
B0M0005
Oscilloscope
B0M0006
Oscilloscope positive probe
B0M0007
Oscilloscope earth head
B0M0008
I WARNING, CAUTION, NOTE

Indicates the item which must be observed precisely during performance of maintenance services in order
WARNING:
to avoid injury to the mechanics and other persons.
Indicates that item which must be followed precisely during performance of maintenance services so as to
CAUTION:
avoid damage and breakage to the vehicle and its parts and components.
NOTE: Indicates the hints, knacks, etc. which make the maintenance job easier.
6
DIAGNOSTICS [T3B0] FOREWORD
3. Basic Checks
3. Basic Checks I To disconnect a locking connector, first release

the lock, then pull the connector off.
A: DISCONNECTING CONNECTORS <Unlock by pulling the locking tab.>
I Always hold the connector itself.
CAUTION:
Don’t pull the harness.
B0M0011
<Unlock by pushing the locking tab.>
B0M0009
I Inspect a connector by pushing it all the way in.

If the connector is equipped with a locking device,
push it in until a clicking sound is heard.
B0M0012
B: INSERTING A PROBE
I Generally, probes are inserted into connectors
from the rear side (wire side).
B0M0010 I When removing the shock protector take care
not to deform it; this also applies to waterproof
connectors, which cannot be tested from the wire
side.
B0M0013A
7
FOREWORD [T3C1] DIAGNOSTICS
3. Basic Checks
I Connectors equipped with shock protectors C: CHECKING FOR POOR

must be checked with a mini probe (thin), or it will CONTACT ON PLUG-IN
be necessary to remove the shock protector.
CONNECTORS
1. POOR CONTACT
Poor contact is frequently caused by corroded
terminals, dirt, foreign substances, weak contact
points between male and female connectors, etc.
Quite often a plug with poor contact will work per-
fectly again after it has been pulled off and recon-
nected. If harness and connector checks do not
reveal any defect, it can be assumed that an inter-
B0M0014A
mittent contact in a connector is the source of
trouble.
I When the connector has a back plate, remove
the plate after removing the projection of the plate
first. (Be careful not to use excessive force, since
the terminals might brake off.)
B0M0016A
2. VISUAL INSPECTION
B0M0015A
1) Disconnect the two connector halves.
2) Check the connector pins for signs of corrosion
or foreign material.
3) Check the connector for loose and damaged
terminals, and make sure they are set correctly in
the connector.
NOTE:
When the harness is pulled lightly, the terminals
should not come out.
B0M0017A
8
DIAGNOSTICS [T4A2] FOREWORD
4. Diagnosis and Checking Procedure Using Instruments
4) Insert the male pin of the connector into the 4. Diagnosis and Checking
female pin, then pull it out.
Procedure Using Instruments
NOTE:
If one of the pins allows to pull out easily, it is a A: USING A CIRCUIT TESTER
likely source of a malfunction.
1. VOLTAGE CHECK (range set to DC V)
Connect the positive probe to the terminal to be
tested, and the negative probe to body ground. (or
the ground terminal of the ECM)
B0M0018A
5) Shake lightly the connector and the harness,

and check for sudden changes in voltage or resis-
tance.
B0M0020
2. CHECKING THE CONNECTION (range

set to Ω)
Measure the resistance and check for open or
shorted wire in the harness or the connector.
NOTE:
This check must be carried out with both connec-
tors disconnected.
B0M0019A (This avoids by-passing the connection through
other circuits.)
B0M0021
1) Check for open circuit. (range: Ω × 1K)

Measure the resistance between the respective
pins in both connectors.
Specified resistance:
More than 1 MΩ (No continuity) Open cir-
cuit
Less than 10 Ω (Continuity) O.K.
9
DIAGNOSTICS [T4A2] FOREWORD
4) Insert the male pin of the connector into the 4. Diagnosis and Checking
female pin, then pull it out.
Procedure Using Instruments
NOTE:
If one of the pins allows to pull out easily, it is a A: USING A CIRCUIT TESTER
likely source of a malfunction.
1. VOLTAGE CHECK (range set to DC V)
Connect the positive probe to the terminal to be
tested, and the negative probe to body ground. (or
the ground terminal of the ECM)
B0M0018A
5) Shake lightly the connector and the harness,

and check for sudden changes in voltage or resis-
tance.
B0M0020
2. CHECKING THE CONNECTION (range

set to Ω)
Measure the resistance and check for open or
shorted wire in the harness or the connector.
NOTE:
This check must be carried out with both connec-
tors disconnected.
B0M0019A (This avoids by-passing the connection through
other circuits.)
B0M0021
1) Check for open circuit. (range: Ω × 1K)

Measure the resistance between the respective
pins in both connectors.
Specified resistance:
More than 1 MΩ (No continuity) Open cir-
cuit
Less than 10 Ω (Continuity) O.K.
9
FOREWORD [T4B0] DIAGNOSTICS
2) Check for correct insulation value. (range: Ω × C: USING AN OSCILLOSCOPE

1K)
Measure the resistance between the pins in both A malfunction can be determined by displaying the
waveforms of input/output signals on the oscillo-
connectors, as well as between the suspected pin
scope.
and the body. (body short)
Specified resistance: 1. DIAGNOSIS
More than 1 MΩ (No continuity) O.K. A simple comparison of the waveforms may lead to
Less than 10 Ω (Continuity) Short circuit an incorrect diagnosis. To exactly determine the
3) Resistance measurement (range set to Ω) sources of the malfunction it will be necessary to
Measuring the internal resistance of sensors, sole- determine them under consideration about infor-
noid valves etc. to check the operating condition of mation other than waveforms.
components. 2. APPLYING INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS
NOTE: Connect the probe directly with the terminal of the
I Select the appropriate range for measuring the signal.
internal resistance, or the measurement will result
in an incorrect reading.
I Before changing the measurement range the
gauge must be reset to zero.
B: USING A SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR
With this testing procedure the defective compo-
nent can be determined by directly monitoring
input/output signals of the ECM or the trouble
codes.
1. FEATURES
I A variety of data can be checked without move-
ments from the drivers seat, passenger’s seat or
from outside the vehicle.
I This unit allows the identification of the type of
malfunction, for example whether the cause is an
open or shorted wire in the input/output signal line,
or whether the breakdown of a component is
caused by a lack of maintenance.
2. DIAGNOSIS
I Refer to the reference values for input/output
and control data to determine whether the malfunc-
tion is caused by a worn out component, an open
wire, a short etc.
I Perform the diagnostics procedure as described
in chapter “Check based on trouble codes” by
monitoring the trouble codes.
NOTE:
It will be easier to determine a malfunction if the
vehicle data for normal conditions are available for
comparison.
10

Radiator Main Fan A OPERATION WITHOUT A PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Radiator Main Fan A OPERATION WITHOUT A PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2-5 [T1A0] ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

1. Radiator Main Fan

1. Radiator Main Fan 1A2 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN

1A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

: Is voltage more than 10 V?

: Is resistance less than 5 Ω?

1A4 : CHECK POOR CONTACT. 1A7 : CHECK A/C RELAY HOLDER.

1A5 : CHECK MAIN FAN MOTOR.

Connect battery positive (+) terminal to terminals

: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

1A6 : CHECK FUSE.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

: Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Is the fuse blown-out?

1A11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1A14 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Measure resistance of harness connector between

B2M0325A : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

1A13 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in A/C relay holder connector.

1A16 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in A/C relay holder connector.

1A17 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.

B: LO MODE OPERATION (WITH 1B2 : CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF MAIN

1B1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN B2M0367A

: Is voltage more than 10 V?

: Does the main fan rotate at LO

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

: Is the fuse blown-out?

1B8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1B11 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

: Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

Check poor contact in main fuse box connector.

1B13 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1B15 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Measure resistance of harness between 10 A fuse

: Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

connector and 10 A fuse terminal.

: Does continuity exist between termi-

1B19 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR C: HI MODE OPERATION (WITH A/C

Measure resistance of harness between main fan Condition (1):

Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.

CAUTION: 1) Turn ignition switch and A/C switch to OFF.

: Is voltage more than 10 V?

: Is voltage more than 10 V?

1C6 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1C7 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.

: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?

: Does continuity exist between termi-

1C10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 2. Radiator Sub Fan (With A/C

: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? 2A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB

1C12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.

1C10 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 2. Radiator Sub Fan (With A/C

: Is resistance less than 1 Ω? 2A1 : CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB

1C12 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in main fan motor connector.

: Does the sub fan rotate at LO speed?

Check poor contact in sub fan motor connector.

: Is the fuse blown-out?

2A8 : CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR B: HI MODE OPERATION

2A10 : CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in sub fan motor connector.